WORLDWIDE TARGETING
GLOBAL
MON-SUN 9:00-18:00

DARPA and the Brain Initiative


The White House announced the BRAIN initiative in April 2013. Today, the initiative is supported by several federal agencies as well as dozens of technology firms, academic institutions, scientists and other key contributors to the field of neuroscience. DARPA is supporting the BRAIN initiative through a number of programs, continuing a legacy of DARPA investment in neurotechnology that extends back to the 1970s. An article in our 60th anniversary magazine provides an overview of the agency's recent research aimed at expanding the frontiers of the field and enabling powerful, new capabilities.

​Electrical Prescriptions (ElectRx)

The ElectRx program aims to help the human body heal itself through neuromodulation of organ functions using ultraminiaturized devices, approximately the size of individual nerve fibres, which could be delivered through minimally invasive injection.
​

Hand Proprioception and Touch Interfaces (HAPTIX)

The HAPTIX program aims to create fully implantable, modular and reconfigurable neural-interface microsystems that communicate wirelessly with external modules, such as a prosthesis interface link, to deliver naturalistic sensations to amputees.

​
Neural Engineering System Design (NESD)

The NESD program aims to develop an implantable neural interface able to provide unprecedented signal resolution and data-transfer bandwidth between the brain and the digital world.


Neuro Function, Activity, Structure and Technology (Neuro-FAST)

The Neuro-FAST program seeks to enable unprecedented visualization and decoding of brain activity to better characterize and mitigate threats to the human brain, as well as facilitate development of brain-in-the loop systems to accelerate and improve functional behaviors. The program has developed CLARITY, a revolutionary tissue-preservation method, and builds off recent discoveries in genetics, optical recordings and brain-computer interfaces.


Next-Generation Nonsurgical Neurotechnology (N3)

The N3 program aims to develop a safe, portable neural interface system capable of reading from and writing to multiple points in the brain at once. Whereas the most advanced existing neurotechnology requires surgical implantation of electrodes, N3 is pursuing high-resolution technology that works without the requirement for surgery so that it can be used by able-bodied people.


Reliable Neural-Interface Technology (RE-NET) (Archived)

The RE-NET program seeks to develop the technologies needed to reliably extract information from the nervous system, and to do so at a scale and rate necessary to control complex machines, such as high-performance prosthetic limbs.


Restoring Active Memory (RAM)

The RAM program aims to develop and test a wireless, fully implantable neural-interface medical device for human clinical use. The device would facilitate the formation of new memories and retrieval of existing ones in individuals who have lost these capacities as a result of traumatic brain injury or neurological disease.


Restoring Active Memory – Replay (RAM Replay)

The RAM Replay program will investigate the role of neural “replay” in the formation and recall of memory, with the goal of helping individuals better remember specific episodic events and learned skills. The program aims to develop novel and rigorous computational methods to help investigators determine not only which brain components matter in memory formation and recall, but also how much they matter.


Revolutionizing Prosthetics

The Revolutionizing Prosthetics program aims to continue increasing functionality of DARPA-developed arm systems to benefit Service members and others who have lost upper limbs. The dexterous hand capabilities developed under the program have already been applied to small robotic systems used to manipulate unexploded ordnance, reducing the risk of limb loss among Soldiers.


Systems-Based Neurotechnology for Emerging Therapies (SUBNETS)

The SUBNETS program seeks to create implanted, closed-loop diagnostic and therapeutic systems for treating neuropsychological illnesses.
​
Targeted Neuroplasticity Training (TNT)

The TNT program seeks to advance the pace and effectiveness of cognitive skills training through the precise activation of peripheral nerves that can in turn promote and strengthen neuronal connections in the brain. TNT will pursue development of a platform technology to enhance learning of a wide range of cognitive skills, with a goal of reducing the cost and duration of the Defense Department’s extensive training regimen, while improving outcomes.
​
In November 2002, the New York Times reported that the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) was developing a tracking system called "Total Information Awareness" (TIA), which was intended to detect terrorists through analyzing troves of information. The system, developed under the direction of John Poindexter, then-director of DARPA's Information Awareness Office, was envisioned to give law enforcement access to private data without suspicion of wrongdoing or a warrant.

TIA purported to capture the "information signature" of people so that the government could track potential terrorists and criminals involved in "low-intensity/low-density" forms of warfare and crime. The goal was to track individuals through collecting as much information about them as possible and using computer algorithms and human analysis to detect potential activity.

The project called for the development of "revolutionary technology for ultra-large all-source information repositories," which would contain information from multiple sources to create a "virtual, centralized, grand database." This database would be populated by transaction data contained in current databases such as financial records, medical records, communication records, and travel records as well as new sources of information. Also fed into the database would be intelligence data.

A key component of the TIA project was to develop data-mining or knowledge discovery tools that would sort through the massive amounts of information to find patterns and associations. TIA would also develop search tools such as Project Genoa, which Admiral Poindexter's former employer Syntek Technologies assisted in developing. TIA aimed to fund the development of more such tools and data-mining technology to help analysts understand and even "preempt" future action.

A further crucial component was the development of biometric technology to enable the identification and tracking of individuals. DARPA had already funded its "Human ID at a Distance" program, which aimed to positively identify people from a distance through technologies such as face recognition or gait recognition. A nationwide identification systemwould have been of great assistance to such a project by providing an easy means to track individuals across multiple information sources.

DARPA's Broad Agency Announcement 02-08 soliciting proposals from industry stated that the initial plan was for a five year research project into these various technologies. The interim goal was to build "leave-behind prototypes with a limited number of proof-of-concept demonstrations in extremely high risk, high payoff areas."

In September 2003, Congress eliminated funding for the controversial project and closed the Pentagon's Information Awareness Office, which had developed TIA. This does not, however, necessarily signal the end of other government data-mining initiatives that are similar to TIA. Projects such as the Novel Intelligence from Massive Data within the Intelligence Community Advanced Research and Development Activity (ARDA) will apparently move forward.

​The FBI and the Transportation Security Administration are also working on data-mining projects that will fuse commercial databases, public databases, and intelligence data and had meetings with TIA developers.

 

MISUSED MILITARY TECHNOLOGY


​The United Nations has one courageous expert who is on the trail of several weaknesses in our global law enforcement system. These legal and investigative loopholes allow systematic harassment of our citizens.

Such harassment inflicts loss of livelihood, loss of social circle, and loss of well being on good people. All to satisfy the “Criminal Minds”.

According to a recent report by Mr. Nils Melzer, and as discussed at a 2/28/20 proceeding at the United Nations, the practice can misuse medical implants , neuro technological devices, weaponized psychology, and mobbing – all to achieve the utter destruction of any one individual. We cite from Mr. Melzer’s report below, to aid and support people who are going through these challenges

How are these crimes being committed ?

Well for one thing, the expert finds these practices not limited to rogue states, but are rather easily wielded by:

“corporate actors and organized criminals”


That means it can be done for revenge, profit, or sadist entertainment.
​These practices cause financial ruin and isolation by:

“intimidation, harassment, surveillance, public shaming and defamation, as well as appropriation, deletion or manipulation of information.”

The resulting powerlessness and silence are easily enforced by the use of:

TORTURE, “mobbing, cyber-bullying, and state-sponsored persecution depriving victims of any possibility to effectively resist or escape their abuse”

Finally, the misuse of high tech devices, allows severe mental suffering to be remotely inflicted:

“Medical implants and, conceivably, nano- or neurotechnological devices.”

The practices are not complicated, rely on various human weaknesses, and clearly thrive in authoritarian times. His presentations in a serious and severe manner warns of mobbing, ‘threats, intimidation,‘ and ‘inducing phobias,’ or ‘inducing anxiety’ all of which cause to people be unable to work, and frightens them away from help. The result is devastating.

The report ends with the following paragraph:

“Challenges of new technologies: In order to ensure the adequate implementation of the prohibition of torture and related international legal obligations in present and future circumstances, its interpretation should evolve in line with new challenges and capabilities arising in relation to emerging technologies not only in cyber space, but also in areas such as artificial intelligence, robotics, nano- and neuro technology, or pharmaceutical and biomedical sciences including so-called “human enhancement”.

Sound familiar? Many people in the United States are presenting each of these situations, and many are increasingly getting our support to overcome these challenges. With your help, we reach more people every day.


Here is Access to the United Nations Website Where you can listen to Mr Melzer Speaking On Psychological Torture ACCESS HERE

The Legal Coop is also proud to present Mr. Nils Melzer’s more complete report below, which contains all the material cited above, and where he twice makes reference to “targeted individuals.” It is hot off the presses, quickly formatted into a PDF, and is therefore not final.

Most people are surprised to see anyone at the United Nations openly expressing such a complete grasp of the situation. You should know that his is very much another case of one person, standing to stem a tide. Mr. Melzer is therefore facing resistance, including the recent withdrawal of from Norway $100,000 in earmarked funding, leading to the recent loss of his investigative team.

It is hoped that the particular country engaging in such de-funding can realize the shame and infamy that would befall anyone who ignores and therefore aids and abets these vile practices.

Mr. Melzer’s Bio:

“Mr. Melzer’s expertise in torture and CIDT was forged in the field: he is a 12 year veteran of the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC), there serving as Delegate, Deputy Head of Delegation, and Legal Adviser in various conflict zones. He also led the University of Zürich’s Swiss Competence Center on Human Rights, and was Senior Adviser on Security Policy for the Swiss Federal Department of Foreign Affairs. Mr. Melzer has written several books, including Targeted Killing in International Law (Oxford University Press, 2008), which was awarded a prize in International Law. He also co-authored manuals and policy guidance for the Red Cross, and NATO.

Mr. Melzer latest and perhaps greatest pursuit looks at the enemies of our freedom, and leads the charge head on. Mr. Melzer has identified the gap in International Law regarding Torture – the one that allows psychological torture – a gap being expanded by technological advances, misuse of behavioral sciences, and plain old statutory loopholes.”

Mr. Melzer’s groundbreaking report can be downloaded here:

UN Starts Investigation to Ban Cyber Torture

​
UN Human Rights Council (HRC) Special Rapporteur on torture revealed during the 43rd HRC that Cyber technology is not only used for internet and 5G. It is also used to target individuals remotely – through intimidation, harassment and public shaming.

On the 28th of February in Geneva, Professor Nils Melzer, UN Special Rapporteur on Torture and other Cruel Inhuman Degrading Treatment and Punishment, has officially confirmed that cyber torture exists and investigation is now underway on how to tackle it legally.

Electromagnetic radiation, radar, and surveillance technology are used to transfer sounds and thoughts into people’s brain. UN started their investigation after receiving thousands of testimonies from so-called “targeted individuals” (TIs).

Professor Nils Melzer is an expert in international law and since 2016 he holds the Human Rights Chair at the Geneva Academy of International Humanitarian Law and Human Rights. His team has found evidence that Cyber technology is used to inflict severe mental and physical sufferings.

“Judges think that physical torture is more serious than cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment,” he told the Guardian on 21 February. “Torture is simply the deliberate instrumentalization of pain and suffering.” These psychological torture methods are often used “to circumvent the ban on torture because they don’t leave any visible marks”.

Cyber psychological systems like cognitive radio are used to interrupt human perceptions and memory. They can also be used to spy on people violating personal integrity which could lead to corruption and slavery in society. Cyber torture is also called no-touch torture or brain-machine interface.

One way to handle this situation is to regulate new technologies and use AI control mechanisms by independent and impartial investigators. The evidence gathered could then be used to convict criminals easier and quicker in the future.

Targeted Individuals Expose Shocking Electronic Torture


Targeted Individuals Being Hit With Tech are those who the Government (via the Military Intelligence Complex of agencies) has picked out to harass, assault and attack – with advanced forms of invisible electronic weapons. This is the new form of 21st century mind control. Some targeted individuals have connections to the military (e.g. come from a military family) but others do not.

Many are not activists or whistleblowers, but have had to become one just to survive. These targeted individuals are being electronically stalked and harassed with DEW (Directed Energy Weapons, also known as Scalar Weapons, EM Weapons and Non-Lethal Weapons) which blast the victim’s head with electromagnetic radiation. These assaults can insert ‘voices’ into people’s heads which they mistake for their own thoughts, can induce severe negative emotions (depression, suicidality) and can even cause paralysis and death.

​Sadly, many targeted individuals are thought of as crazy and sometimes are thrown into a psychiatric ward just for speaking out publicly and exposing the truth of how they are being assaulted. However, the phenomenon is conspiracy fact not conspiracy theory and is all too real. Even some government officials (e.g. this Polish minister) have admitted as much. What follows are 5 of many TI cases.
​
​​DAVID VOIGTS T.I EX NAVY OFFICER AND WHISTLE BLOWER
​
He has been tortured since January 2012 and estimates he has lost a million-and-a-half dollars in unearned income since then because of the choices he has made. He served in Electronics Warfare. During his service he heard a victim present her story of a non-consensual human experimentation program involving psychological warfare, electronic harassment, no touch torture and gangstalking. This left a profound impression on Voigts; afterwards he intentionally got himself drafted into the program to understand it better – so he could help shut it down. Voigts has led campaigns to raise awareness about targeted individuals by walking across parts of the US. He writes:
​
“The Targeted Individual program is a domestic torture program aimed at unsuspecting US citizens … the revelations about organized harassment perpetrated by certain groups in the Church of Scientology match the harassment campaigns aimed at Targeted Individuals.”

VOIGHT ALSO POINTS TO THE MIND CONTROL TECHNOLOGY BEING USED AGAINST U.S DIPLOMATS

“Another great resource is the recent stories about the recent stories about the “health attacks” on the US diplomats in Cuba. It’s troubling that these diplomats are able to be believed and receive care, but the US citizens affected here in the states are not being listened to, and their pleas for help are dismissed as mostly delusional.”

​Katherine Horton WHISTLE BLOWER


​Targeted Individual Dr. Katherine Horton is a scientist who studied physics at Oxford University, where she obtained her Masters of Physics and then went on to get her PhD. She is a high energy physicist and system analyst. She worked for years at CERN in Geneva. She has been gangstalked by Military Intelligence agents.

​She reveals how she has to shield herself in the cellar, put aluminium and Mylar all around the inside of her apartment and at times literally sleep in a metal bathtub to protect herself against the ongoing electronic harassment with EM and scalar weapons. These weapons easily penetrate other materials such as wood, brick and concrete.

She runs the informative website Stop007.org. She defines electronic harassment as microwave mutilation. She has been outspoken in her attempts to stand up for her rights and the rights of other TIs by taking the various Military Intelligence agencies (MI6, MI5 and GCHQ) to court in Britain, as well as meticulously cataloging the British, German and Swiss agencies (and the people involved) who are perpetrating this against her.

In May 2017, she found out that she had been covertly implanted with military bio-technology and neurotechnology. Her antidote to all this invisible abuse is make fun of everything and laugh at these manipulators as she exposes them. For protection, she suggests TIs cover their home with paint containing metal particulates of aluminum and copper (cooper is better but costs 10 times more) as well as using mylar. As Katherine says:
​
“The only real threats to national security in the world are the military and the intelligence agencies.”

​Karen Melton-Stewart Another ex-NSA whistle blower 


​Another ex-NSA whistle blower who has stepped forward to reveal what truly goes on at the Nefarious Spying Agency, Karen Stewart became a TI after she learnt how the US military intelligence agencies were involved in 9/11, but her superiors told her to keep quiet. She was verbally abused and shouted at before polygraph tests so she would deliberately fail. She was blocked from promotions, stalked and harassed. She also had her house electronically bugged (which knocked out her microwave).
​
She affirms that technologies like V2K (Voice to Skull) are real. She reveals how the NSA stalks and harasses journalists, who then became too scared to report anything negative (or anything at all) on the NSA. Interestingly, she highlights how mass shooter Myron May (who killed people at Florida State University in a November 2014 mass shooting) was another TI mind control victim who told many people before the mass shooting (and his subsequent death) that he was “hearing voices in his head.” May even wrote letters explaining this before his death and sent them out to many people. Even the MSM reported this; for instance, here is NBC:
​
“He believed government “stalkers” were harassing him and using a “direct energy weapon” to hurt him. He said that he had sent packages to 10 people that would “expose” what he thought was happening to him … His social media activity revealed that he believed he was a “targeted individual,” the term used by people who think the government and shadowy gangs are attacking them with mind control and invisible, remote weapons.
​
In an email he sent at 11:19 p.m., [May] wrote: “I’ve been getting hit with the direct energy weapon in my chest all evening. It hurts really bad right now.” Police say he opened fire on campus about an hour later.”
May was a young Assistant District Attorney. Before his death, he reached out to author Renee Pittman who went on to write a book about May and the shooting, The Targeting of Myron May: Assistant DA Pushed Over the Edge. In the description for that book, it says:
“A gifted young Assistant District Attorney’s tragic end after opening fire at Florida State University’s Strozier Library, just after midnight, November 20, 2014, injuring three and his quest for “Suicide by Cop.”

The suicide letter excerpt…

“My deepest regret is that I did not make a more diligent effort of documenting my experiences as a targeted individual along the way; however, this document is my feeble attempt at recounting my experiences thus far.

First off, to anyone that may read this document, take a brief moment to pray for my soul. What I am about to do I have deep regret for; however, I feel that my options are extremely limited. Because I am a targeted individual, everything has been taken away from me. I have literally been robbed of life through psychological, financial, and emotional hardship…”“
Another obvious example of the mind control-mass shooting connection is Aaron Alexis (who did the Washington Navy Yard shooting in September 2013). He also claimed that he was hearing voices in his head. You can read more about the link between mind control and mass shootings in a previous article here.
​

​Mariana Maritato


​Mariana Maritato is yet another brave TI who has been mercilessly attacked through various forms of electronic harassment and torture. She has been the victim of sexual assault (remote stimulation of forced orgasm, including many zaps to genitals and anus, which feels like electrocution). Pornographic images of pedophilia are beamed into her head, and she has to open her eyes to stop it, even when she is sleep-deprived.

​V2K technology is being used against her. Like other TIs, she discovered synthetic nanotechnology (HSP72 [Heat Shock Protein] human tumor cells) had been implanted inside her body. Some of the effects of this daily torture include the following: reduced lung capacity, being forced to bite herself, tooth pain (like a root canal), bloated belly and forced burping (so she can’t eat properly and lost weight), developing a 3-inch cyst in her right breast (benign, but they [V2K perpetrators] threatened to turn it tumorous) and planted/manipulated dreams.

The electronic harassment and abuse has changed her life such that she can’t drive or hold down a full-time job; she is in continuous survival mode. Watch her testimony to the ITNJ (International Tribunal for Natural Justice) which is backed by lots of evidence and detail.

​Ex-CIA agent Barbara Hartwell


​Ex-CIA agent Barbara Hartwell worked for 25 years in the CIA as an investigative and intelligence analyst. She is a mind control victim and childhood survivor of MK ULTRA. In this video clip she shares how she started getting attacked right after she “broke her programming” and started to go public in 1994. 
​

​She woke up and realized she was living a double life. She was being used by the CIA to disseminate New Age propaganda with the purpose of confusing and distracting people – and as she puts it to bring in the New World Order. In the video she sits next to Brice Taylor, a famous mind control victim who like Cathy O’Brien was used as a mind-controlled sex slave to service the highest officials in the US and beyond. Hartwell emphasizes how Ted Gunderson (ex-FBI agent who became a tremendous investigator uncovering mind control, pedophilia and Satanism) was a great friend who helped her.

Hartwell talks about how she was attacked every single day. Sometimes she was tailed or followed; sometimes she encountered agents in her life posing as someone else; her phone was tapped; black helicopters flew over her house; and she received death threats. She reveals how she was hit with exotic weapons, which she describes as laser weapons and microwave pulse weapons, which sometimes knocked her unconscious.

There Are Thousands of Targeted Individuals All Over the World There are so many targeted individuals that a plethora of articles and books have been and could be written about them. I have previously written about whistleblower and TI Bryan Kofron in the article Total Individual Control Technology: Insider Exposes How You & Your DNA are Being Targeted.

The point is that the technology is way beyond what the average person comprehends. Ex-CIA engineer Robert Duncan has done an outstanding job in coming forward and exposing the true state of current technology, much of which he knew about from first hand experience since he was involved in constructing it. Duncan mentions all sorts of scary-sounding terms such as the Voice of God weapon, OIW (Offensive Information Warfare), brain nets, EEG heterodyning, synthetic telepathy and the cybernetic hive mind. Speaking of EEG heterodyning, this term is also used by whistleblower John St. Clair Akwei (who sued the NSA in 1992) who claimed:
​
​“NSA personnel can dial up any individual in the country on the Signals lntelligence EMF scanning network and the NSA’s computers will then pinpoint and track that person 24 hours-a-day. The NSA can pick out and track anyone in the U.S. NSA agents in remote offices can instantly identify (using Remote Neural Monitoring or EEG Heterodyning) any individual spotted in public who is in contact with surveillance subject.”
​
“With special EMF equipment NSA cryptologists can remotely read evoked potentials (from EEGs). These can be decoded into a person’s brain-states and thoughts. The subject is then perfectly monitored from a distance. NSA personnel can dial up any individual in the country on the Signals Intelligence EMF scanning network and the NSA’s computers will then pinpoint and track that person 24 hours a day.”

​EEG stands for electroencephalography (an electrophysiological monitoring method to record the electrical activity of the brain), and to heterodyne is defined as ‘to generate new frequencies by mixing two or more signals’, so roughly speaking, EEG heterodyning (aka EEG cloning) is sending frequencies to the brain to modify and replace the existing ones – and thus get someone to think, speak and act in alignment with the new sen frequencies. A simple example of this is when independent and unrelated reporters Caroline Crowley and Serene Branson were caught speaking almost the same exact gibberish during live TV broadcasts. The EEG heterodyning hijacked their brainwaves and broadcast the same information into each woman’s brain.
​
Nick Begich, expert on HAARP and related topics, has explained in simple terms how the mind control and emotion control) technology works. You modulate a signal that the brain locks onto to. Then, the brain recognizes it and begins to mirror it (following the frequency via call-and-response). Once brain rhythms change, a chemical cascade is created within the brain which subsequently changes the emotions. In this way, people can remotely made to feel emotions which they would not have otherwise felt.

Time to Accept the Phenomenon of Targeted Individuals It’s time for humanity to collectively take their head out of the sand and face the reality of mind control, gangstalking and electronic harassment. According to one TI man, EVERYONE is a target. Prisoners and veterans get hit the worst with electronic harassment. It has been reported that 70% of TIs are women with advanced education (e.g. university degrees). How much more evidence do people need to accept the existence of this phenomenon?

Solutions to Stop the Harassment, Abuse and Torture It is important to note there is something you can do about this if you are a TI. You can join a group or organization dedicated to supporting TIs, such as the Surveillance and Harassment Survivor’s Alliance. Katherine Horton has a victim affidavit collection system. There are materials to stop the electronic bombardment – there were 3 mentioned above (e.g. mylar, aluminum, copper) but there are surely many more for those who research and experiment with it.

​Finally, it is crucial to always remember that the power of human spirit, will, mind and consciousness is more powerful than whatever mind control technology the NWO controllers are aiming at people. For those of us who are not targeted individuals, we owe it to those who are being tortured to spread awareness about it in the hope that we can stop it – sooner rather than later.
​
"A frightening behemoth is rising up from the depths of America's hidden SS establishment. Like a vast and monstrous silicon octopus, Project L.U.C.I.D. is stretching forth its ominous and threatening, high tech tentacles. Multitudes of unsuspecting, helpless victims will very soon be encircled and crushed by Big Brother's new, Gestapo police state. Who among us can possibly escape from the electronic cages now being prepared for all mankind?"

- Texe Marrs
​
George Orwell, in 1984, his classic novel of Big Brother and a coming, totalitarian state observed that very few people are awake and alert to the machinations and manipulations of the controllers. Thus, the people, as a whole, fall victim to a colossal conspiracy out of ignorance and because of apathy and denial of reality:

The people could be made to accept the most flagrant violations of reality, because they never fully grasped the enormity of what was demanded of them, and were not sufficiently interested in public events to notice what was happening.

Project L.U.C.I.D. - The Beast 666 Universal Human Control System


​According to Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary, the word lucid means "suffused with light; luminous; translucent..."

Astonishing and undeniable evidence exists of an incredible, new universal human control system. Officially called L.U.C.I.D., it is a grotesque system of universal slavery which - even as you read this - is being implemented by federal and international intelligence police agencies.

This computerized I.D. card - to be followed eventually by an implanted chip - is an electronic straitjacket that allows the New World Order's Gestapo to track and link every man, woman, and child on planet earth.

Our activities are going to be monitored 24 hours a day, seven days a week, by federal Gestapo agencies - the:

  • FBI - Federal Bureau of Investigation
  • IRS - Internal Revenue Service
  • BATF - Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms
  • CIA - Central Intelligence Agency
  • DIA - Defense Intelligence Agency
  • DEA - Drug Enforcement Administration
  • NSA - National Security Agency
  • NRO - National Reconnaissance Office
  • FINCEN - Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
  • the U.S. Treasury Service
  • the Department of Justice
  • ...and countless other police agencies​​

Implantable Biochips - A "Do or Die" Situation


Stunning Disclosures

Notice that my book, Mega Forces, first became available to the general public in 1987.

At the time my disclosures about the coming, new, implantable biochips which would revolutionize human - and robotic - life as we know it stunned many readers. They simply couldn't believe that the science was that far advanced. But it was.

Even as I wrote Mega Forces, I was becoming aware of super-secret experiments by government and corporate laboratories in which human subjects - usually unwilling and unsuspecting guinea pigs - were having computer chips and transmitting devices implanted into their cerebral hemispheres (e.g. their brains), auditory (ear) organs, and elsewhere in their bodies.

Of course, all of this highly classified and hush-hush research was supposedly being done "for the advancement of science, for the good of all mankind." Sure it was!

In reality, from the vantage point of the elite, there are only two reasons to develop and implement a universal system in which every man, woman, and child will be injected with a computer biochip. One, of course, is the factor of money.

There is big money ahead for the high tech corporations who receive government contracts to implant biochips in up to six billion human beings. But the primary reason for this system's use is control. The implantable biochip provides incredible potential for the Illuminati and their stooges to gain absolute, permanent control over the minds of men.

As I wrote in Mega Forces,

"Never in human history have tyrants and madmen had such tools - tools which they can use to plunder minds and terrorize an entire population... One shudders to think of the power this capability might give corrupt leaders or thugs bent on controlling the mind-thoughts of individuals."

Recently, I was quoted at length in The Boulder Weekly, a Colorado newspaper, which carried a cautionary article highlighting the downside of biochip implants.

Later, Media Bypass magazine published this excerpt:

The Boulder Weekly quoted Texe Marrs, a political science professor and author of "Dark Secrets of the New Age," as saying the implants will likely "be used by a One World government to track people and exercise control over their lives...

There is a lot of evidence that chips are under development that can tie into the brain's of neuro-network, giving someone who controls the chip the ability to control the thoughts and actions of anyone who contains the chip."

Only a few of the authorities in the field of biochips and implantable devices are joining me in running up the red flag about the mind control abuse potential of this technology.

Most see implantable biochips as offering a marvelous and bright future for mankind. One such expert is G. Harry Stine. In his book, The Silicon Gods, Stine foresaw a near future in which men could become like gods through the use of "intelligence amplifiers" implanted in the brains.

Stine wrote that,

"very soon, intelligence amplifiers - tiny microchip devices either implanted in humans or capable of being temporarily connected to the human brain and sensory channels - will actually allow others to "get inside a person's head." With such devices, we will possess the astonishing ability to hear the thoughts of others."

Researchers have made rapid progress to bring this to reality. An eye-opening article in Science News reported that, "New electronic techniques are being developed to eavesdrop on the brain."

According to Science News,

"The techniques, under study at the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, in AT&T labs, and elsewhere, will allow outsiders to directs a person's brain cell conversations and talk directly to the individual's brain neurons.

The article also said that current research centers on the eventual employment of integrated circuit chips that can either be implanted in the brain or overlaid with brain cells."
​
Will the L.U.C.I.D. net someday integrate this brain control technology into its global system?

Even Stine, an optimist who believes that man will not allow the abuse of these capabilities, nevertheless warns:

It also contains the seeds of unimaginable evil: the actual control of human minds by other humans.

Not brainwashing. Not propaganda. Not any of the ancient and well-proven means of mentally or physically imposing one person's will by police action or torture.

But the actual control of the human mind.

An Army of Zombies

Isolated news reports about government research into biochips bring evidence of a frightening future for mankind once the implanting of these devilish devices is initiated on a mass scale.

In 1995, Pat Cooper, a reporter for Defense News, wrote an article entitled, "Naval Research Lab Attempts to Meld Neurons and Chips." Cooper quoted Lawrence Korb, a former top DOD official, as saying that, "The studies by the Defense Department produce an army of zombies."

The research, Cooper noted,

"has captured the interest of the U.S. intelligence community."
After observing that there are unlimited useful applications of the rising, new technology, Cooper quoted Steve Aftergood, a senior analyst for the Washington-based Federation of American Scientist, who stated,

"For all the desirable applications, it (smart biochips) may have horrific applications."
Speaking before the Defense Electronics Symposium, sponsored by the American Defense Preparedness Association, in Arlington, Virginia, in 1995, William Tolles, former associate director of research of the Naval Research Laboratory, stated:

"Once this technology is proved, you could control a living species."
Kyle Olson, of the Chemical and Biological Arms Control Institute, concurs with this alarming analysis.

"The door swings in two directions," said Olson. "You've got this Frankenstein-type weapon on one hand, and it can deal with problems of the human condition on the other."

Paranoid Thinking... or Reality?

Whatever technology man can invent, the Illuminati, in the last days, will use to control and either pacify or induce fear and terror in the masses. Some may call this paranoid thinking, but the wise know it as truth.

As Media Bypass, a patriotic magazine, in an article entitled, "A Chip in Your Shoulder," stated:

Implant technology is not new. Although routinely ridiculed as a paranoid delusion, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has mandated electronic biochip implants into humans receiving pacemakers, prosthetic devices, and even breast implants since 1994.

Literally thousands of Americans now carry these micro-devices under their skin... Endangered animals and livestock also carry implants to track their migration of feeding habits.

Interestingly, Timothy McVeigh, alleged bomber of the federal building in Oklahoma City, claimed that, while on active duty, the U.S. Army implanted a "tracking device" in his body.

Was it this device which allowed the federal Gestapo cops to track down and locate McVeigh so soon after the bombing incident?

Did the feds know where the suspected terrorist was at all times, courtesy of an overflying satellite - even before the bomb went off?

Dr. Rod Lewis, publisher of C.E. Chronicles (10878 Westheimer 293, Houston, Texas, 77042) and head of a scientific study network in Houston, Texas, apparently mindful of this distinct possibility, noted:

"There are no reports that McVeigh had any type of mental illness, disorder, or displayed any clinical symptoms of paranoid or delusional thinking."

Lewis further raises eyebrows when he writes:

What makes this case even more interesting is that D. Louis J. West, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry at UCLA, was interviewed on CNN the day after the bombing as an expert on "terrorist behavior."

Dr. West was the examining psychiatrist of Jack Ruby, assassin of Lee Harvey Oswald. He is also well known for his work in mind control in the 1960s and was a proponent of the use of biochip implantation to control violence.

It has been rumored that much of Dr. West's research was funded by the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). It is now known that Dr. West will be the consulting psychiatrist for the case and that all of Mr. McVeigh's military and medical records have been closed.

Dr. West's name has been mentioned in a number of books about mind control including,

Jim Keith's - A Casebook on Alternative 3
Walter Bowart's - Operation Mind Control
Martin Cannon's white paper - "The Controllers"

​Is it just coincidence that of all the psychiatrists in the United States, Dr. West would be selected to oversee the psychiatric evaluation of Mr. McVeigh?
​
It seems that in the eyes of the government there was good reason - something that they did not want others to see perhaps?
​

​Silicon Octopus - Men Trapped Inside Electronic Cages


There is a plan to bring America into a New World Order," writes Dwight Kinman in his insight-filled book, The World's Last Dictator.

In reality, Kinman says,
"The New World Order is the secret code phrase for a one world government."
This plan, Kinman adds, "is gathering momentum and accelerating with the speed of a runaway freight train:"

Behind this plan are powerful, global, megaforces that are on an inexorable, relentless drive to establish, on planet earth, a super world government by the year A.D. 2000. They believe they have it almost within their grasp, and they are about to make a dash to the finish line.
​
I am convinced by a mountain of evidence that Dwight Kinman is correct. The hidden plan for a super world government is in its final stages of completion. But, if so,

Why haven't the media reported it?
​
Why are the American people so abominably ignorant and so painfully oblivious to what is happening?

Why are they not more alarmed about the loss of personal privacy and freedom that is resulting from the continuing growth of Big Brother's technological chains?
​

Is it not only the L.U.C.I.D. net, its remote sensors, its Universal Biometrics Card, and its future implantable biochip we are talking about. As invasive as this system is, Big Brother has many more tools in the realm of Black Science.

In his eye-opening book, Black is Beautiful, Dr. Peter Ruckman lists some of the startling, advanced technologies being experimented with:

This new bunch of barbarians - just as pagan as any B.C. Aztec witch doctor - are engrossed in: ELF zapped genes, single phase, speeding DNA transcription, microwave radiation, reciprocal and effective mass tensor points, micro-pyramid structures in "Cu Metal Flakes," ionic crystalline structures, transduction of theta waves, videodrome signals, the earth's Power Grid Vortex, Fluxon, Spinors, Scalars, ULF effects on biosystems, and phase relationships in the wave of motions of radio frequencies.

Why are the vast majority of Americans unaware of the electronic cages prepared for them and of the looming loss of our precious heritage of constitutional rights?

Jeffrey Baker, in Cheque Mate: The Game of Princes, writes:

America has been dumbed, dulled and tranquilized into a state of semi-conscious existence. We have become the "Stepford Nation." We look without seeing. We listen without hearing. We experience without feeling. To paraphrase a recent commercial of the past - "I've fallen and I don't want to get up."

Dr. Peter Ruckman... has also identified the controlled media as a bottleneck preventing Americans from receiving accurate and truthful information. He calls it a "News Media Curtain:"
​
There was a "Purple Curtain" between the Vatican and Rome from A.D. 500 to 1996. There was an "Iron Curtain" over Russia from 1945 to 1992, and there still is a "Bamboo Curtain" over China...

But, in 1996, there is a "News Media Curtain" that has prevented 200,000,000 to 300,000,000 American citizens from finding out what is actually going on under their noses...

What did Life, Time, Look, Newsweek, USA Today, CBS, NBC, ABC, CNN, US News and World Report, Fortune, Omni, and the National Geographic magazine (plus 500 "dailies") follow, while they professed to be reporting the "news""?

It had to be lethal, for sixty years of reporting failed to mention one time the total and complete destruction of every civil right you ever had under the Constitution.
 

Wizards at Work - Brain Implants


With the advent of the implantable biochip, the L.U.C.I.D. cybersystem could quickly become the "inner pathway" to total, human enslavement by Big Brother's mind control police.

In Microwave News, Craig McCaw, whose McCaw Communications Corporation is a cellular phone giant, is quoted as suggesting that the FCC actually reserves radio wave spectrum for implants the same way the agency does for radio, TV, and cable signals. Since McCaw's corporate empire has now been bought up and merged into the AT&T colossus, Mr. McCaw's comments cannot be passed off as science fiction. The communication wizards are hard at work developing this capability.

Andrew Kuper, in his Fortune magazine article, "AT&T's $12 Billion Cellular Dream," gave us this dramatic insight:

Craig McCaw is the kind of man who once suggested in all apparent seriousness - as the color drained from the face of a (corporate) PR man in attendance - that the Federal Communications Commission should reserve spectrum for telepathic communications to be made possible by brain implants he thinks will exist some day.
Kuper's words, "...brain implants he thinks will exist some day," beg comment.

In fact, unbeknownst to Kuper, Mr. McCaw was not alluding to some future era, decades hence, in a 21st century America. I believe he meant what he said - that the FCC best start the process now for figuring out how to allot frequency spectra for telepathic communications made possible by brain implants currently being tested on live, human guinea pigs.

Are brain communication devices and transmitters - biochips - in fact being surgically implanted in human beings? In an earlier chapter, I broached this subject. Adding to that information, I bring your attention to a book by Robert Naeslund now making waves over in Europe.

Here is some information sent to me about Naeslund's revealing, new book:
Robert Naeslund's book, When the State Rapes - The Mind Control Papers *, has been drawing a lot of attention around the world. It includes x-ray photographs showing human skulls with a variety of implants. Injectable transmitters are also featured, as well as accounts of elderly people in Naeslund's native Sweden who are getting transmitters injected into their bloodstreams.

* Mediaecco & Contact Network International
Organization for Political Research
PO Box 66
8400 AB Gorredijk
The Netherlands
VoFax: 31-(0)5133-5567
The current address may be:
Box 136
11479 Stockholm
SWEDEN

or Robert Naeslund, Slipgaten 12, 117-39, Stockholm, Sweden
Naeslund says the transmitters produce radio waves which induce amnesia and weaken the immune system, leaving the elderly vulnerable to disease.

"The inhumanity of connecting elderly defenseless people unwittingly to computers has been going on for at least ten years", Naeslund writes.
He says there is plenty of proof of the,

"advance towards the technocratic society, governed by the new social norms that breed inhumanity... As a natural consequence, covert surveillance systems able to control the neurological activity of the brain have been developed in secret and beyond public awareness".
​
The following images relating to implants have been taken from:
​

It's Frightening, And It's Real

Project L.U.C.I.D., the covert government operation destined to devour the whole world. Soon, every person on Earth - even newborn babies - will be issued the universal biometrics I.D. card. Resisters will have a mind control biochip surgically implanted in their brains.

The ISO 9000 program requires that all manufactured goods be controlled with the number of the beast, 666.

Project L.U.C.I.D. empowers America's hidden SS establishment to use its massively powerful, computer databases to control your bank accounts and purchases, and to monitor intimate details of your life. Spy satellites; hidden, miniature video cameras; and interactive TV sets will be watching your every move.

Your telephone calls will be wiretapped and recorded by remote computers. All data on you is linked, networked, and processed by a Central Gestapo, where faceless bureaucrats give orders to police, military, and intelligence agencies.

This is the new, global police state, made up of the FBI, KGB, CIA, DEA, DIA, NSA, IRS, EPA, NCIC, USDA, FDA, NRO, BATF, FINCEN, INS, DOJ, WTO, Europol, Interpol, Mossad, and the MAB.

Picture
THE 5G ZION MANIPULATION
5G BATTLEFIELD INTERROGATION
​The royal and noble bloodlines have engineered an artificial matrix in the lower atmosphere used for mind control. They call this artificial matrix Zion. The Zionist Sanhedrin are the mathematical or geometrical programmers of society and this group includes priests, rabbis, imams and occultists. It is done on both a mass level through HAARP and radio telescopes and also individually through electronic smart devices and their wireless frequencies.

The royal and noble families uses priests, rabbis, and imams to develop the algorithms and programs used for mind control. Freemasons are involved. They outsource individual targeting to occultists and hackers like Anonymous which operate through the dark web.

These geometric programs are radiated through wireless frequencies, modern electronics, and the overall electronic grid in society like smart devices and even transformers on telephone poles. The large electronic stations are radiating geometric sigils into society.

In witchcraft they use hexagrams and pentagrams for oppressing and binding. The hexagon is the most efficient geometric shape for processing thermal energy. This is why snakes often have hexagonal scales for absorbing thermal energy. Snowflakes are often hexagonal from heat extraction. Pent in pentagram refers to enclosing or binding something to create a build up.

HAARP is also used for mass mind control and is radiating geometrically designed programs into the atmosphere which resonate all around. Vibrations effect more than what is seen like cause and effect. Radiating these frequencies into the atmosphere is like throwing a stone into a pool of water which creates ripples and effects. They use chemtrails for various purposes including enhancing these frequencies with nano conductive particles which they call “smart dust.” The US military uses spray on antennas and chemtrails function in a similar way. They are creating an artificial mind control matrix in the lower atmosphere.

The primary mainframes to this Zion matrix is the NSA Database in Utah and the British Government Communications Headquarters and their Tempora System. Rabbi Yosef Yitzhak and Rabbi David Lau are top Zionic programmers working with Israeli intelligence. High level members in the Jesuits and Freemasons are also members.

Some of their mind control programs are based on their false laws of Canon, Talmud, and Shari’ah. Imam Abdul Rahman Al-Sudais of Saudi Arabia and Imam Yahya Sergio Yahe Pallavicini of Italy are other high level members in this Zionist Sanhedrin.

Members of the Roman Rota are also involved including Maurice Monier, Hans-Peter Fischer, and Pierangelo Pietracatella. The Windsor (Coburg) family have a harp on their coat of arms and the Pallavicini family have a statue holding a harp at their Austrian palace. These families have authority over the HAARP system through their agents that have infiltrated the USAF. Other families which use the harp for a symbol include the Hanover, FitzJames, and Guinness families.

During ancient times they used harps or lyres along with poems or odes for bewitchment. Mind control or mental manipulation is what sorcery is. The modern harp symbol originated in Ireland. There is a mind control operation in Ireland called I-LOFAR with the Guinness and Parsons families involved.

HAARP is also used for weather manipulation to a limited degree. The Wind-sors are Wind Sorcerers and they also enhance weather fronts and tornadoes to oppress society. The Rothschild and Goldsmith families finance brainwashers which develop and radiate spells. They finance program developers and hackers which use the programs. Zachary Hubbard and Benjamin Liashenko also known as Russian Vids develop mind control spells which they target people with covertly. Frank Zac Goldsmith finances Zachary Hubbard and Benjamin de Rothschild finances Benjamin Liashenko. Both Hubbard and Liashenko work with satanic Wiccan cults and assist them with gang stalking, mind control, and brainwashing.

Rabbi Yosef Yitzhak specialises in spells of blasphemy and zealously like pretending to be God and condemning innocent people. Rabbi Yosef Yitzhak engineers spells of condemnation, judgement, and dehumanisation. They radiate people with spells of condemnation with the intent of making the victims think it is God condemning them. The Black Monks or Order of Saint Benedict are an ancient Catholic priesthood involved in blasphemy and condemnation programs. Gregory Polan is the head of the Black Monks today with Notker Wolf of Bavaria as the former recent head.

The Bavarian House of Witteslbach oversee the Black Monks. Jesuits develop spells of deception. They track what people read online and if they don’t want a person to believe something that exposes them they radiate vibrations of confusion or deception.

They use electronic weapons to harass or irritate people when they are doing something they don’t like. A person often has no idea they are being targeted but subconsciously picks up on it. They become irritated every time they speak out so their subconscious stops them from speaking out. The Zionist Rabbis have a global intelligence network which works with Jesuits and Freemasons. They obtain information through intelligence gathering systems and create psychological profiles on their targets.

Many of the people who are targeted by this believe it is God or even aliens. Many victims are known as “targeted individuals” and most who have studied this refer to these attacks as synthetic telepathy. Avigdor Lieberman is the head of the Israeli Defence Force including their Israeli Intelligence Corps division or Unit 8200. They work with Mossad headed up by Yossi Cohen operating out of Tel Aviv.

Unit 8200 runs the URIM SIGINT Base which uses satellite mind control technologies capable of targeting people around the world. They run mind control programs on internet sites like Godlike Productions and Gematrix created by Cnaan Aviv a Unit 8200 agent. The Talmudic-Zionist council develops and oversee the programs run from URIM SIGINT.

The royal and noble bloodlines and some branches of the military have neuro-brain computer interface technologies. Some of this was developed by the Human Brain Project which was financed by the European Union. They can basically plug their minds into computers and then run programs like GENESIS and NEURON which are biological and neurological simulators that are really intended to hack the human brain and physiology.

The Jesuit educated James Bower created GENISIS. Modern electronics have been designed to emit these frequencies. Their thoughts get transferred into electronics or even HAARP and then these systems transfer them through electronic emissions and target people. The Hanover and Savoy families have access to these technologies in Germany and Switzerland. The Church of Scientology have hacking programs and neuro-brain computer interface technologies with many members of Hollywood involved.

The Kabbalah Centre is also involved.

The Italian Mafia have a large operation in Boca Raton and there is also a Kabbalah Centre located there. I believe they have neuro-brain computer interface tech. They want people to think it is artificial intelligence or aliens to deflect away from them. The Indermaur family have financed the Church of Scientology and Robert Indermaur and Christopher Indermaur are involved with this electronic harassment.

​They can target people through electronics like a synthetic telepathy. They run mind control programs through radio telescope systems with Dutch LOFAR and ASTRON leading these programs using large antenna arrays. There is a large operation in New Zealand using radio telescopes and antenna arrays. The Black Nobility and SMOM (Knights of Malta) have this technology.

ELF/VLF Wave-injection and Magnetospheric Probing with HAARP (FREE PDF)

​The Windsor, Stanley, Drummond, and Russell families of the UK are involved and run MERLIN satellites. The Belgian royal and noble families have access to these evil technologies. The Bush-Walker family are involved with their agent Steven Walker as Director of DARPA. The NSA Database, HAARP, and the Church of Scientology need to be shut down.
​
ACCESS QUWAVE HERE
Since 4G (microwave) was implemented in 2010 we have had a major decline in health. With the roll out of 5G…it will be much worse. Right now we are at 2.5Ghz where this 5G will be at 60Ghz. That is a huge jump in frequency radiation.

The deployment of the latest technology that is being inserted on top of the existing mobile phone tech but is not the same as at present, is a subject that needs your attention.

Because of the 5G platform, which is made up of small cell antennas everywhere, they will launch an unnatural and round the clock millimetre, milli-wave and microwave radiation transmission, that is far more potent than anything previously experienced from the electromagnetic spectrum. 

5G will increase the current 700 to 5.8 billion microwaves per second for cell phone and Wi-Fi data to tablets and laptops to pulsed microwaves of 24 to 90 billion microwaves per second.

Qualcomm unveils first mmWave 5G antennas for smartphones.

The U.S military use the millimetre waves (5G) which travel only a short distance, as a non lethal weapon for crowd control, because the waves effect the surface of the body and cause a burning of the skin at higher levels of power.

The wi-fi clouds formed in close communities are another aspect of this platform that affects the blood molecules direct, and will transform your emotional state by definition of what frequency they transmit through the Smart system.

5G is a system formed with full Legal protection.
$17 trillion Dollars is the figure said to be available for the roll out of this technology.

President Donald Trump wants to build his own 5G internet platform in the United States in response to China building the same across China.

Scientists do not fully understand the technology, specific to the mathematics relating to the waveforms created.

There are no safety checks at all carried out on the 5G platform.

Children absorb some 60% more microwave energy due to their moisture content and thus electromagnetic conductivity is greater than that of an adult.

Suicidal tendencies are a sign of damage by these microwaves. Establishment scientist Professor Trevor Marshall, the director of the Auto Immunity Research Foundation in California said :

“The new 5G technology Millimetre waves producing photons of much greater energy than 4g and Wi-fi. Allowing this technology to be used without proving its safety is reckless in the extreme as the millimetre waves are known to have a profound affect on all parts of the human body.”

The waveforms used by 5G are known to be at the same frequencies as those used in our bodies at the level at which cellular processes take place, that means it can directly interferer with those cellular processes. There are 4500 cellular structures in the human body each communicating with the entire body. 40 leading scientists groups have warmed that the waveforms from 5G can be harmful to all living species.

Active Denial technology frequencies are included in the 5G platform. This tech can be beamed from planes and helicopters and stand alone vehicles. With this technology they can create many different physiological and neurological effects to the body by shifting frequencies.

Microwaves effect all living things on the planet except bacteria and virus.

5G is being seen as a technology that can create extinctions over five generations, this does not include bacteria and viruses which appear to get a boost from this technology in the ability to reproduce at a faster rate.

Full Range Electromagnetic Spectrometer is the only machine that will pick up the 5G transmitters which operate in a very narrow frequency range.
​
The plan for 5G is to ensure you are never more than 30 metres away from the 5G Grid..

HAARP, GWEN, WI-FI, Cell Phone towers all of therm can carry the Lily Wave.

The Lilly Wave called a balanced bidirectional pulse pair found by John Cunningham Lilly is a carrier waveform that bypasses the mind’s subconscious defence systems. It has been monitored via oscilloscopes connected to homes A/C ground and neutral of power lines.

It can be used to transmit mind control via ultrasonic (1 10 MHz) and electromagnetic wavelengths (600m to 1e-15m). 
​
Electromagnetic wavelengths transmit long/short/FM wavelength radio waves, and TV/telephone/wireless signals or energies. They are also responsible for transmitting energy in the form of microwaves, infrared radiation (IR), visible light (VIS), ultraviolet light (UV), X-rays, and gamma rays. (1996) 

​
​The Lilly wave can be neutralised via pink or white noise generators connecting to the non-voltage A/C ground and neutral of the homes power grid.

The goal was to find an electric current waveform with which animals could be stimulated through implanted electrodes for several hours per day for several months without causing irreversible changes in threshold by the passage of current through the tissue.

Many waveforms, including 60-cps. sine-wave current could apparently be used safely for these limited schedules of stimulation. They could not be used for the intensive, long-term schedule of chronic stimulation. Electric current passed through the brain can cause at least two distinct types of injury: thermal and electrolytic.

The technical problem in chronic brain stimulation is to stay above the excitatory threshold and below the injury threshold in the neuronal system under consideration. This result can be achieved most easily by the proper choice of waveforms and their time courses; and less easily by the choice of the range of repetition frequencies and train durations.

The previous wave forms used in neurophysiology and in neurosurgery injured the neurons when unidirectional current passed through the brain. Dr. Lilly developed a new electrical wave form to balance the current, first in one direction and then, after a brief interval, in the other.

Thus ions moving in the neurons would first be pushed one way and then quickly the other way, stimulating the neurons and leaving the ions in their former positions within the neurons.

This new wave form was called a balanced bidirectional pulse pair, or the Lilly Wave. Microscopic studies of brains stimulated with this balanced pulse pair showed that there was no injury of the neuronal networks from this kind Waveform of stimulating current :
​
pulse pairs of current resulting from quasi-differentiation, with passive electrical elements, of a rectangular pulse.

Measured at 2 percent of the peak, the duration of the positive pulse (upward) is 34 sec, and the duration of the negative pulse (downward) is 28 sec. stimulation.
Planned Chemical Sedation Of The Population 
​(Free PDF)
ECHELON THE NSA’s GLOBAL SPYING NETWORK
​
​Using a system of satellites and supercomputers that recognize code-words, the US National Security Agency and its UKUSA partners keep governments, corporations and citizens under constant surveillance.
​
In the greatest surveillance effort ever established, the US National Security Agency (NSA) has created a global spy system, code-named ECHELON, which captures and analyses virtually every phone call, fax, e-mail and telex message sent anywhere in the world.

ECHELON is controlled by the NSA and is operated in conjunction with:
​
  • the General Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) of the UK
  • the Communications Security Establishment (CSE) of Canada
  • the Defense Security Directorate (DSD) of Australia
  • the General Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) of New Zealand

These organizations are bound together under a secret agreement, the UK USA Security Agreement of 1948, whose terms and text remain under wraps even today.
​
​
The ECHELON System is fairly simple in design: position intercept stations all over the world to capture all satellite, microwave, cellular and fibre-optic communications traffic, and then process this information through the NSA’s massive computer capabilities-including advanced voice recognition and optical character recognition (OCR) programs-and look for code-words or code-phrases (using what’s known as the ECHELON Dictionary) that will prompt the computers to flag the message for recording and transcribing for future analysis.

Intelligence analysts at each of the respective "listening stations" maintain separate keyword lists for them to analyze any conversation or document flagged by the system, which is then forwarded to the respective intelligence agency headquarters that requested the intercept.

But apart from directing their ears towards terrorists and rogue states, ECHELON is also being used for purposes well outside its original mission.

The regular discovery of domestic surveillance targeted at American civilians for reasons of "unpopular" political affiliation or for no probable cause at all-in violation of the First, Fourth and Fifth Amendments of the US Constitution-is consistently impeded by very elaborate and complex legal arguments and privilege claims by the intelligence agencies and the US Government. The guardians and caretakers of our liberties, our duly elected political representatives, give scarce attention to these activities, let alone to the abuses that occur under their watch.

Among the activities that the ECHELON targets are:

Political spying: Since the close of World War II, the US intelligence agencies have developed a consistent record of trampling the rights and liberties of the American people. Even after the investigations into the domestic and political surveillance activities of the agencies that followed in the wake of the Watergate fiasco, the NSA continues to target the political activity of "unpopular" political groups and our duly elected representatives.

Signals Intelligence and Human Rights – The ECHELON Report - (FREE PDF)

One whistleblower charged, in a 1988 Cleveland Plain Dealer interview, that while she was stationed at the Menwith Hill facility in the 1980s she heard real-time intercepts of South Carolina Senator Strom Thurmond. A former Maryland Congressman, Michael Barnes, claimed in a 1995 Baltimore Sun article that under the Reagan Administration his phone calls were regularly intercepted-something he discovered only after reporters had been passed transcripts of his conversations by the White House. One of the most shocking revelations came to light after several GCHQ officials became concerned about the targeting of peaceful political groups, and told the London Observer in 1992 that the ECHELON Dictionaries targeted Amnesty International, Greenpeace and even Christian ministries.

Commercial espionage: Since the demise of communism in Eastern Europe, the intelligence agencies have searched for a new justification for their surveillance capability in order to protect their prominence and their bloated budgets. Their solution was to redefine the notion of "national security" to include economic, commercial and corporate concerns.

The Office of Intelligence Liaison was created within the US Department of Commerce to forward intercepted materials to major US corporations. In many cases, the beneficiaries of this commercial espionage effort are the very companies that helped the NSA develop the systems that power the ECHELON network. This incestuous relationship is so strong, that sometimes this intelligence information is sued to push other American manufacturers out of deals in favor of these mammoth US defense and intelligence contractors who frequently are the source of major cash contributions to both political parties.

While signals intelligence technology was helpful in containing and eventually defeating the Soviet empire during the Cold War, what was once designed to target a select list of communist countries and terrorist states is now indiscriminately directed against virtually every citizen in the world. The European Parliament is now asking whether the ECHELON communications interceptions violate the sovereignty and privacy of citizens in other countries. In some cases, such as at the NSA’s Menwith Hill station In England, surveillance is conducted against citizens on their own soil and with the full knowledge and cooperation of their government.

This report suggests that Congress pick up its long-neglected role as watchdog of the constitutional rights and liberties of the American people, instead of play its current role as lap dog to the US intelligence agencies. Congressional hearings, similar to the Church and Rockefeller Committee hearings held in the mid-1970s, ought to be held to find out to what extent ECHELON targets the personal, political, religious and commercial communications of US citizens.

The late US Senator Frank Church warned that the technology and capability embodied in the ECHELON system represent a direct threat to the liberties of the American people. Left unchecked, ECHELON could be used by either the political elite or the intelligence agencies themselves as a tool to subvert the civil protections of the Constitution and to destroy representative government in the United States.
​
​
​ECHELON AND THE UK USA AGREEMENT

​​The culmination of the Cold War conflict brought home hard realities for many military and intelligence agencies who were dependent upon the confrontation for massive budgets and little civilian oversight. World War II Allied political and military alliances had quickly become intelligence alliances in the shadow of the Iron Curtain that descended upon eastern Europe after the war.

But for some intelligence agencies, the end of the Cold War just meant a shift in mission and focus, not a loss of manpower or financial resources. One such US governmental organization is the National Security Agency. Despite the disintegration of communism in the former Soviet Union and throughout Eastern Europe, the secretive NSA continues to grow at an exponential rate in terms of budget, manpower and spying abilities. Other countries have noticed the rapid growth of NSA resources and facilities around the world, and have decried the extensive spying upon their citizens by the United States.

European Union Echelon Interception System TrueVice (FREE PDF)

A preliminary report, released by the European Parliament in January 1998, detailed research conducted by independent researchers that uncovered a massive US spy technology network that routinely monitors telephone, fax and e-mail information on citizens all over the world, but particularly in the European Union (EU) and Japan. Titled "An Appraisal of Technologies of Political Control", this report, issued by the Scientific and Technological Options Assessment (STOA) Committee of the European Parliament, caused a tremendous stir in the establishment Press in Europe. At least one major US media outlet, the New York Times also covered the issuance of the report.

The STOA report also exposed a festering sore-spot between the US and its EU allies. The widespread surveillance of citizens in EU countries by the NSA has been known and discussed by European journalists since 1981. The name of the system in question is ECHELON, and it is one of the most secretive spy systems in existence.

ECHELON is actually a vast network of electronic spy stations located around the world and maintained by five countries:
​
​
These countries, bound together in a still-secret agreement, UKUSA [pronounced "you-koo-za"], spy on each other’s citizens by intercepting and gathering electronic signals of almost every telephone call, fax and e-mail message transmitted around the world daily. These signals are fed through the NSA’s massive supercomputers that look for certain keywords called the ECHELON Dictionaries.

Most of the details of this mammoth spy system-and the UKUSA agreement that supports it-remain a mystery. What is known of ECHELON is the result of the efforts of journalists and researchers around the world, who have laboured for decades to uncover the operations of our governments’ most secret systems. The 1996 publication of New Zealand journalist Nicky Hager’s book, Secret Power: New Zealand’s Role in the International Spy Network, provided the most detailed look at the system and inflamed interest in ECHELON as well as the debate regarding its propriety.
​
This paper examines the expanse of the ECHELON system, along with the intelligence agreements and exchanges that support it. The operation of ECHELON serves the NSA’s goal of spying on the citizens of other countries, while also allowing them to circumvent the prohibition on spying on US citizens. ECHELON is not only a gross violation of the US Constitution, but it violates the goodwill of the United States’ allies and threatens the privacy of innocent civilians around the world.

​The existence and expansion of ECHELON is a foreboding omen regarding the future of constitutional liberties. If a US Government agency can willingly violate the most basic components of the Bill of Rights without so much as congressional oversight and approval, we have reverted from a republican form of government to tyranny.

​

​THE UKUSA PARTIES
​
​The success of the Allied military effort in World War II was due in no small part to successes in gathering enemy intelligence information and cracking those military and diplomatic messages. In addition, the Allied forces were able to create codes and encryption devices that effectively concealed sensitive information from prying Axis-power eyes. These coordinated signal intelligence (SIGINT) programs kept Allied information secure and left the enemies vulnerable.

But at the close of the conflict, a new, threatening power-the Soviet Union-was beginning to provoke the Cold War by enslaving Eastern Europe. These signal intelligence agencies now had a new enemy towards which to turn their electronic eyes and ears to ensure that the balance of power could be maintained. The folleys of electronic hardware and espionage that would follow for 40 years would be the breeding ground of the ECHELON spy system.
​
  • The diplomatic foundation that was the genesis of ECHELON is the UKUSA agreement
  • The agreement has its roots in the BRUSA COMINT (communications intelligence) alliance formed in the early days of World War II and ratified on 17 May 1943 by the United Kingdom and the United States of America
  • The Commonwealth SIGINT Organization, formed in 1946-47, brought together the post war intelligence agencies of the UK, Canada, Australia and New Zealand
  • Forged in 1947 between the US and UK, the still-secret UKUSA agreement defined the relations between the SIGINT departments of those various governments
  • Direct agreements between the US and these agencies also define the intricate relationships of these organizations

Foremost among those agencies is the US National Security Agency (NSA) which represents the American interest.
​
  • The NSA is designated at the "First Party to the [UKUSA] Treaty"
  • The UK Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) signed the UKUSA agreement on behalf of the UK and its Commonwealth SIGINIT partners
  • This brought Australia’s Defense Signals Directorate (DSD), Canada’s Communications Security Establishment (CSE) and New Zealand’s Government Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) into the arrangement
  • While these agencies are bound by additional direct agreements with the US and each other, these four countries are considered the "Second Parties to the Treaty"
  • Third Party members include Germany, Japan, Norway, South Korea and Turkey. There are sources that indicate China may also be included in this group, on a limited basis
​​
THE NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY

​The prime movers in the UKUSA arrangement is undeniably the US National Security Agency. The majority of funds for joint projects and facilities (discussed below) as well as the directions for intelligence-gathering operations are issued primarily through the NSA. The participating agencies frequently exchange personnel, divide up intelligence collection tasks and establish common guidelines for classifying and protecting shared information. However, the NSA utilizes its role as the largest spy agency in the world to have its international intelligence partners do its bidding.

INTERCEPTION CAPABILITIES - IMPACT AND EXPLOITATION (FREE PDF)

President Harry Truman established the NSA in 1952 with a presidential directive that remains classified to this day. The US Government did not acknowledge the existence of the NSA until 1957. Its original mission was to conduct the signal intelligence (SIGINT) and communications security (COMSEC) for the United States. President Ronald Reagan added the tasks of information systems security and operations security training in 1984 and 1988 respectively. A 1986 law charged the NSA with supporting combat operations for the Department of Defense.

Headquartered at Fort George Meade, located between Washington, DC, and Baltimore, Maryland, the NSA boasts the most enviable array of intelligence equipment and personnel in the world. The NSA is the largest global employer of mathematicians, featuring the best teams of codemakers and codebreakers ever assembled. The codebreakers’ job is to crack the encryption codes of foreign and domestic electronic communications, forwarding the revealed messages to their enormous team of skilled linguists who can review and analyze messages in over 100 languages. The NSA is also responsible for creating the encryption codes that protect the US Government’s communications.

In its role as gang leader for UKUSA, the NSA is primarily involved with creating new surveillance and codebreaking technology, directing the other cooperating agencies to their target and providing them with training and tools to intercept, process and analyze enormous amounts of signals intelligence. By possessing what is arguably the most technologically advanced communications, computer and codebreaking equipment of any government agency in the world, the NSA serves as a competent and capable taskmaster for UKUSA.
​
THE ECHELON NETWORK
​
​The vast network created by the UKUSA community stretched across the globe and into the reaches of space. Land-based intercept stations, intelligence ships sailing the seven seas and top-secret satellites whirling 20,000 miles overhead all combine to empower the NSA and its UKUSA allies with access to the entire global communications network. Very few signals escape its electronic grasp.

Having divided up the world among the UKUSA parties, each agency directs its electronic "vacuum-cleaner" equipment towards the heavens and the ground to search for the most minute communications signals that traverse the system’s immense path.

  • the NSA facilities in the US cover the communications signals of both American continents
  • the GCHQ in Britain is responsible for Europe, Africa and Russia (west of the Ural Mountains)
  • the DSD in Australia assists in SIGINT collection In Southeast Asia, the south-west Pacific Ocean and eastern Indian Ocean areas
  • the GSCB in New Zealand is responsible for southern Pacific Ocean
  • the CSE In Canada handles interception of additional northern Russian, northern European and American communications
​
The backbone of the ECHELON network are the massive listening and reception stations directed at the Intelsat and Inmarsat satellites that are responsible for the vast majority of phone and fax communications traffic within and between countries and continents. The 20 Intelsat satellites follow a geostationary orbit locked onto a particular point on the equator. These satellites carry primarily civilian traffic, but they do additionally carry diplomatic and governmental communications that are of particular interest to the UKUSA parties.
​
Originally, only two stations were responsible for Intelsat intercepts: Morwenstow in England, and Yakima in the US state of Washington. However, when the Intelsat 5 series was replaced with the Intelsat 701 and 703 satellites-which had much more precise transmission beams that prohibited reception of southern hemisphere signals from the Yakima based in the northern hemisphere-additional facilities were constructed in Australia and New Zealand.

Going for the Throat - 'Carnivore' in an Echelon World - Surveillance Systems (FREE PDF)

Today, the Morwenstow station directs its ears towards the Intelsats traversing the atmosphere above the Atlantic and Indian oceans and transmitting to Europe, Africa and western parts of Asia. The Yakima station, located in the grounds of the Yakima Firing Station, targets the Far East and Pacific Ocean communications in the northern hemisphere.

Another NSA facility at Sugar Grove, West Virginia, covers traffic for the whole of North and South America. A DSD station at Geraldton, WA, Australia, and the GCSB facility at Waihopai, New Zealand, over Asia, the South Pacific countries and the Pacific Ocean. An additional station on Ascension Island in the Atlantic Ocean between Brazil and Angola is suspected of covering the Atlantic Intelsat’s southern hemisphere communications.

Non-Intelsat satellites are monitored from these same stations, as well as from bases in:

  • Menwith Hill, England
  • Shoal Bay, near Darwin, Australia
  • Leitrim, Canada
  • Bad Aibling, Germany
  • Misawa, Japan

These satellites typically carry Russian and regional communications. It is known that the Shoal Bay facility targets a series of Indonesian satellites, and that the Leitrim station intercepts communications from Latin American satellites, including the Mexican telephone company’s Morelos satellite.

Several dozen other radio listening posts operated by the UKUSA allies dot the globe as well, located at military bases on foreign soil and in remote locations. These stations played a critical role in the time prior to the development of satellite communications because much of the world’s communications traffic was transmitted on radio-frequency bands.

Particularly in the high-frequency (HF) range, radio communications continue to serve an important purpose, despite the wide-spread use of satellite technology, because their signals can be transmitted to military ships and aircraft across the globe. Shorter range, very high frequencies (VHF) and ultra high frequencies (UHF) are also used for tactical military communications within national borders. Major radio facilities in the UKUSA network include:

  • Tangimoana, New Zealand
  • Bamaga, Cape York, Australia
  • the joint NSA/GCHQ facility at the Indian Ocean atoll, Diego Garcia

A separate high-frequency direction-finding (HFGF) network intercepts communications signals for the unique purpose of locating the position of ships and aircraft. While these stations are not actually involved in the analysis of messages, they play a critical role in monitoring the movements of mobile military targets.
​
The Canadian CSE figures prominently in the UKUSA HFDF network, code-named CLASSIC BULLSEYE, hosting a major portion of the Atlantic and Pacific stations that monitored Soviet ship and submarine movements during the Cold War. Stations from Kingston and Leitrim in Ontario, to Gander, Newfoundland, on the Atlantic side, from Alert in the Northwest Territories (located at the northernmost tip of Canada on the Arctic Ocean, and able to listen to the Russian submarine bases at Petropavlovsk and Vladivostok) and finally to Masset, British Columbia, in the Pacific, monitor shipping and flight lanes under the direction of the NSA.

The CSE also maintains a small contingent at Lackland Air Force Base in San Antonio, Texas, which probably monitors Latin American communications targets.

Another major support for the ECHELON system is the US spy satellite network and its corresponding reception bases scattered about the UKUSA empire. These space-based electronic communications "vacuum cleaners" pick up radio, microwave and cellphone traffic on the ground. They were launched by the NSA in cooperation with its sister spy agencies, the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) and the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). The Ferret series of satellites in the 1960s, the Canyon, Rhyolite and Aquacade satellites in the 1970s, and the Chalet, Vortex, Magnum, Orion and Jumpseat series of satellites in the 1980s have given way to the new and improved Mercury, Mentor and Trumpet satellites during the 1990s.
​
US Spy Satellites in Current Use

These surveillance satellites act as giant scoops, picking up electronic communications, cellphone conversations and various radio transmissions. The downlink stations that control the operations and targeting of these satellites are under the exclusive control of the United States, despite their location on foreign military bases.
​
The two primary downlink facilities are at Menwith Hill, England, and Pine Gap, central Australia.
​
THE MENWITH HILL FACILITY
​
​The Menwith Hill facility is located in North Yorkshire, England, near Harrogate. The important role that Menwith Hill plays in the ECHELON system was recognized by the recent European Parliament STOA report:

Within Europe, all e-mail, telephone and fax communications are routinely intercepted by the United States National Security Agency, transferring all target information from the European mainland via the strategic hub of London, then by satellite to Fort Meade in Maryland via the crucial hub at Menwith Hill in the North Yorks Moors of the UK.

The existence and importance of the facility was first brought to light by British journalist/researcher Duncan Campbell in 1980. Today, it is the largest spy station in the world, with over 25 satellite receiving stations and 1,400 American NSA personnel working with 350 UK Ministry of Defense staff on site.

After revelations that the facility coordinates surveillance for the vast majority of the European continent, the base has become a target for regular protests organized by local peace activists. It has also become a target for regular protests organized by local peace activists. It has also become the target of intense criticism by European government officials who are concerned about the vast network of civilian surveillance and economic espionage conducted from the station by the United States.

The beginnings of Menwith Hill go back to December 1951, when the US Air Force and British War Office signed a lease for land that had been purchased by the British Government. The NSA took over the lease of the base in 1966 and has continued to build up the facility ever since.

Up until the mid-1970s, Menwith Hill was used for intercepting international leased carrier (ILC) communications and non-diplomatic communications (NDC). Having received one of the first sophisticated IBM computers in the early 1960s, Menwith Hill was also used to sort through the voluminous unenciphered telex communications, which consisted of international messages, telegrams and telephone calls from the government, business and civilian sectors, in the search for anything of political, military or economic value.
​
  • STEEPLEBUSH-Completed in 1984, this $160 million system expanded the satellite surveillance capability and mission of the spy station beyond the bounds of the installation that began in 1974.
  • RUNWAY- Running east and west across the facility, this system receives signals from the second-generation geosynchronous Vortex satellites and gathers miscellaneous communications traffic from Europe, Asia and the former Soviet Union. The information is then forwarded to the Menwith Hill computer systems for processing. RUNWAY may have recently been replaced or complemented by another system, RUTLEY.
  • PUSHER- This is an HFDF system that covers the HF frequency range between 3 MHz and 30 MHz-radio transmissions from CB radios, walkie-talkies and other radio devices. Military, embassy, maritime and air flight communications are the main targets of PUSHER.
  • MOONPENNY - Uncovered by British journalist Duncan Campbell in the 1980s, this system is targeted at the communication relay satellites belonging to other countries, as well as the main targets of PUSHER.
  • KNOBSTICKS I AND II - The purpose of these antennae arrays is unknown, but they probably target military and diplomatic traffic throughout Europe.
  • GT-6 - A new system installed at the end of 1996, GT-6 is believed to be the receiver for the third generation of geosynchronous satellites termed Advanced Orion or Advanced Vortex. A new polar orbit satellite called Advanced Jumpseat may be monitored from here as well.
  • STEEPLEBUSH II - An expansion of the 1984 STEEPLEBUSH system, this computer system processes information collected from the RUNWAY receivers that gather traffic from the Vortex satellites.
  • SILKWORTH - Constructed by Lockheed Corporation, the main computer system for Menwith Hill processes most of the information received by the various reception systems.
​
One shocking revelation about Menwith Hill came to light in 1997 during the trial of two women peace campaigners appealing their convictions for trespassing at the facility. In documents and testimony submitted by British Telecom in the case, Mr. R.G. Morris, BT’s head of Emergency Planning, revealed that at least three major domestic fibre-optic telephone trunk lines-each capable of carrying 100,000 calls simultaneously were wired through Menwith Hill, allowing the NSA to tap into the very heart of the British Telecom network. Judge Jonathan Crabtree rebuked British Telecom over his revelations and prohibited Mr. Morris from giving any further testimony in the case for "national security" reasons.

According to Duncan Campbell, the secret spying alliance between Menwith Hill and British Telecom began in 1975 with a coaxial connection to the British Telecom microwave facility at Hunter’s Stone, four miles away from Menwith Hill - a connection maintained even today.

Additional systems-TROUTMAN, ULTRAPURE, TOTALISER, SILVERWEED, RUCKUS et al.-complete the monumental SIGINT collection efforts at Menwith Hill.

Directing its electronic vacuum-cleaners towards unsuspecting communications satellites in the skies, receiving signals gathered by satellites that scoop up the most minute signals on the ground, listening in on the radio communications throughout the air or plugging into the ground-based telecommunications network, Menwith Hill - alongside its sister stations at Pine Gap, Australia, and Bad Aibling, Germany-represents the comprehensive effort of the NSA, with its UKUSA allies, to make sure that no communications signal escapes its electronic net.

THE ECHELON DICTIONARIES
​
​The extraordinary ability of ECHELON to intercept most of the communications trafficking in the world is breathtaking in its scope. And yet the power of ECHELON resides in its ability to decrypt, filter, examine and codify these messages into selective categories for further analysis by intelligence agents from the various UKUSA agencies.

As the electronic signals are brought into the station, they are fed through the massive computer systems, such as Menwith Hill’s SILKWORTH, where voice recognition, optical character recognition (OCR) and data information engines get to work on the messages. These programs and computers transcend state-of-the-art; in many cases, they are well into the future.

MAGISTRAND is part of the Menwith Hill SILKWORTH supercomputer system that drives the powerful keyword search programs. One tool used to sort through the text of messages, PATHFINDER (manufactured by the UK company, MEMEX), sifts through large databases of text-based documents and messages looking for keywords and key phrases based on complex algorithmic criteria. Voice recognition programs convert conversations into text messages for further analysis. One highly advanced system, VOICECAST, can target an individual’s voice pattern so that every call that person makes is transcribed for future analysis.

Processing millions of messages every hour, the ECHELON systems churn away 24 hours a day, seven days a week, looking for targeted keyword series, phone and fax numbers, and specified voice prints. It is important to note that very few messages and phone calls are actually transcribed and recorded by the system. The vast majority are filtered out after they are read or listened to by the system. Only those messages that produce keyword "hits" are tagged for future analysis. Again, it is not just the ability to collect the electronic signals that gives ECHELON its power; it is the tools and technology that are able to whittle down the messages to only those that are important to the intelligence agencies.

Each station maintains a list of keywords (the Dictionary) designated by each of the participating intelligence agencies. A Dictionary Manager from each of the respective agencies is responsible for adding, deleting or changing the keyword search criteria for their Dictionaries at each of the stations. Each station Dictionary is given a code-word, as COWBOY for the Yakima facility and FLINTLOCK for the Waihopai facility. These code-words play a crucial identification role for the analysts who eventually look at the intercepted messages.

Each message flagged by the ECHELON Dictionaries as meeting the specified criteria is sorted by a four-digit code representing the source or subject of the message (such as 5535 for Japanese diplomatic traffic, or 8812 for communications about distribution of encryption technology) as well as the date, time and station code-word. Also included in the message headers are the code-names for the intended agency:

  • ALPHA-ALPHA (GCHQ) - UK
  • ECHO-ECHO (DSD) - Australia
  • INDIA-INDIA (GCSB) - New Zeland
  • UNIFORM-UNIFORM (CSE) - Canada
  • OSCAR-OSCAR (NSA) - USA

These messages are then transmitted to each agency’s headquarters via a global computer system, PLATFORM, that acts as the information nervous system for the UKUSA stations and agencies.

Every day, analysts located at the various intelligence agencies review the previous day’s product. As it is analyzed, decrypted and translated, it can be compiled into the different types of analysis: reports, which are direct and complete translations of intercepted messaged, "gists", which give basic information on a series of messages within a given category; and summaries, which are compilations from both reports and gists. These are then given classifications:
​
  • MORAY (secret)
  • SPOKE (more secret than MORAY)
  • UMBRA (top secret)
  • GAMMA (Russian intercepts)
  • DRUID (intelligence forwarded to non-UKUSA parties)

This analysis product is the raison d’être of the entire ECHELON system. It is also the lifeblood of the UKUSA alliance.
​
NATIONAL SECURITY & SURVEILLANCE OF CITIZENS
​
​The ECHELON system is the product of the Cold War conflict-an extended battle replete with heightened tensions that teetered on the brink of annihilation, and the diminished hostilities of détente and glasnost. Vicious cycles of mistrust and paranoia between the United States and the Soviet empire fed the intelligence agencies to the point that, with the fall of communism throughout Eastern Europe, the intelligence establishment began to grasp for a mission that justified its bloated existence.

But the rise of post-modern warfare-terrorism-gave the establishment all the justification it needed to develop an even greater ability to spy on its enemies, its allies and its own citizens. ECHELON is the result of those efforts. The satellites that fly thousands of miles overhead and yet can spy out the most minute details on the ground; the secret submarines that troll the ocean floors and tap into undersea communications cables-all power the efficient UKUSA signals intelligence machine.

In the United States there is a concerted effort by intelligence agency heads, federal law enforcement officials and congressional representatives to defend the capabilities of ECHELON. Their persuasive arguments point to the tragedies seen in the bombings in Oklahoma City and the World Trade Center in New York City. The vulnerability of Americans abroad, as recently seen in the bombing of the American Embassy in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, and in Nairobi, Kenya, emphasizes the necessity of monitoring those forces around the world that would use senseless violence and terror as political weapons against the US and its allies.

Intelligence victories add credibility to the arguments that defend such a pervasive surveillance system. The discovery of missile sites in Cuba in 1962, the capture of the Achille Lauro terrorists in 1995, the discovery of alleged Libyan involvement in the bombing of a Berlin discotheque that killed one American (resulting in the 1996 bombing of Tripoli), and countless other incidents that have been averted (which are now covered by the silence of indoctrination vows and top-secret classifications), all for the national security of the United States.

But despite the real threats and dangers to the peace and protection of American citizens at home and abroad, the US Constitution is quite explicit in limiting the scope and powers of government.
​
UK INTELLIGENCE AND MICROWAVE MIND CONTROL
​
​As a scientist researching into microwave weapons used on the general public, evidence that the GM900 microwave network as used by Vodaphone and British Telecom, is a major health hazard, has come to my attention.

Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) documents entitled: Biological Effects Of Electromagnetic Radiation (Radiowaves and Microwaves) Eurasian Communist Countries, show that microwave frequencies similar to those of the cellular phones can cause health problems in the following areas:

  • Blood
  • Cardiovascular System
  • Cells
  • Central Nervous System
  • Digestive System
  • Glands
  • Metabolism
  • Reproduction
  • Visual System
  • Internal Sound Perception

Equipment to test the frequency and intensity of microwave phones shows that they produce signals similar to microwave ovens.

Two Vodaphone cellular phones were producing 100mW/cm2 and 50 mW/cm2 respectively. The danger level for microwave ovens is 5mW/cm2 and the Russians regularly used 10 mW/cm2 for weapon research. These Vodaphones will therefore cause significant health problems if used. A variety of cell phones can be tested to see how dangerous they are.

The GM1800 system used by Orange uses higher frequency microwaves. Australian scientists found this caused cancer in mice exposed to radiation of this type. The documents in my possession show that microwaves pass deeply into the body and can have a negative effect on the brain and body.

The DIA research dates from 1976 and shows the dangers were known about over twenty years ago. The Soviets used the frequencies and intensities used by mobile phones, 1800 MHz and 900 MHz, as weapons. It is a rule of the intelligence community that you hide things in plain view, getting the public to accept microwave mind control weapons which effect their behavior under the guise of mobile phones was a stroke of genius.

Getting the public to pay for these microwave mind control devices, so their brains and behavior can be damaged, to make them more docile and easy to control, was pure diabolical genius.
​
UK INTELLIGENCE FORCES AND MICROWAVE MIND CONTROL

​Microwave weapons that turn people into stressed, confused, submissive zombies are being used in Britain’s inner cities.

Developed by the communists, microwave weapons similar to microwave ovens have since the 1980s, been targeted on inner city council estates. These weapons transmit extremely low frequency (ELF) signals which mimic natural brain waves; at the flick of a switch, all the people around these microwave transmitters are turned into submissive zombies who cannot think clearly, become depressed, apathetic and want to lounge around all day doing nothing: the inner city malaise found on Britain’s streets. With the advent of new ELF detectors designed by the author’s research teams, the mass mind control of the metropolitan UK population can be proved.

ELF signals are officially only found at nuclear submarine communication stations, so the researchers were shocked to find microwave and UHF, mind control signals in city centers, the author’s flat, being sent through mobile phones, the BT telephones and from the numerous transmitters that dot the country.

The massive increase in mobile phones has enabled the UK security forces to use this network of transmitters to beam mind control signals into the brains of anyone living near these transmitters. Microwave phones use pulse modulated microwaves of the correct intensity to pass through the skull into the brain and control behaviour. Microwave transmitters are therefore the perfect medium for the transmission of ELF signals to mind control the UK population.

Researchers are of the opinion that the inner city riots of the early eighties forced the Thatcher regime to deploy ELF mind control devices developed in the 1970s to turn the working class housing estates into total policing zones. In these zones, ELF transmitters turned the inhabitants into docile zombies. So successful was this technology that it was expanded to cover all major towns.

Mass mind control of the UK public to make them submissive and obey authority was expanded, hand-in-hand with the mobile phone network and military and police microwave transmitters. Now the entire London conurbation is covered by UHF and microwave carrying mind numbing ELF.

Research into the use of microwave weapons and their use for mind control began in 1950s at the Tavistock Institute, one of Britain’s leading psychiatric research establishments. The UK institute was researching into ways of mind controlling the British population without them knowing. The monkey submission response, whereby the dominant monkey caused submissive behaviour in the underlings, was the brain state of most interest to the British scientists.

Having found this specific brain rhythm for docile submissive, zombie-like behaviour, it was then recorded and used as the template for the ELF signal beamed on UK microwave transmitters. Britain was the first discoverer of microwave technology, used for radar, in the 1940s and therefore had a commanding lead over everyone else in this field.

The 1970s brought a darker side to the story, with the news that the Russians were microwaving the US embassy in Moscow. One third of the staff eventually died of cancer from this microwave irradiation. Australian scientists proved in 1997, that tiny amounts of microwave produced by the very safest mobile phones, cause cancer in mice, when exposed to this radiation.

Greenham Common was the first time that the Ministry of Defense was involved in the offensive microwaving of women protesters, the so called Greenham Common Women. This event showed that the UK security forces were willing to use lethal doses of microwave radiation on large groups of the general public.

Equipment showed that the women peace protesters were subject to high levels of microwave radiation, some of them have subsequently died from cancer. Northern Ireland would have been a perfect proving ground for mass mind control technology.

Research at the Tavistock Institute enabled the Thatcher government to put into large scale use, the frequency which causes submission in humans.

Radiating this ELF frequency on,

  • microwave transmitters
  • cellphones
  • BT phones
  • and by use of other transmitters,

...the inner city population can be behaviorally controlled.

My research group have ELF detectors, which can prove all manner of UK transmitters are being used to mind control the population. Since ELF is not found naturally, and is only used for nuclear submarine communication, its presence proves mind control weapons are being used on the general public. The author also has access to scientific documents showing the devastating effects of ELF broadcast by microwave, UHF and VHF on humans.

It is alleged that Marconi put this microwave technology into full scale production, and around thirty scientists and military personnel on the project who began to ask questions committed `suicide’ under mysterious circumstances.

My research has found that microwave weapons are targeted on middle class troublemakers and researchers who cause problems for the establishment. Russian and American research has found that pulse modulated microwaves (as used for mobile phones) can, when modulated with ELF which mimics specific brain patterns change the behavior of the victim at the flick of a switch. It has been found that UK security police, such as MI5 use the 450 MHz frequency used for this research (legally allowed to be used by the police) for behavioral control.

A vast catalogue of mind control frequencies in the MHz range, FM radio, TV and mobile phone frequencies, have been measured, which are used in the UK for mind control and killing or disabling victims: 147, 153, 197, 199, 447, 453, 456, 466, 853, 883, 884, 887...

Symptoms can be depression, befuddled thinking, loss of memory, stress, not being able to cope, manic behavior, schizophrenia, nervous breakdowns, physical collapse, brain and nervous system damage, heart attacks, cancer...

An example was Brighton police van, parked outside the Brighton Pavilion which was used to beam UHF and microwaves at vagrants to clear them from the area. All Brighton’s city centres are bombarded with microwaves when vagrants congregate to make them so ill they have to flee. The Evening Argus newspaper asked the police if the white van which was parked in the Brighton Pavilion grounds for months, was their van, they replied it was one of their ’surveillance’ vehicles.

On Wednesday, 4th of February the author was passing Brighton Police station with a frequency counter which detects microwave weapons, and I detected a 452 MHz microwave beam being directed at two young offenders sitting on a wall opposite the station.

I confronted the police with the reading, Robert Galloway, spokesperson for the police stated,
"they were not interested in microwaves even if they were a danger to health."
​
The author has uncovered widespread use of microwave weapons in Brighton by the police and MI5 as a test programme to clear vagrants from the city centre.

Contacting researchers in this field of enquiry, they all complain of microwave-like symptoms, headache, nausea, giddiness, eye damage, ear problems... Readings I have taken show that the 750-1000 MHz range is used by the intelligence services for inducing nervous and physical collapse. Microwave ovens give off 1000 MHz.

On the Channel 4 programme, For the Love of…New World Order, shown on Monday night at 12pm, on April 6th, the author revealed some of these facts on television. The presenter, and researchers of this programme complained of severe headaches in the days preceding filming symptomatic of microwave attack.

As the foremost non-military expert microwave weapons, remote viewing (psychic spying) and Psi-warfare, the author became aware of the microwave problem when he was targeted to stop his forthcoming book on remote viewing being released. This book on psychic spying, published by Century Books, is the first book by a scientist on the subject of Psi-warfare and the techniques the superpowers developed.

Subsequent to the filming of the Channel 4 programme, he was arrested by Brighton Police on February 15th outside their building and his frequency counter was confiscated to stop him recording the use of microwave weapons around the police station and in public places around the town. Even though no law was broken. It appears Brighton Police are worried that their use of microwave weapons on Brighton’s vagrants is coming to light.

The UK government has also bought up all the readily available frequency counters, these being the Watson FC-128 frequency counters, and the Optotronic devices, and the manufacturers now market a ’modified’ model, which most probably has a digital filter so that the microwave weapon frequencies given above, cannot be shown.

The author’s frequency counter has still not been returned. With such high-level manipulation of events it seems that microwave mind control is part of a secret policy which is being practiced on the general public in this county. As part of a covert government policy of harassing and disabling critics, this means of attack is not covered by the law and highly deniable, the perfect intelligence device for civilian control.

The author’s flat is targeted with a 900 MHz beam which seems to be designed to cause massive neurological damage and produce tumours.

The BT phone network has the potential to be used for docilisation of the UK public. A 30-40 MHz signal is carried by the phone. When the earpiece is placed against the head, bone conduction carries the ELF component into the brain of the phone user. A ELF signal which can effect behaviour or health is therefore passed into all BT phone users.

It appears from experts I have consulted on the subject that the digital phones have been designed to carry this mind control carrier frequency. Vodaphone have supplied a mobile phone to a friend of mine that pumps out an 847 MHz signal at over 100 mW/cm2, this is equivalent to 4x100 watt lightbulbs being turned on in the body of the user. This means that mobile phones can potentially be used to kill or so disable a person they no longer become a problem to the establishment. Another Vodaphone tested pumped out 50 mW/cm2.

UK safe levels for microwave ovens are 5 mW/cm2 - which are not held near the head. There are reports by military researchers that 1 mW/cm2 will cause swelling of nerve cells exposed to microwave.

It is obvious that a total policing of the population by means of UHF, VHF, and microwave EM radiation, amongst others, is being used to keep the UK population in a docile and submissive mental state. Mental confusion can also be added to the signal for working class inner city areas to keep them docile and confused. A land of stultified zombies, who are mind controlled to make them docile and unable to think clearly. Subversives are habitually targeted with microwaves to drive them mad or make them fatally ill

On July 4th 1976 seven giant transmitters in the Ukraine, powered by the Chernobyl nuclear facility, pumped a 100 megawatt radio frequency at the West, which contained a 10 Hz ELF mind control frequency.

According to a US scientist, Dr. Andrija Puharich, MD, the soviet pulses covered the human brain frequencies. With a Dr. Bob Beck Andrija proved that the Soviet transmissions were a weapon.

He found that a 6.66 Hz frequency would cause depression and an 11 Hz signal would cause manic and riotous behaviour. transmissions could indeed entrain the human brain, and thereby induce behavioural modification populations can be mind controlled en masse by ELF transmissions. More importantly he found that an ELF signal could cause cancer at the flick of a switch.

It did this by modifying the function of the RNA transferases so that amino acid sequences are scrambled and produce unnatural proteins.
​MIND CONTROL

​Torture is alive and well in the UK. MI5, the UK’s secret police, regularly use Non-Lethal Weapons on any dissidents.

Since MI5 have a well documented history of hating the Labour Party, and were instrumental in bringing down the Labour Prime Minister Harold Wilson, they naturally took to spying on, and discrediting, any group or person who did not follow their rabid right wing dogma. When Margaret Thatcher became Prime Minister of a right wing Conservative Government in 1979, she soon saw the power in recruiting MI5 to be her own secret police.

During the Miner’s strike in the early eighties, Arthur Scargill and his National Union of Miners nearly brought the Conservative Government down, with their year long strike.

Margaret Thatcher used MI5 to spy on the Miners and to discredit Arthur Scargill. Leading police officers argued against the use of MI5 on the civilian population, they were ignored or replaced - if they proved too vociferous.

Margaret Thatcher was the first Prime Minister for many a year to sit in on the Joint Intelligence Committee’s meetings on a regular basis. Thatcher, as a trained scientist, would have been well aware of the usefulness of microwave weapons. They are impossible to detect unless you have a detector, dissidents have no idea these weapons exist, and best of all, they are totally deniable. It may be that MI5 kept this research secret from Margaret Thatcher, but the resources the UK has put into these fearsome, so-called non-lethal weapons, is extensive.

UK intelligence runs a fleet of microwave weapon carrying vans, as well as portable microwave weapons that can be deployed near the dissident’s home.

The vast expense can be disguised as communications equipment, for as we all know, microwave telephone communication is all the rage in our modern world. My research shows that the microwave telephone network also has the potential to be used as a major mind control weapon system to control the behaviour of the microwave phone users.

Developed under the Conservative government, which was in power from 1979-97. The UK secret, or ’black’ government, has at its disposal a fearsome array of mind control weapons. These abhorrent devices are euphemistically called ’non-lethal weapons’ by the UK military.

In fact they kill you slowly by causing:
​
  • nerve damage
  • cancers
  • mental collapse leading to suicides
  • tissue failure, such as heart attacks due to the cooking effect of microwaves

Precisely modulated microwave radiation is used to influence brain function.
Human behaviour and reactions can be entirely controlled by using pulse modulated microwave EM radiation.

Pulse modulated microwaves are useful as the carrier for the mind control signals as they are able to pass through the skull, which is rather resistant to low level EM.

The massive number of microwave antennae that dot the country, some of which are used for the microwave phone network, all use pulse modulated microwaves, which makes their use for a strategic mind control device against the civilian population in times of trouble, or rioting, crucial to modifying the behaviour of the general population. In modern democracies it is no longer viable to shoot rioters, or torture dissidents by normal means, as the bad publicity is self defeating.

Thus, microwave weapons have been developed by the UK’s military intelligence as they leave no marks, or gaping wounds. This pulse modulated microwave carrier beam can then be used to carry signals. These signals are extremely low frequency recordings of brain electrical potentials, which have been recorded by neuro-medical researchers such as Dr Ross Adey.

Dr Ross Adey’s research at the Brain Research Institute of the University of California, was funded by the CIA. In their Pandora project a catalogue of different brain signals for specific actions, emotions and pathological states of mind were recorded. It was found that when microwaves were used to fire these signals at victims’ brains, they experienced the moods, behaviour, and the pathological states, carried by the signals.

This meant that by mimicking natural brain frequencies, the human brain could be controlled remotely by use of extremely low frequency broadcast carried by pulse modulated microwave beams (ELF pulse modulated microwave remote mind control technology).

It is now possible to broadcast mind control commands directly into the brain by use of microwave beams. All that is needed is a catalogue of every specific brain frequency for each: mood, action and thought.

These catalogues of excitation potentials are available from Russian neuro-medical research institutes, so any one with enough cash can have the same technology at their disposal, as UK military mind control groups (the psychological-enforcement arm of MI5). The Aum sect bought microwave weaponry via their 50,000 Russian converts.

Particular excitation potential, is then broadcast by pulse modulated microwave transmitter. This pulse modulated microwave beam has the ELF excitation potential frequency imprinted upon it. It was found that each behavioural set in humans had a distinctive frequency. There was one for: anger, suicide, hysteria, trauma, serial killing, paranoia, lust... etc. Intelligence operatives in the UK regularly park microwave transmitters outside targets’ houses and beam specific mood inducing excitation potentials at the victims.

To aid them, they have sophisticated millimeter wave scanners to look through the victims’ walls, so they can see the targets’ in their homes. Pulse modulated microwaves are regularly directed at the victims’ brains, while other people in their homes are oblivious of what is going on. A leading conspiracy researcher, who looks into GCHQ at Cheltenham, found one of these vans, with two spheres on its roof parked in his road. When he took the number plate and through contacts checked who owned it, he found it was an MOD van. Hopefully he has found the microwave weapon system before it has done him too much harm.

These microwave weapons were developed allegedly at Marconi. When firing microwave beams through walls at one specific target, every material in the way of the microwave beam attenuates or modifies the intensity and frequency of the beam.

Since precise frequencies and intensities are needed for mind control, very sophisticated microwave arrays and computer programs had to be developed so that the microwave beam could be changed in response to the materials which lay between the target and the weapon, as the victim moved around the house. To do this, the reflectivity and refractivity of the materials between victim and weapon had to be analyzed in real-time and fed to a computer which could change the microwave array in concert with the changing environment between victim and weapon, as the target moved around his/her home.

Secondly, there had to be an automatic interrupter if another person walked in front of the beam. The victim needed to be driven mad or disabled, without anyone else being aware that he or she was being targeted.

The technology for this was very complex but eventually it was perfected. Twenty five or more scientists and military personnel, associated with the Marconi project, then died in mysterious circumstances. Intelligence personnel regularly kill people to keep them quiet. Maybe they killed the entire research team to keep such a diabolical weapon secret. For if it were made public, the scandal would bring down the government.

Whatever the real story, by the mid to late eighties, all the problems had been ironed out and these new smart microwave weapons were deployed on the UK s streets.

Northern Ireland would have proved the perfect place to test them out. Pulse modulated microwave weapons had now come of age.

By this method, any mood or behavioural set, can be conditioned into the target’s brain. Intelligence agents keep a log of the victim’s behaviour to see if more intense ’treatment’ is needed and as a guide for future mind control projects. It is alleged that by this method, UFO and conspiracy researchers, are routinely driven to commit suicide. having the excitation potential for suicide beamed into your brain day and night by microwave mind control weapons, soon resets the brain into a cycle of depression that spirals out of control ending in suicide.

Many intelligence and technical officers in the UK, who have spilled the beans, or could be a potential leak, are driven to commit suicide by the special mind control teams run by MI5. If you look at the long list of UK military and intelligence experts who inexplicably commit suicide, one can see an underlying mind control logic that drives them to kill themselves.

Behavioural reinforcement is used in a synergistic way with the mind control. It was found that the effect of the microwave beams could be greatly enhanced by external reinforcement.

Intelligence community personnel destroy the target’s property, ruin their financial affairs spread vicious rumour, make sexual peccadilloes public knowledge - such as wearing women’s underwear, while checking oneself - with an orange in one’s mouth. External reinforcement of pulse modulated microwave mind control technology was found to be very effective. Intelligence chiefs are now in seventh heaven; if some one becomes a problem they get the ’suicide mind control team’ parked outside their house.

Within weeks, the victim kills himself. This is very pleasing to the intelligence mandarins, as suicides are easy to explain away - even if the victim was a highly placed politician or military man.

If the military intelligence agency does not wish you to commit suicide, they can drive you mad. This is done by beaming the excitation potential of a particular pathological mental state at your brain while you are at home. To aid in this, the intelligence operatives can place sounds and speech in the target victim’s brain.

This inter cerebral hearing is used to drive the victim mad, as no one else can hear the voices transmitted into the brain of the target.

Transmission of auditory data directly into the targets’ brains using microwave carrier beams is now common practice. Instead of using excitation potentials, one uses a transducer to modify the spoken word into ELF audiograms, that are then superimposed on the pulse modulated microwave beam.

Discrediting well known people who are causing problems for the shadowy elite, by driving them mad, seems to be standard operating procedure for the intelligence community. Victims are subject to pulse modulated microwaves which carry different types of madness and behavioral aberrations, encoded as ELF excitation potentials.

This makes the troublesome high profile person, display manic or insane behavior that discredits them.

Examples of this technique are allegedly: David Icke, Fergie, Princess Diana...

Outside environmental reinforcement, by use of media agents in league with MI5, makes it assured that the high profile person’s mind controlled madness, will be put in the worst possible light to discredit them. In this way, high profile subversives who cannot be wrongly imprisoned (unlike the Carl Bridgewater prisoners, Birmingham Six, Guilford Four...) in the normal way by Britain’s police, or killed by assassination squads, such as the Pegasus group, are made to look ridiculous. Public humiliation is the finest weapon the authorities have, to make harmless, a potential well known figure, who is causing trouble.

If the VIP needs to be made temporarily ill, microwave beams containing the signal the brain gives off during a vicious bout of flu can be fired at the victim. This causes the target to display all the symptoms of flu, even though they have not caught the virus. Major Ed Dames, the remote viewing specialist, who has close links with the US secret military, alluded to this device on a US TV program.

The intelligence agents can also use low level microwaves to cause mental and physical confusion that leads to illness. Beaming microwaves at victims makes them fatigued, damages their immune system, causes neurological damage that effects their thinking, and ability to carry out tasks, induces premature ageing, cancer and cataracts.

Sussex Police regularly use this low level microwave to clear drunks from city centers.

While researching this matter, I was subject to high levels of microwave >10mW/cm2 whenever I approached their headquarters, whilst MI5 irradiated my home continually with microwaves. It seems that I touched a raw nerve while researching mind control weapon usage in the UK.

Organizations that irritate the authorities have their building turned into a ’hot spot’ by microwave transmitters, so the staff all suffer sick building syndrome caused by microwave damage. Or the staff of the target organization have their behavior changed to cause discord. UFO Reality, a leading UFO and conspiracy magazine have complained of mysterious health problems, while another New Age group complained of eye damage, nausea and headaches brought on whenever they had a meeting, which may have been caused by microwaves.

Heating the victim to death, by microwave cooking is caused by increasing the field intensity of the radiation, to cause local hot spots in the victims’ eyes and gall bladder, which have poor circulation, so cannot carry away the heat.

Irradiating the optic nerve of the victim with the same signal that is sent to the brain by this nerve, causes the nerve tissue to overload. In this way, subversives can be blinded by the intelligence community without them knowing what has occurred. An American researcher complained of this problem to me and warned me that this weapon system was being used on my person by MI5.

Neurological research has found that the brain has specific frequencies for each voluntary movement called preparatory sets. When you pick up an object, there is a specific preparatory set for this action.

By firing at your chest a microwave beam containing the ELF signals given off by the heart, this organ can be put into a chaotic state, the so called heart attack. In this way, high profile leaders of political parties, who are prone to heart attacks, can be killed off -before they cause any trouble.

Neil Kinnock’s Labour government was allegedly cheated out of an election victory by postal vote rigging in twenty key marginal seats. When a new even more electable Labour leader was found, it is rumored that John Smith, the then Labour leader, was prompted to have a fatal heart attack, while walking in the country with his family, by means of a concealed microwave device which operated on the Vagus nerve to bring about a massive heart attack.

Since MI5 have a long history of naked hatred toward the Labour Party, there may be some truth in the above, though no hard evidence has yet been found.

Paralysis can be induced in the target by use of this method of broadcasting preparatory sets encoded on microwave beams. A pulse modulated microwave beam, carrying an ELF signal, which is identical to the one in the motor neurone centre of the brain, is used to jam the victim’s motor co-ordination. This is analogous to radar jamming, using a more powerful signal at the same frequency to swamp out the enemy’s radar.

Motor neurone preparatory set potentials are jammed by a bigger signal carried by a microwave carrier beam, that literally overloads the brain, so it cannot control the body. Pulse modulated microwave weapons which broadcast the ELF preparatory sets of the motor cortex at the victim, will paralyze the victim without killing them. Breathing and heartbeat are involuntary actions controlled by another set of frequencies in another part of the brain.

This technique can be used to abduct people for secret government mind control experiments, under the guise of alien abduction. A microwave beam of this nature will paralyze the victim, so they can be bundled into a black helicopter and airlifted away for experimentation.

Once the procedure is complete, hypnosis can be used to plant false memories of alien abduction. In this way, real alien abductions can be used by the authorities to enable them to obtain a limitless supply of guinea pigs for their mind control experiments.

Real memories of government involvement are erased electronically.

This technique clears all short-term memories from the victim’s consciousness by broadcasting microwave beams at the target which carry the signals used for memory retention. When you remember something, it is first stored in your short-term memory. After approximately twelve hours, this short-term memory is converted in the brain to long-term memory, after which you remember this information for the rest of your life.

If this conversion from short-term memory to long-term memory does not occur, the data is lost. We all see details around us, but try to recall the decor in a restaurant you ate at some weeks ago and you will see how tenuous memory is.

Microwave radiation of a specific frequency can interfere with the transfer of memories from short to long-term memory. Microwave radiation of a specific frequency can interfere with the synapses of the brain.

By interfering with the connections between brain cells, memory of people can be disrupted. In this way, Seal special forces assassins can be brain wiped after a mission, so they have no idea of the target they killed. Using hypnosis, false memories can then be planted in the brain, so the gap left by the real memory is papered over.

The latest advance in electronic mind control were discussed in my previous articles in Nexus, but for those who missed the ESP of Espionage, this equipment uses special types of microwave beams called MASERs. These are the laser equivalent of microwave beams. These MASER beams have been used to develop something called synthetic telepathy. This is the ability to read peoples’ minds from a distance.

Electronic scanning of victims’ brains by monitoring the electromagnetic (EM) emissions from peoples’ brains and using amongst other things, the brain waves (as measured on an EEG), to read the victim’s subvocalised thoughts.

Head of US Special Forces Major-General Schaknow, talked about synthetic telepathy during a lecture in July 1992 at Fort Bragg North Carolina. The US military is hard at work perfecting synthetic telepathy. In synthetic telepathy, the weak electromagnetic signals in the brain associated with subvocalised thought, are connected to a computer by use of electrodes, or in more advanced mechanisms by MASER beams. Sophisticated computer systems have learnt to read the subvocalised thoughts in the brain, by associating a specific brain excitation potential, with a particular word. In this case, only one specific language can be decoded, as each word in a language has a specific set of frequencies that must be discovered.

Once the donkey work of finding the specific frequencies for all the words in a language has been programmed into a super computer, which can carry out massive parallel processing, fuzzy logic software is used to match this with real world excitation potential associated with subvocalised thought obtained from thousands of abductees, who are used to calibrate the synthetic telepathy devices. GCHQ Cheltenham, the intelligence gathering arm of MI5, possess the advanced computer systems needed for synthetic telepathy.

Synthetic telepathy detects the 15Hz, 5 milliwatt auditory cortex brain emissions, that are linked with the excitation potentials in the brain associated with subvocalised thought.

New technology, involving low frequency microwaves and RF, has enabled devices to be built which can scan through walls and look inside peoples’ bodies like X-rays. This enables security personnel to see a target in his own home and to track him throughout the house. Further to this, being able to see inside the victim’s head, would allow computer controlled targeting of specific brain centres in the victim’s brain, even when he was walking around the house.

A scan of the specific brain emissions given off when the victim subvocalises using an array of pulsed frequency MASERs fired at the specific brain centres of the subversive, while he resides in his own home, enables the victim to be scanned. By firing an array of ELF pulse modulated MASERs, which scan up and down the window of frequency emissions given off by subvocalised thought, interference effects can be measured in the MASER beam.

The victim’s ELF brain emissions will interact constructively or destructively with the pulsed frequency MASER carrying ELF in the ELF window associated with subvocalised thoughts. If we fire an array of pulsed MASERs, which are out of phase with each other, extraneous noise can be filtered out in the digital domain.

Since the converging ELF modulated MASERs are being effected by the low level emissions in the victim’s brain, the shifts in the ELF pulsed signal going into the subversive’s brain can be detected.

A simplistic version of this would be the LASER beam shone at the window of the person that is being bugged. The vibrations in the window cause modulations in the LASER that can be converted into electrical signals and hence into sound. In this way the subvocalised thoughts in the victim’s brain can be read.

Having already built up a library of excitation potential signatures for differing words and groupings of words, a sophisticated computer can begin to decode the emission signatures into word streams. In this way the subvocalised thoughts of the victim can be stored in the memory of a supercomputer and analyzed to give a read out of what the target is thinking..

Using ELF audiograms carried by a single pulse-modulated Maser, subvocalised thoughts can be placed in the victim’s brain. This enables UK synthetic telepathy operators the ability to enter into conversations with the subversive to drive him mad or to bring up key words which will get the victim thinking about the information they wish to find.

Visual cortex excitation potentials can also be broadcast into the victim’s brain so that illusory images can be projected into their brain to drive them mad, or to program them to commit suicide.

My research has led me to uncover a truly nation-wide mind control weapon system. Each UK police station is equipped with a vast array of microwave antennae. The Sussex Police headquarters has a two hundred foot antenna. The building is surrounded by a fence and is off limits to the public. This microwave complex sits in the middle of a council housing estate, which means the people in this area are being bathed in low level microwaves.

New research has shown that low level microwaves give mice cancer, since the emitters tested by the scientists, were the new ultra safe mobile phones which give of much smaller intensities than the police antennae, the Police microwave system is a serious health hazard. It seems that low level microwave radiation excites the hydrogen bonds in the cell and can interfere with meiosis.

This causes cell division to go wrong, which leads to cancerous cells and hence tumors.

Secondly, the police have been granted the exclusive use of the 450 MHz microwave frequency range. This is exactly the frequency used by Dr Ross Adey, the CIA mind control expert, in his experiments on behavioral modification. It seems the police have the exclusive use of this mind control frequency and a vast array of antennae to broadcast this frequency all over the country.

Very useful for mass mind control in times of emergency.

Adey found that by using 0.75mW/cm2 intensity of pulse modulated microwave at a frequency of 450 MHz, it was discovered that an ELF modulation could be used to control all aspects of human behavior. The Sussex police headquarters is connected to CCTV, closed circuit television cameras throughout the town. Some of these cameras have microwave telemetry devices that could easily be used to broadcast this frequency.

The large antennae that bracket the town could also be used.

The most insidious aspect of this, is that the entire mobile phone network could easily be used to control the behavior of the phone users. By use of my microwave detector, I have found that mobile phones of the newer type, give off a pulse modulated microwave signal of around 0.75mW/cm2 at the earpiece.

This may be coincidence, but it is exactly the intensity required form behavioral control as found by Dr Ross Adey, the pioneer of microwave mind control. So in theory, an ELF signal could be added to the microwave network to feed a precise behavioral pattern into every mobile phone user in the UK.

If their were widespread riots, the ability to broadcast behavioral stimuli to mollify all the mobile phone users in the country would prove useful. Since mobile phone users are generally middle class, it means authority has a useful method of controlling the behavior of the key voters. Microwave carrier beams are perfect for transmitting the excitation potential of docility to the phone user to keep them servile in times of trouble.

When no ELF signal is broadcast the phone acts in a completely different manner on behavior in humans. In this case the microwave phones causes the neurons to release calcium ions which makes the user tired irritable and when stresses likely to emotional outbursts such as road rage.

In Brighton, the local MI5 headquarters has a large microwave array on its roof. Secret bunkers in the area also have large microwave arrays above them. It is child’s play to transmit an ELF modulated signal to be broadcast by the entire mobile phone network - if need be. By this means the entire mobile phone users can be behaviorally modified. At the cost of developing cancer from low level microwave exposure from the phones they constantly use, stressing the neural network by constant calcium ion efflux and interference with bioelectric fields.

It seems strange that a few milliCuries of ionizing radiation will get the National Radiological Protection Board excited, whilst high intensity cancer inducing non ionizing microwave radiation, goes unchecked.

So high are levels near transmitters, that litter the countryside, that light bulbs will explode near them. If the intelligence community is using microwaves on a large scale as mass mind control weapons, then the NRPB’s silence is easily explainable.

To add to this, the numerous microwave detectors that were cheaply available to check leakage from microwave ovens are no longer made by any company in the country. It seems the UK authorities do not want the population to be able to detect when they are being microwave.

In conclusion, it can be seen that the UK intelligence and police, have a dizzy array of high-tech mind control devices. They regularly target their own populations and thousands of people are made ill by microwave weapons. With the advent of synthetic telepathy, ’CCTV of the mind’ becomes a reality.

With the election of a New Labour government unaware of microwave weapons and untainted, as they had no part in their development and deployment, it is certain that Tony Blair’s government will outlaw these abhorrent microwave weapons - as they have done land mines.

The only problem will be convincing the Labour government that MI5’s microwave communication equipment is in fact microwave mind control weaponry.

With the total secrecy the MI5 organization operates under, one can be sure they will be mendacious as to how their £200 million pound budget is used to hone their leading edge microwave mind control torture weapons that are used on the public.

Even more disturbing is the use of EMP and microwave weapons by the police on anyone researching into this area.
​
SOME INSIGHT ON COVID 19

​This is a pandemic of lies, of tests that test positive for anyone (and not just people), of people who get sick and die of anything and are labeled as victims of Covid-19 based on those tests, and of electromagnetic contamination.

This is not a disease caused by a virus, but by electromagnetic contamination, which causes hypoxia, which causes cells to release a messenger particle called exosome into the bloodstream, with an ACE-2 connector, which is coupled to kidney cells. to increase blood pressure to try to make up for a lack of oxygen.

This harmless exosome is what has been identified as Covid-19.

Since it is not caused by a virus, all the measures taken and the suggested recommendations are not only ineffective, but counterproductive. And everything is deliberate.

The vaccine is the corral where they are driving us. It is the end of the game. That's where we parted.

Whoever does not get the vaccine will be considered a risk to public health, he will be placed in permanent quarantine, he will not be allowed to exist in this hellish society, in this Orwellian dictatorship that will fight everything good and true.

You will not be allowed to go out, buy, sell, transact, work, study, travel, transit, stay in public places, nothing.

It is written in the Bible, Revelation 13: 16-18:

And he made everyone, small and large, rich and poor, free and slave, put a mark on their right hand, or on their foreheads; and that no one could buy or sell, but he who had the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.
​
Here is wisdom.

Let him who has understanding count the number of the beast, for it is the number of man. And his number is six hundred sixty-six.

A common interpretation of 666 is that it is a barcode. The bars that separate the four sections of a barcode also represent number 6.

The vaccine will have nanobots that assemble inside the body, which will not only be an identification code, but will receive and transmit data to and from a computer.

Artificial Intelligence will control the person who gets the vaccine like a remote-controlled robot.

The vaccine will be the modern version of the "Stimoceiver" (transmitter and receptor of stimuli), developed in the late 1950s by Dr. José Delgado.

The person who decides to get the vaccine will have made their last autonomous decision.

From there you will have lost your Free Will.

​For Targeted Individuals: What Innocent Citizens Can Do To Protect Themselves From Gang Stalking, Mind Control & Nuclear Energy Production!​

​What innocent citizens can do if their killing permits became legal under an international agreement to use human as a renewable resource for the production of the Nuclear Energy!!!
​
​The Years of Masonic Deception! Gang Stalking Targeted Individuals to apply the Nuclear Program in the purpose of Mind Control & Nuclear Energy Production!​
​
​Save your life and others through raising  awareness of the Nuclear Program that targeted individuals in the purpose of nuclear energy, artificial rain & Diamonds production, which led to the increase of chronic diseases and suicides around the world due to the radiation pollution & imbalance of the electromagnetic system and DNA of the human bodies, however this human rights violations have been covered by media and returned to Witchcraft, video games like blue whale, depression, mental illness or chronic diseases, while they are the victims of the Nuclear Program which managed by a Mason,  Nuclear Establishments and Telecommunication Companies.​
​
What is the Nuclear Program?
​
  • It is targeting individuals and converting them to semi-mechanical men through the implanted  Psychotronics Microchips, which open channels directly between the human brain and external electronic devices and  targeting the electromagnetic energy of humans using the high radiation like gamma radiation, ionic and electronic accelerators In the purpose of the Radioisotopes enrichment production such as uranium, thorium, radium, radon, and plutonium , Mining is also done by treating human waste containing radioactive isotopes through sewage in the purpose of the  nuclear energy production.
​​
  • This program has been applied on billions of people around the world since 1974 and they are monitored and remotely controlled “RNM- Remote Neural Monitoring”   by satellite, mobile, computer, Internet, TV, further more they are controlling the minds, directing human behavior, and changing behavior to violence through these electronic chips to increase the energy production. ​
​​
Nuclear Program Methods for applying the implanted Psychotronic Microchips:
​
​1. Air Condition Magnetic Field spread the smart dust and Radioactive contamination such as uranium, radon and polonium for the purpose of human body infection and enrichment process
2. Radio Frequency Signals, Electrical Conduction & Modulated Sound Signal that created by the Internet, Mobile, Computer & TV
3. Smart dust  and Radioactive contamination such as uranium, radon and polonium can be also spread through water tap and food
4.The drugs that use electronic microchips for example the capsule that are implanted under the skin to prevent pregnancy or to store patient medical information , or to perform Virtual Surgery
5. Addiction to social media especially Facebook and video games & TV to force people to use the Internet & TV as long as possible and during this period they are mining the human electronic energy, which covers 10% of the electricity consumption in the world, also use the nuclear energy in changing the natural phenomena of artificial rain & storms that used to convert methane gas to carbon gas then to graphite and then to DIAMOND.
6. Psychotronics Microchips for artificial telepathy, brain manipulation, Remote Neural Monitoring and DNA reprogramming since the DNA is responsible for building the human body and data storage and communications.
7. Smart Dust : Is a system for many MEMS systems such as sensors, robots or other devices that can detect, for example, light, temperature, vibration, magnetism, or chemicals, they are usually run on a computer network wireless and are distributed to certain areas for performing tasks, usually sensed by determining radio frequencies and its size is measured by nanometer.
8. Chemical and physical parameters of water that implanted in toilets in the purpose of the radioactive waste measurement.
​
The Real Objectives of the New World Order “Nuclear Program Targeted Individuals”
​
​All governments around the world have been deceived by the fact that the main objectives of the program are to obtain free and renewable sources of energy, artificial rain & diamonds as well as the possibility of controlling the minds and guidance of their peoples, and they have been deceived by that they are the only one who controlling the nuclear program of their peoples by their National Security Agency NSA, but in fact that all NSA satellites infiltrated by the Mason and they have the upper hand in the management of these satellites to serve the Masonic entity and plans to colonize the world through the increase of unemployment, crime, atheism, homosexuality, the desire of peoples to take revenge of governments, ignite strife and then unify the world under the rule of the Mason and control all the world’s wealth and population.​
​
The Damage and Symptoms of Nuclear Program Targeted Individuals – The First Phase:
​
  1. The raise of artificial Telepathy abilities in an exaggerated manner, such as predicting things before they occur, reading and broadcasting thoughts
  2. Peripheral nerve inflammation, red, black or red spots, scabies, body aches, exhaustion or lack of desire, chest tightness, choking cry, irregular monthly period for women, lack of desire for life or feeling suicidal, spoil your relationship with your family, friends & work, Leaving the worship whatever your religion, tiredness and joints, forgetfulness, frequent headaches every time and hair loss, lack of compatibility with life.
  3.  Addiction of social media, video games & TV  and abandonment of people to ensure that people interact with the program for the longest period through the use of mobile, Internet and TV
  4. Minds control and guide the actions of individuals through satellite, computer, mobile, Internet and television
  5. Sense of daily observation, some people’s eyes may be used as a camera without their knowledge to photograph and monitor the daily life of the individual
  6. Autism, Stuttering speech, Artificial tinnitus “ringing in the ear”, microwave hearing, ringing fence issued from the lamp, television or other electronic devices at the presence of the victim at home as a result of the victim mind interaction with electronic devices, to ensure the victim’s attention, interaction and produce electronic energy.as well as the symptoms of injury sudden shock electric shock and memory impairment
​​​
The Damage and Symptoms of Nuclear Program Targeted Individuals – The Second Phase:
​
  1. The stress increase due to exposure of the high radiation like gamma radiation, ionic and electronic accelerators 24 hours a day, inability to sleep, isolation, and sometimes most of victims try to commit suicide to take off this stress, especially when they haven’t awareness of the technology virtual apps “hypnosis, sense of vibration, touching and forced walking visions” in order to subject the victim for mental illness and lose the rights for defending themselves.
  2. The incidence of radiation syndrome results in headaches, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, leukemia and hair loss. Radiation also has a significant effect on the bone marrow that causes white blood cell deficiency. It also causes cataracts, which damage the eye and cause blindness, cause shortness of life. Radiation also has a significant effect on the sex glands of men and women and the exposure of pregnant women may cause fetal death or deformed birth
  3. Forced manipulation of respiratory tract, inhalation of strange odors, rapid heart rate, and sensation of skin injection effect, sense of constriction of ribs, dryness and decomposition of victims’ skin due to exposure to microwave radiation.
  4. General effects: sudden overheating, all body pain, sleep prevention, irresistible “go here go there commands”, microwaves burns, electric shocks sensations, as the goal of the program is to subject the victim to isolation, frustration and body pain to ensure their interaction with the program for a longer period to produce electronic energy.
  5. Chronic Diseases: cancer, tinnitus, pneumonia, autism, joint and back pain, peripheral neuropathies, severe depression, suicide or criminal acts, harassment, chronic headache, impaired sexual ability, Obsessive, compulsive, deviation of tendencies, Alzheimer, note that it is not necessary the human be infected with all these diseases, but may be infected by some of these based on their immunity and psychological.
​​​
The Most Effective Tactics That Healing & Free Victims from the Nuclear Program Targeted Individuals:
​​
  • You must believe that you are stronger than any external forces that want to take control of your life and your health and violation of human rights in order to produce energy and obtain world hegemony and billions dollars from these illegal investments, Therefore, the following methods of resistance should be followed to prevent ourselves from obtaining any sources of energy production, as many people have been released when the electronic stalking failed to steal their energy. “Keep in mind that, when there is NO RETURN ON INVESTMENT, which is the lack of access to energy production from the human and obligate the Nuclear Energy Establishment  & Telecommunications companies  to pay fines at least One Million $ for each one of the people that been hurt by this program   they will be forced to terminate this illegal investment and not to violate human rights”
​
  • Understand this program is automated simulated program and create their simulation apps upon your reaction to produce the Electronic Energy, so IGNORE all the negative ideas that fed by their computer to your mind “DON’T REACT” and maintain your life as much normalcy as possible in order to stop feeding their computer with your energy as they are making their money investment based on your energy, furthermore  you should reduce your use of electronic devices such as computer, mobile and television and close them during the sleeping time as well as add to your internet browsers the following apps “Adblock, Pop up adblock, Nocoin – Coin hiver blocker”..
​
  • Obligate the Nuclear Establishment to apply the integrated programs to eliminate radiation pollution of internal and external radiation of individuals or contamination of their houses.
​
  • For the treatment of the harmful effects of radiation in the case of doses of less than 200 RIM can be given a medicine that prevents vomiting and gives the patient adose of cortisone in the vein, but in the case of doses of 200-1000 RIM hope for recovery is possible by intensive care by giving the patient antibiotics. If the number of white blood cells less than 1000 per cubic millimeter to reduce the vulnerability of the natural immunity of the patient and it is desirable to transfer blood cells and treatment of solutions in the case of diarrhea and bone marrow transplant in critical cases.
​
  • When the body is exposed to certain radioactive elements such as cesium and thallium, the treatment is done by the Prussian blue medicine, which is associated with these radioactive elements and is eliminated through the stool. This treatment quickly eliminates radioactive particles and reduces the amount of radioactive cells that may absorb them.
​
  • For treatment of radiation syndrome when the body is exposed to some radioactive elements such as plutonium, amerium and chlorium, the treatment is done bydiethylene triamine pentaacetic acid (DTPA), which is linked to these radioactive elements, and passes through the body in urine, which reduces the amount of absorbed radiation.
​
  • In order to determine the type of radiation exposure to make decisions for the treatment of patients, you have to do blood tests and know the changes in blood cells, especially white blood cells, measuring the dose of radiation absorbed through the dosimeter, should determine the location of the radioactive particles in the body through the radiation scan.
​
  • Laboratory blood test for periodic verification of the rate of decrease in the number of white blood cells to detect the extent of bone marrow damage and treatment of bone marrow damage by injecting the patient with protein that stimulates the production of white blood cells. An example of this protein is the promoter filgrastim (Neupogen), sargramostim (Leukine) and pegfilgrastim (Neulasta)
​
  • Irradiation of irradiated iodine can inhibit thyroid absorption of radioactive iodine. When potassium iodide tablets are taken before or shortly after radiation exposure, the thyroid gland is saturated with iodine to reduce the amount of radioactive iodine absorbed and the risk of thyroid cancer. However Potassium iodide tablets do not protect against external exposure to radiation or any radioactive element other than radioactive iodine.
​
  • Clean your energy and physical body Using Senna herbs, Wakame Sea Herbs, Camphor & Seder herbs as it has the power to pull the radiation out of your body, it is the most effective methods, as well as fasting from 10 to 16 hours to increase human immunity and exposure to the sun in daily basis for at least half an hour and reduce the sugar in beverages as it is the main energy source for the infected cells.
​
  •  It is necessary to remove the contaminated clothes and shoes, as well as washing gently with soap and water removes additional radiation particles from the skin, to prevent further distribution of radioactive materials and reduce the risk of internal pollution from inhalation, ingestion or open wounds.
​
  • Clean the body with Dettol antiseptic as an attempt to oxygenate and disable the implanted microchip, and you can use white camphor oil and follow its medical guidelines when you use the oil.
​
  • Cross your legs “X”  and hands to close the body energy cores
​
  • Eat alkali foods that containing iron, magnesium, potassium, vitamin E, vitamin D and vitamin B12  especially Miso herbs Soup with Wakame sea Herbs you should drink it three times a day, furthermore you should eat other alkali food like  lentil soup, watercress, pickles, bananas, pomegranates, lemons, salmon or sardines. You can also take medicines containing these minerals, such as KELP tablets or Kombu sea herbs powder and Chlorella tablets 500 mg Or potassium iodide pills, Boron Tablets, or Magnesium Plus Tablets as radioactive contamination do not interact with alkali.
​
  • Clean your clothes and bed sheet with Dettol or Vinegar or Sodium salt and make sure to clean the seating area and bedroom  with vacuum to remove the smart dust and radioactive contamination such as uranium, radon and polonium , as well as cover your food and drinks, furthermore you should add  sea salt or the used residues herbs on human waste at the  bathroom to reduce the emission of radon from sewage and the interaction of radioactive materials and to prevent the attackers from taking advantage of the radioactive materials in the sewage, which is the main reason for deliberately polluting the air, water and food, to obtain nuclear fuel that is enriched by human.
​
  • Check the ear canal there is silver radio chip (Psychotronics Microchips) with a microphone embedded in the bottom of the ear canal, there will be one in each ear, It operates on the VHF frequency and can play video so that the victim can see the forced walking visions and hear artificial sounds, or cover the ear with a plug until you can extract this chip to prevent the waves from reaching. Or add English salt “Epsom Salt” or lemon on your ear to eliminate the Artificial tinnitus “ringing in the ear”.
​
  • Use radio frequency jammer, frequency range: 200 – 840 MHZ   , GPS , UHF, VHF,  GSM , 3G, 4G, 5.8G, LOJACK , CDMA to protect yourself from satellite and GPS tracking, as well as a frequency counter should be used to measure the radio frequency at your home, furthermore you can use electronic bug detectors apps like EMF Sensor Free and Electronic Bug Detector to detect the areas of the electronic energy weapons at your home or work.
​
  • Use the N52 Neodymium magnet on the implanted biochips, to isolate the electromagnetic waves from the body as well as cover the head and infected body with aluminum foil or wear Iron Hat, you can also disable biochips by using the electromagnetic pulse device “EMP” Electrical Magnetic Pulse.
​
  • The most effective method is try to detect the biochip locations, but unfortunately these micro simulators  difficult to detect through the CT or MRI , but may result in an increase in the number of small  white or black dots on your body skin so you can remove these infected skin dots by a laser processes and analyze them at ” Material Characterization Lab  through  “EDS – Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy” and proof that skin samples are contained silicon, tin, titanium and platinum while the biochips is made of these materials,  as well as you will find a high percentage of radioactive contamination like Thorium, Radon, Uranium, Polonium, Plutonium and Radium   , and in regards to the electronic chips inside the body, it can be treated by radiation injection Radiotherapy is one of the interventional radiological processes. Or use intensive ultrasound HIFU.
​
  • Submit a case at the court or the national human rights council against this program, Telecommunication companies & nuclear establishment obligating them to pay a fine at least One million $ for each person that been hurt by this program , giving all medical reports like the EDS report  (Example of the medical report)  or other evidence from samples of the electronic bug audiovisual that looks like black carbon “Smart Dust” as they spread it over the bed or setting area, as well as  the Chemical and physical parameters of water that implanted in toilets in the purpose of the radioactive waste measurement
​​
  • Raise awareness to general public and legal system around the world about the serious human rights abuse utilizing remote influencing technologies of Nuclear Energy Program Targeted Individuals, as well as share the healing tactics for freedom through social media, press and television so that civilian population do not fall victims and stop the production of biochips and boycott their use in medical purposes.
​​
Please Share to Bring Awareness to Public & Limit the Destruction of The billions of Victims Lives around the World, And to Stop Using Humans for the Nuclear Energy Production. Source Of Intel Here
​
​The Pineal Gland, Electromagnetic Fields, ELF And Chemistry
​If you take the time to seek the truth to much of the imagery and symbolism found in historical lore and religion, you find the pine cone as a constant symbol to be found. We can therefore deduce that the pine cone, as a symbol, is communicating a very old and important truth. What the pine cone represents in much of the occult literature found within the mysteries, is the target organ for the intent of projecting a will onto the mass of life, in the filtering of the perceived experience of the target group, so that all they’re attempts in the comprehension of what you offer, is carried out within a paradigm you also control.

​The Hegelian Dialectic is that paradigm.

This is the arena in which the game called religion or priesthood operate, and is based entirely upon the paradigm given in the understanding of the Deity the target group are given, so it can be followed according to how you have determined the deity to be. 

As a system it is neither good nor bad, the intent behind the system at any given time however, is the story one needs to grasp.

Until the 1970s the pineal gland was widely viewed in western science as a vestigial entity, but from the expanding research in the arena of the pineal gland today, we find the informed view of the cone reveals it to be an important neuroendocrine gland involved in thermoregulation, immune response, and the mediation of various cycles including : 

circadian rhythms involving the regulation of sleep, seasonal rhythms affecting patterns of reproduction and physiological adaptations to the environment, and cycles of growth and development during the lifespan such as sexual maturation.
​

​The pineal gland is also important in its influence on the other endocrine glands and should be viewed as a regulator of regulators. It is also believed that pineal functioning may play an important role in conditions deemed as mental illness, including : schizophrenia and connected disorders.

In another area of research of pineal capabilities the conclusions move to the gland functioning as a transducer of environmental energies such as electromagnetic fields, a subject we need to understand if we are to grasp the reason the world is being swamped by technologies that exist in that arena, technologies such as the mobile telephone, the TETRA masts and system, Wi-fi and perhaps the least understood, the potential for the wind turbines to alter the Extremely Low Frequency range attributed to their motion.

The idea of electromagnetic fields and the pineal was offered to science in 1988 :

After years of disregard, the pineal has once again taken its place in mainstream biology and medicine.  It is an organ of particular fascination in that it serves as an interface between the environment and the body.

Other sources of interest in this field can be taken from an array of reviews from the 1970s through to the 1980s.

I have heard it said over the decades that eastern mysticism and western science are proving the existence of the other, in the case of understanding the pineal then such a possibility is not immune from this investigation.

An in depth understanding of the pineal is not a recent discovery at least from the perspective of the elites, the Church of Rome itself symbolises the importance of the pineal gland in its heraldry using the pine cone. Not only that, but we also find the coat of arms of the Pope bear the cone and the keys to its function, so the idea east and west are only just coming together in a uniform esoteric dictionary, would be to draw an incorrect conclusion.

The pineal gland has been viewed historically as a sphincter to control the flow of thought, as the seat of the soul, as a third eye, and depicted more recently as a neuroendocrine transducer organ, which now promises to portray more complex physiological functions than originally believed, and forecasts to reveal more extensive implications in pathological processes than once deemed possible.

Future investigations should be directed toward comprehension of the functions of numerous neglected neurotransmitters and biological substances found in the pineal gland.

The results of these investigations may bring forth multifunctional significance for [the] pineal gland not only in temporal arrangement of various reproductive events in mammals, in rhythmical thermoregulatory process in some ectotherms, and in nightly pallor response in amphibians, but also in major arenas of human suffering such as seizure disorders, sleep disorders, and behavioural abnormalities.

The Greeks knew of the importance of the pineal gland and the interaction and connection to what we call the heavens, or more correctly, they understood its role outside the frequency range the five senses translate.

The ancient Greeks considered the pineal to be the seat of the soul, a concept extended by Descartes, who philosophically suggested that this unpaired cerebral structure would serve as an ideal point from which the soul could exercise its somatic functions. Descartes thus attributed to the pineal a prominent function in uniting the immortal soul with the body. Being influenced by this thesis, many 17th and 18th century physicians associated the pineal causally with madness, a link that has been uncannily prophetic for the present day situation.

Removing the strongman, the spiritual battle

It is a mimic it is Locki.

Constantine removed the self empowering doctrines of direct communion with the heavens, yet kept such doctrines for the elect. This can be seen in his continued service to the pagan gods, especially Apollo, showing what he and his cohorts were really up to in the formation of an intermediary between the heavens and man with an institution they controlled. In this manner the elect, having formed and holding command over the intermediary Church, controlled all who gave up their own sovereignty. This control of man’s vision of the universe is symbolised in the pine cone, the pineal gland, which the elites censor for consumption by the masses. They hold the keys because they built the prison.

In this manner they have captured the law away from God and unto themselves, therefore the will of the Church is the will of God and the will of God is today deemed self will, a great trap I am sure you will agree. Futurism has been the key to the success of the intermediary, and that would appear to be a Jesuit creation.

The new religion is Gaia, the environment doctrine, which means today we are witnessing the birth of a new religion which will incorporate the global population through the implementation of fear over the earth in relation to the consequences of geoengineering and de-forestation of the world by the huge corporate interests controlled by the Zionist bankers.

The call to this new religion is the fear of the death of the earth, removing God and the heavens completely out of the loop as the Legal Person claims dominion over the earth. Islam is being used to drive the new inquisition as deals done with the Saudis who are of course Sabbateans, demand the Sharia law be implemented. It needs to be recognised that under Islamic Law, when Sharia has been implemented in a nation, those who failed to convert before it is implemented become the booty of war. Men have an arm or leg chopped off and the rest become slaves to those who operated the Jihad. This is the promise given to all the unruly immigrants flooding Europe.

I believe that the new religion may come out of the Russian Zionised Orthodox Church.

The church is not the doctrine if it moves contrary to the doctrine, and because they control or limit the function of mans pineal gland through following of its command, supports the idea that the greatest limiter to man’s connection to the whole cosmos would be those governing the pineal gland. But more important would be to reveal those behind the religions who today would not be seen as from any of the religions born of the Hebrew Tradition. Let us not forget it was the Sufis of Babylon that formed Rome and I see no shift in that position of authority.

Monotheistic religion as we experience it today began in Egypt under the pharaoh Akhenaten, perhaps in an attempt to free the spirit from the slavery to all the gods from Sumeria. In focusing on one deity, understanding heaven would be an easier event without the need to satisfy a plethora of spirits to help man remember his source and the covenant between the heavens and man.
 
The other side to that position is that the system we suffer today was implemented after the death of Akhenaten and is based in a six principled mechanic.

At the time just before Jesus It was a tussle between the priesthood of the Ram, Aries, and the next age that was Pisces, the Fish, this we can we see in so much historical symbolism. It was also a battle between the Hebrew and the Hellenistic Greek so they chose to form a new program which to the masses would bring change to mould the Hellenistic and the Hebrew into one system of belief, and therefore bring Europe together from the spiritual standpoint, yet for those that rule, the same knowledge would be carried forth into the new age hidden in the new symbolism. A sort of Russian doll effect. Hillel the Babylonian played a major part in this role and should be given his true title as the one that came before the Christ. It is all about how we see the deity we position upon high which then becomes the format for the physical system we would then build around that deity.
​

The symbolism of the eye and the Ankh (Tesla’s 639) are synonymous with the pineal gland and its importance to spiritual or multi-dimensional connection. Akhenaten presented this idea in the Aten issuing forth Ankhs to the royal elite, thus symbolising the heavens as source for the actions of the pharaoh.
​
With the success of the church in the affairs of the masses it became the main battleground for the many competing Houses of wealth, history shows this well in the occasional outburst of outright evil from the Vatican such as the crusades and the inquisition as the warriors took charge, but with the doctrine ever present in the background, the Vatican would appear to turn full circle again and promote the right kind of theology for a time also, so any man made institution is a double edged sword. If the doctrine is upheld, the story rings true, if it is ignored, then penalties become reality.

But as the doctrine was changed over the centuries so too the foundation of the church and as the years rolled on the Vatican institution fell so far off the doctrine, that Vatican II made it through the mists of Catholicism to perhaps as the Protestants claim today, it has become the vehicle for the anti-life system they are pushing around the world, with the United Nations now in full control of the corporate legal system as it unleashes and enforces, its billions of statutes over the sovereignty of all nations. The United Nations is the Bankers world government for bankrupt governments. Therefore to remove ones nation from the yoke of the banks would need only that we fold the bankrupt governments and go back the realm of each respective nation, all debts and contracts are therefore off.

The centre of this would be the Bank of International Settlements.

Dark Paganism could be said to be the worship of the masters of earth, the fallen ones, whom through blood rite ritual are brought forth into this dimension. Creatures or the ancestral spirits of the great game, now deceased, the Agrigore of the idea, are called in by men who desire wealth and power, ergo the man becomes a golem and an open door to the entities that exist outside this physical dimension of time, as such they honour the lower kingdom and replicate the ethos of survival of the fittest, the consequence of this fall shuts off the pineal from accessing the higher frequencies and the poor creature can know nothing else. This is the Art of Black Magick.

A clear cut case of ones own thoughts and behaviour determining the manifestation of your physical life, but of course there are rules. Today as we experience the convergence of two dimensions we can witness this manifestation of our thoughts speeding up, or we can see clearly that we as a being, create our realities via our past and current actions which is always manifesting our future, and it is getting quicker at bringing the results. So I must offer caution in relation to the dissolution of our religious foundation, yes the institutions are corrupted, but we must consider the long term effects for our children should we throw the baby out with the bathwater.The mimic is always based within the true, but is full of traps for the desires of men to take them off the journey.

The pineal is a small, cone shaped gland attached to the posterior ceiling of the third ventricle of the brain, suspended in cerebrospinal fluid. Its location in the centre of the brain, combined with its unique proclivity to calcify, make it a valuable landmark for neuroradiologists.

The sugar replacement Aspartame is said by various studies to calcify the pineal gland with detrimental effects. There is also concern as to the technological manipulation of electromagnetic fields which again can affect the pineal, we want answers to the same agenda being carried out through the chemistry placed in all processed food and drinks, specifically aimed at children. We need to understand why the same corporations pushing Aspartame are also the corporations claiming concern for your children’s health by forcing vaccinations.

Halides are chemical substances such as Fluoride, Chlorine and Bromide. All have similar effects on the pineal gland. In the U.K today all water supplied by the privatised utility companies serve chlorine as an absolute chemical component of consumed H20.

So why chemistry?

Knowledge of the pineal and its secretion of fluids is also nothing new, in fact the foundation of the Christian doctrine is based on this knowledge symbolised in the Suns journey through the seasons as it battles with the darkness, a direct acknowledgement that Christianity is based entirely on the knowledge of pineal chemical secretions, and interaction with the heavens, which in turn determine the amount and quality of light from the Sun that it receives. The dark force interceding in this process is the Sun behind the Sun, Sirius. The Priory de Sion are the masters of this doctrine.

In the recognition that the pineal is an active endocrine gland by science today, a recent acknowledgement at that, they claim is due to the fact that the highly sensitive bioassays required to detect pineal secretions are a recent advancement, yet given the research into electromagnetic fields has been a physical reality since Tesla, then I would suggest a cover-up in play to ensure the scientific community do not connect the technology and esoteric knowledge.

Melatonin is the most easily detected secretion from the pineal gland at least from the perspective of acknowledged capabilities, and has therefore received the most attention in allowed thesis available to the outer portico of the scientific community.

Melatonin and its relationship to dark and light

I am sure there is no one who would deny the fact, through the winter months in the northern hemisphere, we are more aware of our surroundings, both psychologically and from an intuitive perspective. As a being we are more aware of the here and now, we feel everything more acutely.

This is due to the increased production of melatonin in the pineal gland based entirely upon the amount of Sun light it receives during the short days of winter, and is said to be because the pineal is photosensitive, derived from nerve impulses from the retina and may have a basis in the structure of the gland :

Furthermore, it is interesting to note that some of the pigmented cells were arranged in a rosette-like structure (Order of the Rose) reminiscent of developing retinal structures.  When one considers these findings along with the electron microscopic observation it is reasonable to conclude that human pineal glands exhibit transient cellular features reminiscent of developing photoreceptor cells as shown in other mammals.

The pineal has been labelled a photoneuroendocrine transducer due to its photoperiodic influences on reproductive cycles, coat colour, coat growth and seasonal variations in behaviours of many mammals.
​
Many other seasonal variations both physiological and pathological exist in humans and it will be of interest to consider their possible relationship to day-length and other seasonal synchronisers.

In a 1984 review the role of the pineal in thermoregulation was emphasised in the adaptive nature of the gland :

The key word to understanding the pineal organ probably is adaptation. That is, one can argue, with substantial justification, that the pineal organ participates in preparation for future conditions. While the literature relating pineal organs to thermoregulation is not nearly as large as that dealing with reproduction, or rhythmycity, it is substantial and compelling.

Electromagnetic fields and the pineal gland

In the pineal gland we really are talking about a serious piece of kit when it comes to the connection of life to spirit, for not only is the pineal sensitive to variations in environmental light, the pineal appears to be the point of sensitivity to the earth’s magnetic field and various electromagnetic influences.

This would include the telluric currents which have been utilised by the masters of earth since the ancient days, and perhaps the evidence for such comes in the form of the global pyramid grid, the Giza pyramids being the most infamous, but pyramids are to be found in all countries across the world.

There is ever increasing evidence that the magnetic irradiation of a strength equal or approximate to that of the geomagnetic field exerts a variety of behavioural and physiological effects on the pineal.  Some studies focused on the pineal gland as the most feasible candidate for a mediator of magnetic irradiation on the organism. Such an approach is quite in keeping with the generally accepted concept that the pineal gland plays its physiological role through the modulation of the homeostatic and behavioural responses upon the changes in the living microambient.

In that sense if the electromagnetic fields shift we shift. They are changing the tune of the dance.
​
ELF, wind turbines, ELF and the pineal gland

As it relates to those unsightly wind turbines forced onto our countryside costing us billions, we need to fully understand the implications of the production of ELF frequencies. If this technology is affecting the natural telluric grid (ley lines), in sync with the huge towers they are building across London removing the old architectural temple under the doctrine of Christianity, then this technology is the pyramid build of this age and for the same negative aims, to shut off man from the heavens in perpetuity, and have us all dance to a corporate tune.

This is very important when we consider the pineal is also said to serve as a somatic interface with other sources of environmental energy called extremely low frequency (ELF) electric and magnetic-field exposure. Wilson, Stevens and Anderson (1989) reviewed studies of ELF electromagnetic-field exposure in relation to health risks such as cancer, depression, and birth outcome (e.g., miscarriage, stillbirth).  Citing work from their laboratory and elsewhere which shows that ELF field exposure alters the normal circadian rhythm of melatonin synthesis and release in the pineal gland, the authors present evidence which suggest pineal susceptibility to such sources :

Whether directly affected or not, the pineal is a convenient locus for monitoring dyschronogenic effects of these fields. It appears ever more plausible, however, that the pineal may also play a central role in the biological response to this environmental factor.

The important psychopathological implication here is that the pineal system is quite vulnerable to somatic insult, particularly along the spinal column and the neck area. As such we are now aware of yet another secretive means of pineal manipulation from the eastern martial arts techniques, an industry expanding all the time throughout the West. So sly is this manner of control we have to consider our reactions to life after visiting osteopaths and as members of martial combat groups.

Interactive chemicals and the pineal gland
​
When we consider the introduction of LSD during the 1950s and 60s along with amphetamine, then consider the connection to the rise of the sub culture of the bad boy over the sportsman, we can conclude with certainty that the chemistry affected the pineal gland of those hapless hippies enough to make manifest the counter culture of the fifties beat generation as the script those on LSD in the 60s would act. But I believe it began a lot earlier than understood.

Such a possibility is not surprising when we consider the following :

Structural similarities between melatonin and agents of known hallucinogenic potency (i.e., harmine, bufotenine, and psilocybin) has led to speculation about a possible connection between this pineal hormone and schizophrenia (Arendt, 1988).

Psychotomimetic agents (lysergide, dimethyltryptamine, mescaline, and harmaline) induce HIOMT, a methylating enzyme, which increases melatonin production in the pineal (Klein & Rowe, 1970; Hartley & Smith, 1973).

Furthermore, agents which produce symptoms closely resembling schizophrenic psychosis (i.e., cocaine, L-dopa, and amphetamine) also increase melatonin production. Research into the assimilation of LSD in monkey brains reveal a propensity for LSD concentrations in the pineal and pituitary glands, these accumulations being 7-8 times those found in the cerebral cortex (Snyder & Reivich, 1966).

Winter et al., (1973) report that the pineal must be capable of functioning for hallucinogens to have behavioural effects. Although melatonin has direct biochemical effects on dopaminergic function (Wendel et al., 1974; Zisapel & Laudon, 1983; Bradbury et al., 1985) and haloperidol is highly concentrated by pineal tissue (Naylor & Olley, 1959).

I have often worried that the chemical intake of the western nations today may play a role in how we react to the switch on to the electromagnetic manipulation along with the ELF wind turbines in the future, but hallucinogenics are not the only chemistry of concern, lithium is one to start with :

Lithium has been shown to affect pineal functioning and may be linked to decreased photosensitivity, some researchers have speculated that some individuals diagnosed as bipolar may be suffering from circadian disorganisation (see review by Miles & Philbrick, 1988).

Fluoride in toothpastes and tap water. It’s another heavy duty poison. Avoid it at all costs. It calcifies the pineal tissue and basically shuts the gland down.

Food-some pesticides are pineal toxins. Organic healthy food with a high ratio of raw is supportive to pineal detox. Meat is not helpful either. Some people who channel seem to not be affected but for many the toxicity and density of meat will pose challenges and we want to make the work easy if we can.

Other toxins if something is toxic do not put it in your body. If you can’t say its name, is most likely bad. Toxins include artificial sweeteners (aspartame K) , refined sugar, phynolenanine (in squashes), E numbers beginning with 1, deodorants, cleaning chemicals, dental mouthwashes (saltwater will suffice) and air fresheners.

Monosodiumglutamate (MSG) – Manufactured glutamic acid (MSG) is not the same as naturally occurring amino acids. It is produced commercially in manufacturing and/or chemical plants, and/or by fermentation. Study

Raw chocolate. Raw cacao is a pineal gland stimulant / detoxifier in high doses because of the high antioxidant content.

Given so much is assigned to the pineal gland it stands to reason that many conditions, specifically within the realm of mental health, and the various conditions associated with ones state of mind, have a direct link to the gland itself, therefore we can expect a full industry of chemistry to ingest in order the gland and its functions can be affected.

There are many conditions linked to the pineal and just as many drugs to be prescribed. And when we consider the fact all anti-depressants effect the production of melatonin, then understanding what causes what, and when, is a minefield. Here are some scientific statements and scientific facts to help form the picture required to grasp the immensity of this hidden attack on the pineal gland of the populations :

The link between pineal dysfunction and suppressed immune response highlights another active area of pineal research. In particular, research has focused on melatonin and its relation to cancer. Depletion of melatonin by pinealectomy has been associated with proliferation of cancer cells (Rodin, 1963).
​
Loss or reduction of oncostatic melatonin in the circulation is only one of the several possible mechanisms for increased cancer risk resulting from pineal gland dysfunction. 

Melatonin appears to have a stimulatory effect on immune function in the whole animal.  (Wilson, et al, 1989, p. 1323)

The mini-review of this topic provided by Wilson et al. is a concise discussion of pineal research and is highly recommended to readers interested in the pineal/immune interface. In recognition of the role of the pineal in current cancer research, Blask (1984) has referred to the pineal as an oncostatic gland and an entire conference was recently devoted to this subject (Gupta et al., 1988)

Pinealectomy has been implicated in the production of convulsive states (Philo & Reiter, 1978).  Furthermore, melatonin has been shown to suppress seizure activity in humans and other mammals (Fariello, et al., 1977).

Surgical removal of the pineal gland apparently produces rather uniform alterations in EEG activity and, under special circumstances (e.g., when rats are previously parathyroidectomised), severe seizures occur when the pineal gland is surgically extricated.  Several other rodent species and certain strains of mice convulse after simple pinealectomy, i.e., loss of the parathyroid gland is not a prerequisite. The appearance of the convulsions suggests basic alterations in the biochemical and electrical activity of the CNS which are presumably due to the loss of some pineal constituent. (Reiter, 1977, p. 257)

The role of melatonin in brain excitability is an interesting example of the widespread explorations of pineal functioning and Albertson et al. (1981) have provided an excellent review, including results of their own research. Their paper is an excellent resource for those readers interested in the relationship between the pineal and epilepsy.

The neuroendocrine functions of the pineal affect a wide variety of glandular and nervous system processes.

Although experimental results suggested many years ago that the pineal may inhibit growth of the gonads, substantial progress in this field has occurred only in the last ten years, since the pineal began to be considered as one of the central regulating mechanisms in charge of pituitary control rather than as an endocrine gland only. (Moszkowska, Kordon & Ebels, 1971, p. 241) Evidence that the pineal gland exerts a regulatory influence on several endocrine functions is rapidly growing. (Motta, Schiaffini, Piva & Martini, 1971, p. 279)

The prevalence of sigma receptors in the pineal has been noted by Jansen, Dragunow & Faull (1990) and may be an important interface with several systems and pathologies :

The highest concentration of sigma receptors was seen in the pineal gland, an area which has not been previously studied. This is of interest as both sigma receptors and the pineal gland have recently been shown to play a role not only in the nervous system but also in the immune and endocrine systems Haloperidol and some other antipsychotic drugs bind sigma receptors, as do psychotomimetic benzomorphan opiates, suggesting that the receptor may be involved in psychosis.

(Jansen, Dragunow & Faull, 1990, P. 158)

Research indicates that pineal involvement in mental health may go beyond psychosis. It is very likely that the pineal plays a significant role in the manifestation of several mental illnesses.

Currently, much interest is focused on the role that melatonin may play in various psychiatric disorders, and pineal research now represents one of the active areas of current psychiatry research. Present ideas suggest a positive involvement of melatonin in affective disorders, possible involvement in the schizophrenic psychosis, and potential involvement of this hormone in other psychiatric categories.  (Miles & Philbrick, 1988, p. 405)

Reduced nocturnal melatonin secretion has been noted in depression (Wetterberg et al., 1979, 1981 & 1984) and schizophrenia (Ferrier et al., 1982). Brown et al. (1985) found that lowered nocturnal melatonin concentrations differentiated between melancholic patients and patients suffering from major depression without melancholia. The role of the pineal in depression may be related to neurotransmitters associated with depression.

In that various theories of depression have suggested reduced serotonergic and noradrenergic function, and both of these products are involved in the synthesis of melatonin as a precursor and neurotransmitter, it would not in fact be at all surprising to find low melatonin in depression. It is tempting to speculate that all anti-depressants increase melatonin production. (Arendt, 1988, p. 218-219)

Recognition that the pineal is photosensitive and plays a major role in the regulation of seasonal physiological adaptations has led to speculation that pineal dysfunction may be related to SAD (seasonal affective disorder). SAD is a recurring winter depression presenting with weight gain, hypersomnia and carbohydrate craving (Rosenthal et al., 1984). Phototherapy has been utilised in this and other forms of depression to ameliorate depressive symptoms (Kripke & Risch, 1986).

Persons suffering from bipolar have been shown to be supersensitive to the inhibiting effect of bright light on nocturnal melatonin secretion (Lewy et al., 1981). Research by Lewy et al. (1979) suggests that during mania (particularly during the early phase of mania) bipolar patients exhibit consistently elevated levels of melatonin throughout the day and night.

Alien Technology At Pine Gap


SECRET TECHNOLOGY AT PINE GAP

In the book Cosmic Conspiracy by Stan Deyo, he writes that Pine Gap is 12 miles from the dead centre of Australia and has been drilled down 5.3 miles. This bore could be used as an underground antenna for VLF electricity broadcasts. He says as it is supposed to be involved in both upper atmospheric sub-surface research, the 'bore antenna' could be used to tune a gigantic 'standing wave' field around the entire planet.

This system could be tuned to set up a resonating electric field around the planet to an altitude of 250 miles. The book says that there are rumors saying that Pine Gap has a very large nuclear facility used to power its enormous 'transceiver'. More rumors say also high-voltage high-energy plasma accelerators possibly for power generation, a 'death ray' or plasma cannon.

Dr. Jean Francois Gille writes that the US base at West Cape, near Exmouth Gulf in Western Australia has an older type of the transceiver used at Pine Gap which is used to send electric current to submerged US submarines who trail a wire antenna. It is known that electric currents transmitted in this way are referred to as plasmo-dynamic cells.

Stan Deyo continues that a 1973 press release said that Pine Gap and its sister station in Guam (Micronesia in the Pacific) supported photographic satellites. Each weighed 11 tons, was 50 feet long by 10 feet wide which could scan the entire surface of the earth every 24 hours, varying its altitude from 100-200 miles for 'close-ups'. The pictures were so sharp they could show an object 12 inches wide. They could also use infra-red sensors.

ANTI GRAV RESEARCH AT PINE GAP

Bill Chalker wrote for the Australasian UFOLogist that "William Martin" a major NSA defector revealed that US has been carrying out continuous research into electromagnetic propulsion at Pine Gap since 1966. This was originally started in US after the war. It was necessary to move this to more remote spots.

Security aspects have included hypnotic and post hypnotic keys planted in personnel prior into acceptance into the project. Apparently 2 Pine Gap employees visiting Perth spoke of electromagnetic devices manifesting as UFOs and even alien beings at Pine Gap. Also 3 witnesses saw a camouflaged door open up within Pine Gap and a circular metallic craft rose vertically and silently, before taking off at high speed.

This collaborates what we were told in the Fortress Australia article. Billy Dee was sent a post about a man who claimed his father worked on UFOs at Pine Gap. He worked for the FAA most of his life and also worked at the Traffic Control Centre in Seymour CA in 1970 fixing the programming of mainframe computers. he was one of only 2 or 3 in the US who knew whatever program they were installing.

During the late 70's he made several trips to Washington DC, Atlantic City and Australia. He wasn't allowed to talk to his wife about what he did, saying it was beyond his control. She would get mad at his long trips to Australia. When the parents came to visit on one of their usual 'sudden' arrivals and departures, the man noticed a locked briefcase that was chained to him. They were followed by 2 men everywhere in a car. They too, became under constant surveillance and their phone was tapped. The son noticed vans with govt.. license plates following him everywhere too and started getting threatening phone calls.

After confronting his father he confessed that he was working on a flying saucer, involved with anti-gravity propulsion, melding the computer elements together for the guidance or stability part of it, underground at Pine Gap. He said that he could get ANY information on his son to prove what he said was true. The next day he called and revealed all his personal business and told him to be quiet and not make waves or they would not be around.

THE UNDERGROUND BASES

Branton writes that the Rand symposium held on Deep Underground Construction indicated during the 50's plans were made to build underground bases, laboratories and city-complexes linked by a stupendous network of tunnels to preserve and protect the ongoing secret interests of the secret societies.

These secret societies made a pact with alien entities in order to further motives of domination.

But THEY are now being dominated by the aliens who think the humans inferior.

THE UNDERGROUND NETWORK AND AGHARTI

The Dulce Book by Branton describes the Mt. Shasta California underground city, Telos, a branch of a subterranean kingdom of Agharti under Mongolia. Apparently 2 opposing factions from there supported different sides of the WW2. The technologists sided with the Allied Forces and the Occultists with the Axis Forces.

An occult order called Melchizedek is based in Telos and in Sirius. Sirian cultists believe one world government is for world peace and to raise this planet into 4th dimensional frequency.

People in ancient Bavarian-Roman cults (secret societies) promoting the formation of global government, are being manipulated by reptilians to annex this planet to their Luciferian interstellar empire-collective.

VISIT TO DULCE, NEW MEXICO -Branton

STRANGENESS ON THE ARCHULETA PLATEAU

The transcript, titled: 'RECOLLECTIONS AND IMPRESSIONS OF VISIT TO DULCE, NEW MEXICO - OCTOBER 23, 24, 1988', is reproduced in its entirety below.

"Upon arrival I was introduced to Dr. John F. Gille, a French National. Dr. Gille has a Ph.D. in Math/Physics from the University of Paris. He had worked very closely with the French Government on the UFO phenomena in that country. Dr.. Gille had also released a report on another 'Dulce-like' base near Pine Gap - Alice Springs, Australia. This base is a massive multi-leveled facility run by the "Club of Rome" which, like the 'Bilderberger' organization, is reputedly a cover for the Bavarian Illuminati.

The article spoke of antigravity disk research, and plans to make Pine Gap a major "control center" for a "New World Order". Pine Gap is equipped with whole levels of computer terminals tied-in to the major computer mainframes of the world which contain the intimate details of most of the inhabitants of industrialized nations.

The article also spoke of the infiltration of several major religious denominations, the media, international governments, the economy, education, and other levels of society by the Bavarian Illuminati, in order to prepare the way for a New World Order dictatorship. The report also stated that the workers at Pine Gap are highly indoctrinated and programmed so that they do not threaten or sabotage the security of the Illuminati projects being carried out there", wrote Branton.

UNDERGROUND RITUALS

Excerpts from Manipulating Those of Us on the "Surface" by Branton

Branton states that:

" the underground rh-negative reptilian hybrid genetic lines have been manipulating us on the "surface" for centuries. The underground society acting as the "parasite". Members of the Masonic lodge, have access with those living below having been initiated into the 13 Illuminati degrees i.e. the 34-46 degrees. The House of the Temple in Washington D.C. says Rev. Jim Shaw showed definite signs of SERPENT WORSHIP during his own initiation into the 33rd Freemason degree.

Underneath most major cities, especially in the USA, there exist subterranean counterpart "cities" controlled by the Masonic/Hybrid/Alien "elite". Often surface/subsurface terminals exist beneath Masonic Lodges, Police Stations, Air Ports and Federal Buildings of many cities. Those in the underground society have access to interstellar technology and in fact our controlled society actually serves to FEED their ongoing conquests of other worlds [including the use of Montauk-like Stargate/time-tunnel technology which our planetary grid, which is unique in the universe, allows].

Some of the major population centers were deliberately established by the Masonic/hybrid elite of the Old and New "worlds" to afford easy access to already existence under ground levels, some of which are thousands of years old, and considering that Los Alamos Labs had working prototype nuclear powered thermol-bore drills that could literally melt tunnels through the earth at a rate of 8 mph 40 YEARS AGO, you can imagine how extensive these underground systems have become."

THE CULT OF THE SERPENT

New York City is one of the largest draconian nests in the world i.e. the ancient underground 'Atlantean' systems that network beneath that area. They literally control the entire Wall Street pyramid from below with more than a little help from reptilian blood lines like the Rockefellers, etc. maintaining control of planet earth is ESSENTIAL to the reptilian cause of conquest and control of the entire galaxy if not beyond, due to the uncommonly diverse and rare elements and resources that this planet contains, not to mention the grid-system which allows for the generation of time/space gates.

For instance, one couple who was initiated into the "cult of the serpent" was later approached by an agent of a major space "Federation", who informed them of the many atrocities that the "Alt-3" forces of earth were committing against the peaceful inhabitants of other worlds.

Branton thinks they are referring to the black operations based beneath Neu Schwabeland Antarctica, Dulce New Mexico, Pine Gap Australia, and Montauk NY.

For more information on the underground empire, and the Masonic and Organized Criminal connections, please refer to the following sites:

  • The Masonic underground network: War of The Caverns
  • The Masonic underground bases:  Interview with Alex Christopher
  • The Masonic underground cults:  Caverns, Dungeons and Labyrinths

THE PINE GAP UNDERGROUND BASE - AUSTRALIA'S UFO CONNECTIONS

An article was sent to the Rumor Mills news site anonymously about recent developments in Australia preparing it to be a safe haven for the global elite during a one world Government with martial law. An alien invasion may also be impending.  It appears to be written by an Australian former govt. insider.
Here is a short summary:

In 1989 Australian emergency services began to be upgraded and military reservists encouraged and the National Safety Council was started for this (NSCA). Police, Fire and Ambulance services are now under one roof and sold to a company called 'Intergraph Inc' which is a specialized American communications company said to be closely connected to the NSA.

In 1976 an American John Fredrich, backed by the CIA joined and became executive director in 1982. It expanded rapidly with an elaborate base in Gippsland, Victoria containing a private airforce and marine section.

Australian intelligence were trained by the CIA. NSCA provided security back up to all the American secret bases in Australia including the new Omega bases in Victoria and Tasmania.

The U.S. Airforce conducted joint training exercises with the NSCA. The association with the East Sale secure RAAF base was a close one and is often used by NASA U2 flights and other unexplained U.S. aircraft. It is also the repository of secret UFO information and Frederick Valentich attended for a special course relating to UFOs before he disappeared over Bass Strait in 1978 while reporting a close encounter with a large UFO.

So concerned was Valentich about what he had seen and been told at Sale that he emotionally told his parents shortly afterwards that "should they take me I should be O.K. so don't worry, they will probably put me back." NSCA is said to be closely involved with the UFO problem and can effect retrievals on land and from the great ocean depths.

Their private airline for did drug running and moving laundered money in and out of Australia. Freidrich flew in an executive jet in U.S. colors and the CIA insignia on the tail and his ex personal pilot mentioned three occasions he collected him from Pine Gap where was always waiting alone on the vacant airstrip.
 
AUSTRALIA IS NOW UNDER AMERICA'S POWER

A new headquarters is being selected near Canberra probably in underground facilities in the Snowy Mountains. It is a vast system capable of supporting thousands of people and connected to Canberra by a secret underground railway. There is now an integrated military force is coordinated with all emergency services and police organizations.

The machinery of a police state is firmly in place and total military control could be established in a few hours. In 1996 the Australian army, airforce and navy were coordinated under a single Commanding Officer.

New training methods for the police have been adopted and 'state of the art' equipment purchased. The F.B.I has been helping restructure in line with the American system. This includes specialized training courses in 'Advanced Interrogation Methods.'

Australian prison's are being privatized by Wackenhut Inc., owned by a former FBI senior officer and still in contact with them and the CIA. Rumors persist of internment camps in prohibited military areas.

Wackenhut Inc is supplying hundreds of kit form tent prisons, razor wire and electric fencing. In 1975 Prime Minister Whitlam resented America's secret bases at Pine gap, Narrunga and NW Cape.

Ironically Pine Gap helped Whitlam's removal by carrying secret communications between Washington and Australia. The spy Christopher Boyce read the top secret coded traffic going to and coming from Pine Gap which indicated that America was destroying the Australian Govt.. His supervisor, named the Governor General, who sacked Whitlam as 'our man Kerr'. Boyce saw daily instructions sent to C.I.A. field officers, Australian union leaders, politicians, senior public officials and many others on the payroll. Pine Gap made it easy.

The deputy P.M. Dr. Jim Cairns, claimed the Americans would mount a violent overthrow of the government if they did not succeed by clandestine means. Saying 'I believe there is a strong chance the Americans will try to do to us what they have just done in Chile, we could all be killed in the process.' He was serious.

THE PINE GAP OPERATION

A scientist among Australia's elite in a key position revealed: There are at least ten top secret American facilities in Australia with the so called 'Joint defense Space Research Facility' at Pine Gap being the most important. Originally Pine Gap was decreed to control and act as a downlink for geosynchronous satellites gathering intelligence, stationed over the Pacific and Asia by the CIA, NSA and the NRO.

Pine Gap's position is for its proximity to the Pacific and Indian Oceans and Asia, and window to outer space. Its position on the earth's surface in relation to other important areas situated on the planet, its isolation and situation in an area of low electromagnetic radiation. Construction was undertaken solely by American contractors who flew in their own workforce from the US on a shift basis. The base became operational after 2 years. Large underground facilities are rumored to extend some twelve levels below the base. Long tunnels are laid out in a pattern similar to the spokes of a wheel and extend several miles from the center of the base.

In a deep shielded underground chamber a secret nuclear reactor similar in size to those used to power submarines was installed to drive large AC and DC generators. It also has an 'official' above ground diesel powered generating station, shut down most of the time and not connected to an outside electricity supply. Reportedly, extending some 20,000 below the base is a bore hole containing an ultra low frequency antenna which is apparently used for secret experiments supposedly related to Nikola Tesla's resonance theories as well as low frequency communications throughout the world.

Pine Gap's communication systems are the most sophisticated available utilizing satellites, microwave, low frequency and their own dedicated cable to the U.S.A. They are directly connected to Nurrunga, North West Cape, Geraldton, Australian Defense Signals Directorate in Melbourne, Canberra, Sydney, all CIA and NSA stations, ASIO, SIS and the Australian Defense Science and Technology Organization which deals with UFOs and crash retrievals. Weekly personal shopping is undertaken in the U.S.A.

Pine Gap is a multi-billion dollar operation of great importance to the American government. Pine Gap has eight white radomes placed near groups of long low buildings. A few miles from the base has a double security fence patrolled continuously by American guards and the Australian Federal Police Force. Pine Gap is now being expanded. A second above ground power station is now under construction as well as a large number of houses for additional staff. The staff was increased to around 1,200 in 1996.
The reason given is "Asian economic espionage".

UFOs SEEN NEAR PINE GAP

The Fortress Australia writer says Central and South Australia has always had high UFO activity focusing on the Woomers rocket-range and the nuclear test site at Maralinga. Since construction started at Pine Gap and later at Nurrunga, there was a rapid rise in UFO sightings, which have continued, some being described as bizarre. One case in 1989 involved three hunters who were on an all night shooting trip in the hills near Pine Gap.

At around 4.30a.m. they observed a large camouflaged door open on the side of a low hill inside the security compound and a metallic, circular disc appear from the gaping black hole, tip on its edge and disappear vertically at tremendous speed. The door then slowly shut and everything returned to normal.

The camouflage was so good that from their vantage point they were unable to observe anything unusual about the area after the door closed. In 1975 the occupants of a passenger plane which was passing, observed a large white object, similar in size to one of the white radomes, suddenly leapt into the air and disappeared rapidly towards the north west.

Most of the passengers and crew witnessed the event. In 1980 a camouflaged door case occurred when two members of the Northern Territory Police, who were taking part in a search for a missing Alice Springs child, watched as three 'bath tub' shaped objects flew slowly over the base and then one by one disappeared in to an oblong black hole in a hillside. This also occurred during the early hours of the morning and as the two police officers had arranged to meet other members of the search party they left without seeing the door close.

STRANGE BEAMS FROM UFOs AT PINE GAP

In 1973 another type of sighting involves, blue, red and gold pencil like beams. A man camped near Pine Gap saw a vertical shaft of very bright blue light emanating from the area of the base. His binoculars showed most of the base, 8 miles away as well as a strange looking object apparently hovering above it at a height he estimated to be around one thousand feet. Firstly he thought it was a cigar shaped balloon or blimp but this idea quickly evaporated when the object slowly tipped to a 45 deg angle exposing what appeared to be its top surface.

The object was perfectly circular with a central dome. 1000 feet above the base the cartographer estimated the diameter of the disc to be a little more than half the distance between the Pine Gap base and the disc's bottom edge, making it between 500/600 ft in diameter. In the moonlight the disc appeared to be a dull gray color with a slight yellow fuzz around its edge. A thin bright blue beam, like a rod, slowly extended from the disc to the base.

It slowly moved in a telescopic fashion from the disc and gradually extended behind the radomes. A few minutes later the light beam retracted only to be followed by a similar blue beam slowly extending from the base to the disc. Followed by a gold colored beam which appeared very close to the blue one. After about thirty seconds both retracted back into the base.

This process continued for about forty minutes and ended when the disc made some rapid oscillations 'lit up like a neon sign' and ascended vertically at very high speed, disappearing in a few seconds. After he reported it he got a 'grilling' by some very officious people who warned him to keep silent about his experience otherwise he would be in for some very real trouble.

A MORE COMPLEX SIGHTING AT PINE GAP

In 1984 five witnesses on a tip-off, positioned themselves about ten miles away. Vehicles were moving around the main base and groups of people in coveralls were gathering near the radomes. Suddenly a bright beam of gold colored light sprang up from the centre of the radome area. This was not a pencil like beam but seemed to be several meters in width and extremely intense. The width of the beam appeared to remain the same as far as it could be seen extending vertically into the sky. It looked almost solid.

Long uneven clouds developed in the clear air surrounding the beam which despite a breeze blowing at the time remained stationary. The beam suddenly cut off and the tubular cloud started to drift to the east like a vertical vapor trail. The beam pulsed several times and each time it did so the cloud effect returned even forming what looked like a series of smoke rings. They all felt extremely disturbed even to the point of nausea.

The gold light beam shot down and once again the dirty looking clouds started drifting away. Then 5 star like objects approached from the South. 4 were in a tight diamond shaped formation and the fifth which looked like a cylinder followed at a distance of about two miles. The 4 smaller objects took up positions north, south, east and west of the base each moving in small circles.

The white cylindrical shaped object with a bright while halo around it's center moved towards the base reducing altitude to about 500 feet and stopped, rocking up and down for the whole duration. Once in position blue light beams started flashing between all 5 objects and the ground. After about 5 minutes one of the small objects rapidly descended towards the base and appeared to land at its northern end. It remained for 17 minutes then returned to its original position east of the base and approximately one thousand feet from the ground.

The gold light beam again emanated from the area of the radomes. This time the small objects began to rotate around the beam and ascend vertically as if they were examining it. The 4 objects then returned spiraling down the beam and returning to their previous positions. The cloud was thickening around the light beam and looked like a long thin Ionic column. The beam was turned off and once again the grayish cloud broke up and drifted towards the east.

In a jerking motion the cylindrical object started to gain altitude stopping in proximity to the smaller objects which had reformed their diamond shaped formation. The group then moved off in a southerly direction and disappeared in a few seconds. The witnesses saw 7 other UFO's in the area over the next few days and it was recorded on video.

UFO SIGHTINGS AT ALICE SPRINGS

The Keith Basterfield Network Australasia has catalogued various sightings near Alice Springs. In summary these have been witnessed: Campers saw a bright silver ball of white light flickering, then other white lights grouped with it and they moved away quickly; in 1998 witnesses saw a large silver glow in the sky the size of a basketball which disappeared south. The 2 way radio failed during this appearance.

At the same time there had been a triangular shaped cluster of 5 smaller lights flickering back and forth, which faded out. Other sources say in 1996 40 orange lights the size of a thumbnail comprised 2 distinct formations. The first was a circle of 19 lights which hovered for about 15 minutes. Then 21 similar lights moved into 2 straight lines from east to west, then formed one evenly spaced straight line. Both formations then traveled west and were lost sight of; a UFO showing like a blue light landed about 10 km west of Alice Springs.

Suddenly it rose up and the witnesses saw it was about 14 meters diameter, with a flat base with lines running around the bottom and a rounded top. The blue light formed a halo around it and it made a whirly noise. It was above the car for a short time and they thought they were being watched.

It then flew towards Pine Gap. The locals said then that many cement trucks were going to Pine Gap. A man has claimed that to have been taken aboard a UFO and flown to a base beneath Pine Gap, where evidence of "alien liaison" between aliens, the military and government was occurring on a cosmic scale.

WORLD ALIEN CONTACTS

The Fortress Australia writer claims alien contact was possibly first achieved by the USA, with information from various sources indicating radio communication followed by personal contact occurred in the early 1950's. The Soviet Union and UK established their own contacts about the same time. After some understanding was reached the initial methods of communication were centralized in the USA with the Russians co-operating by the mid 1950's.

This developed the secret establishment of the NSA by the Truman administration in November, 1954 to identify, monitor and establish reliable and secure communications with visiting aliens with which they are now deeply involved. The aliens are pursuing their own agendas and reject interference from earth's officialdom or the broad masses they control. Alien involvement in Australia is similar to that of the U.S.A., Europe and Russia.

For some technological rewards and minor co-operation in other areas the E.T.'s conduct their own genetic experimentation and the exploitation of the country is generally totally unhindered by humans. They do what they want as there is no way of stopping them.

Alien involvement in Australian affairs started in the late 1940's just as it did in the USA.

During the 1950's and early 1960's the British were conducting nuclear testing in South Australia, test firing a variety of missiles at the Woomera Rocket Range. The UFO activity was so intense that it had to be suspended, often for several days, due to electromagnetic effects causing total electrical failure at the test sights. Woomera itself was often blacked out for hours by the close approach of the UFOs.

More than sixteen thousand feet of film was taken of a variety of vehicles crisscrossing the area. During the early 1950's both the USA and Russia made contact with two alien species who apparently often worked together on various scientific projects and joint military matters including what we would describe as the policing of their own areas of influence.

TECHNICAL HELP FROM ALIENS TO PREVENT AN ATTACK FROM OUTER SPACE

As many as seven other groups were visiting the planet not associated with the first two. They were unfriendly to them and each other and often directly hostile to humans. Secret official research at the time indicated that several of these groups appeared to be preparing a huge world wide military operation or police action against the earth.

So friendly co-operation with the first two groups became even more important. Technical help provided by the two initial contact groups brought accelerated technology and made the development of SDI a real possibility. In return for our governments allowing these aliens secret exploitation of the planet and human race, they would provide the technical know how to prevent further major wars and stop any other interested extraterrestrials from invading the planet.

It has been said with some authority that they are the brains behind SDI (Star Wars) the extension of which is HAARP which is aimed at creating an electromagnetic shield around the world to prevent an attack from outer space. The Russians have actively co-operated since its inception. Such advanced defense systems required world wide coverage involving operational centers in secure areas in several countries.

Australia is utilized for this purpose. Pine Gap involves secret scientific experiments into anti gravity and magnetic propulsion. Though its communication functions are important its research and developments sections situated below the surface are considered vital to the future of the planet. Here extraterrestrials conduct their work in partial co-operation with human scientists.

They live in special conditions in virtual isolation and come and go as they please. The final stages of SDI including the HAARP system should be functioning by 1998/99 and if necessary its entire world wide operation will be controllable from the network of secret bases in Australia. We can only guess who controls it.

OTHER AUSTRALIAN US BASES

Nurrungar base is similar, on the surface its military role is to draw information from a series of geostationary satellites which watch for missile launches and nuclear detonations throughout Asia and the Middle East. Acting as a back up facility to Pine Gap with extensive underground installations and also an illegal nuclear reactor. Nurrungar base began in 1969 and the UFO activity in the Woomera area increased during nuclear and missile testing of the 1950's and early 1960's. It remains one of the most active UFO areas in Australia.

One source told the anonymous writer that aliens used Nurrunga too with a free hand and there was no way of controlling them. "They run the place," he said. Nurrungar's purpose remains top secret, but it has similar communication links as Pine Gap and a separate undersea cable link to the USA. Rumours are that direct links are maintained with a similar installation situated in North West China and the ultra secret American base at the South Pole.

Woomera remains part of the global network and is said to be involved in a wide range of low frequency and resonance experimentation in conjunction with Pine Gap and the Alaskan based HAARP project. North West Cape could be a key point in controlling the HAARP magnetic field over a large part of the southern hemisphere.

In Geraldton installation, W.A the principal partners are the USA and Australia. Under the UKUSA agreement the British and other club members are given access to the information gathered when it is considered necessary. The controlling bodies of the ultra modern installation are the American NSA and the Australian DSD. It monitors the entire Australian telecommunication system, all incoming and outgoing international telephone calls, faxes, telex and radio transmissions.

It operates in conjunction with Pine Gap and to a lesser extent Nurrungar giving it almost unlimited intrusive powers into all levels of electronic communications in Australia. Geraldton is one of the most expensive installations ever built. A source quoted the actual figure at one billion and four hundred million dollars with the The system is capable of conducting worldwide clandestine surveillance and like UK, one of its major purposes is to gather intelligence information from throughout the United States.

THE EAST SALE UFO ACCIDENTALLY SEEN AT A HANGAR

The Fortress Australia writer also said the East Sale RAAF base in Victoria, NASA makes extensive use of the facilities on a regular basis and many other American and foreign nationality aircraft have been seen there along with other strange aircraft operating mainly at night time, which appear like American Stealth fighter planes. Since the late 1940's, in co-operation with the United States and other major world government authorities East Sale has become a major UFO research establishment including crash retrievals.

During the 1980's 4 people from a TV station attended the opening of a building at RAAF East Sale. One such hanger had two side doors were partly open so they decided to take a look inside. Towards the rear of the hanger was a large metallic gray disc like object standing on three short legs. It was about sixty feet in diameter with a central height of about eighteen to twenty feet. Scaffolding was arranged around it's right hand side with a platform extending to what looked like a curved top doorway situated near the top of the object.

They also noticed what appeared to be small square windows on each side of the doorway and evenly spaced around the top of the object. They videoed it noticing surface markings similar to Korean script. There was a elderly man talking to two smaller men, the size of 5 year old children in the center of the office area. They were looking at drawings on a small table and didn't notice the cameramen The tall man looked up and appeared puzzled by the two cameramen.

He walked to the door and asked them if HQ needed more pictures and why hadn't they called him about it. The TV men replied that they had nothing to do with HQ. The man's expression had absolute horror. The intruders met four guards who confiscated the film.
​


​Mind Control And Surveillance From Pine Gap


​SNOOPERS ALL OVER THE GLOBE

In Silent Partners - The UKUSA Agreement by Susan Bryce says there are about 48 years of SIGINT (satellite signal intelligence) shared by the UKUSA partners: US, Canada, UK, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, South Korea and the NATO nations. (Some also say Germany, Norway and Turkey are in too and also China on a limited basis)

As well as communications interception and satellite spying there is an interest in undersea activities. Could it have something to do with the over 1,400 alien bases here on this planet including many undersea? The UKUSA pact has been gathering intelligence on the former Soviet empire for 40 years.

Kim Philby leaked this to Moscow. Pine Gap, Nurrangar and Menwith Hill operate under this pact. Menwith Hill covers communications and phone calls between USA and Europe in UK. Signatories to UKUSA standardize intercept handling procedures and indoctrination oaths. The NSA which runs this controls over 2,000 electronic intercept stations, with 130,000 personnel around the world. The primary purpose of the NSA was started to decipher alien communications, language and establish dialogue.

In 1983 the NSA established a worldwide computer network linking 52 separate government computer systems used throughout the world. All the information ends up at NSA's Headquarters in Maryland. So it can plug into each phone call and message in USA, UK and Australia using the US base, Pine Gap and the new installation at Geraldton in Western Australia

ECHELON

Patrick Poole wrote an very complete analysis and here is a summary: Echelon based at Pine Gap is the technological spy system intercepting all phone calls, faxes, emails and telexes in the world mainly by satellite. Plus other satellites, microwaves signals, cellular and fiber-optic cable communications traffic. Real time phone calls in USA could be listened to at an outpost of Echelon at Menwith Hill in UK.

Commercial espionage can be beneficial to the companies that helped the NSA develop the systems that power the Echelon network. This can also be used to push American manufacturers out of deals in favor of US defense and intelligence contractors, who frequently finance both political parties. The European Parliament is asking if this violates the sovereignty and privacy of citizens in other countries.
​
Though UK does allow surveillance on its own citizens, Menwith Hill and Pine Gap cover US citizens. Echelon stations are all over the globe, from Geraldton W. Australia, Waihopai New Zealand, Ascension Island in the Atlantic, the Indian ocean atoll of Diego Garcia, Guam and the Philippines in the Pacific, to South Africa, Misawa Japan to Leitrim Canada. Pine Gap, Menwith Hill, Bad Aibling Germany, Colorado USA and Antarctica are main centres. No communications signal escapes the electronic net.
​

​The 2 primary downlink facilities for over 25 satellites acting as giant scoops picking up info from all electronic communications are at Menwith Hill in North York Moors UK and Pine Gap. Menwith Hill has 1,400 American NSA personnel and 350 UK Ministry of Defense staff on site. Menwith Hill goes back to 1951 and received one of the first sophisticated IBM computers in the early 1960's. The NSA took it over in 1966. British Telecom wires fibre-optic telephone trunklines capable of carrying 100,000 calls simultaneously through Menwith Hill.

It has become a target for peace activists. Echelon decrypts, filters, examines and codifies messages into selective categories for further analysis by intelligence from the various UKUSA agencies. Menwith Hill SILKWORTH super-computer operates voice recognition and optical character recognition and feeds them into data recognition engines.

Voice recognition programs convert talk into text messages for further analysis and even individual voices can be targeted, so every call they make is transcribed. Each message is given a 4 digit code as to its source e.g. 5535 for Japanese diplomatic traffic. Keywords are kept up to date by Dictionary Managers. Messages are transmitted to each agency's headquarters via a global computer system that acts as as the nervous system.

ECHELON II

Patrick further exposes the Echelon information tracking outcome of spying on enemies, allies and private citizens. Daily analysts review the previous day's translations and these are further categorized into gists, summaries and reports. These are given classifications: Secret, More Secret, Top Secret, Russian Intercepts and intelligence forwarded to non-UKUSA parties. Even secret submarines are able to tap into undersea communications cables.

Though 30 other nations across the world also have eavesdropping networks, none compares to Echelon. The French have attacked Echelon, but runs its own global spying "Frenchelon". A Ph.D. physicist called "V" wrote that the second generation of Echelon called Echelon II is not a US govt. funded project. It has a series of communications bases near the equator.

The leaders of this are a cabal from China, several individuals from Europe and a group in USA. Its a highway for all e-business and will be used in conjunction with smart cards for one currency. It will a data base designed for the DRAM semiconductor chips mass produced and down to 0.1 microns. It has a real time transportation system and logistic tracking system, plus a monitoring system for ICBM, aircraft, submarines and a control system for joining all financial institutions together.

  1. INSLAW developed the key software package for tracking and monitoring
  2. IBM Computers and Chip manufacturing
  3. Loral and GM H satellites
  4. ATT long lines and fiber optics
  5. LMT the major contractor for military information systems
  6. LEH (Lehmanns Brothers) will be their banker and financial controller
  7. GM the major civilian transporter

These 6 companies will be worth 4 trillion dollars and the Board of Directors and the CEO/Chairmen have been careful not to break any laws to achieve this, including setting up plants in China - Dr. Armstrong said to the Senate Judiciary committee "we work in the gray area". Many deaths have occurred by people investigating the INSLAW monitoring technology, which uses a backdoor in computer software programs to feed information back to an intelligence agency.

PROJECT L.U.C.I.D. BEAST 666 UNIVERSAL HUMAN CONTROL SYSTEM

Texe Marrs in his book Project L.U.C.I.D. writes that every person on the planet will be issued a 'Smart" ID card to be monitored 24 hours day, 7 days a week by Central Gestapo consisting of agencies made up of the FBI, KGB, CIA, DEA, DIA, NSA, IRS, EPA, OSHA, NCIC, USDA, FDA, NRO, BATF, FINCEN, INS, DOJ, WTO, Europol, Interpol, Mossad and the MAB. He says resistors will have microchip surgically implanted in their brains.

All manufactured goods will be marked with the number of the beast, 666, which is the ISO 9000 certification system. The Bilderbergers, secretive groups of about 125 of the richest and most powerful industrialists and bankers on the earth, comprising black nobility and European royalty in touch with the ETs that the CIA follows, (The Council of Nine) made the command decision for ISO 9000.

100 countries have adopted it and it is fast becoming the sole requirement for conducting commerce in all nations of the world. The NSA who controls L.U.C.I.D. giant computer network correlates, deciphers and analyses data and reports from international banks, 32 directorates of UN, the core of the Secret Societies, the Vatican and various agencies of 170 nations. Alice Bailey's Lucis Trust is closely affiliated with UN leadership and it's membership includes Robert McNamara, former Secretary of Defense and former head of World bank.

The primary goal of the Lucis Trust is a New World Order/One World Government presided over by a world teacher holding "Office of Christ" for the Age. Bearing in mind that the Nazis, Freemasons. UN leaders and many NewAge gurus follow Alice Bailey and the sideshoot groups, so it all makes sense. The world army for UN is in sight, with total military control and enforcement power for the whole planet.

All computers on earth, the entire information highway will be networked in to L.U.C.I.D. It will be the planet's primary core, linking all networks and data systems. Those authorized will have access to instantaneous data on individuals to track and control every move with the chip in the cards, or embedded in the body. These cards are reprogrammable at hundreds of thousands of scanner centers and have more than 5 gigabytes of data per individual of updated data.

NOWHERE TO HIDE

Texe writes that scanners will identify you by the shape of your hand, foot, face or head, fingerprints, blood type, human leukocytes antigen, DNA, iris scan and voice. Satellite cameras which can take recognizable 35mm-type images of golf balls below, will be able to locate you from the chip in the card, nobody being able to buy and sell without it.

DNA databanks have samples of blood from newborn babies since the 1960s as mandatory state screening, plus the military and criminals have been databased. John St. Clair Akwei writes in Texe's book, that the Signals Intelligence mission of the NSA has evolved into a program of decoding EMF waves in the environment, for wirelessly tapping into computers and tracking persons with the electrical currents in their bodies.

Everything in the environment with an electrical current in it has magnetic flux around it which gives off EMF waves. The NSA/DOD has developed advanced digital equipment which can remotely analyze all objects, whether manmade or organic, that have electrical activity. A targets bioelectric field can be remotely detected, and monitored 24 hrs a day. With special EMF equipment NSA cryptologists can remotely read evoked potentials (from EEGs) which can be decoded into a person's brain states and thoughts.

The NSA records and decodes individual brain maps of hundreds and thousands of people. The speech centers of the brain can be translated into the person's verbal thoughts and this can be manipulated and simulated auditory hallucinations can be induced. Visual memory can also be seen as how images from a person's brain on a video monitor.

NSA operatives can put images into someone's brain while they are in REM sleep for brain-programming purposes. So currents thoughts, images and sounds of anyone can be decoded read and changed by NSA's most powerful computers in the world.

IS STAR WARS USED FOR TRACKING UFOs?

Research for Star Wars satellite project, now operative at Pine Gap has been conducted under UKUSA. This comprises a global network of satellites which contain powerful lasers, and beam machines. Between 1982 and 1988 22 British defense scientists linked to UKUSA projects, died in mysterious circumstances.

Some have said they were involved the mark of the beast, microchip implant work. Susan also writes that when George Bush Sr. increased funds for Star Wars Gorbechev cooperated in discussions about the development of a lunar base and joint mission to Mars! Were the cosmospheres finally overcome?

It has been said before that Star Wars has been set up to protect the earth from alien invasion. US (Cohen) asked Australia to increase its military spending to help in case a war is fought between US and China with Star Wars operating from Pine Gap and the British facilities. China is exploring space-based reconnaissance.

Bearing in mind the many crashed saucers in China, have they back engineered them yet? They didn't take long to copy the latest nuclear technology from USA. Will Chinese flying disks be the next threat?

There have been many seen over China.


​ARE ALIENS USING MIND CONTROL ON HUMANS AT PINE GAP?

An Australian newspaper wrote in 1974 that US has been carrying out research into electromagnetic propulsion (EMP) at Pine Gap since 1966 and that security about this project has resulted in hypnotic and post hypnotic keys being implanted in personnel prior to their acceptance into this project.

Dr. Gille writes that the Pine Gap employees working on the base, and especially those earmarked for duty on electromagnetic propulsion projects, have undergone brainwashing and even implantation of intracranial devices. The most powerful mind-control is still trauma-based built on a foundation of multiple personalities which are dissociated personalities and parts of the mind.

It appears that electronic mind-control is being overlaid on top of this. The victim's consciousness is not able to think past the electronic mind-control which catches their undivided attention, being too distracted to deal with the deeper issues of trauma-based mind-control. Instructions can enter someone's mind through their implant.

At the NWO's major massive beast computer center in Alaska in the 1970's, an engineer who was in charge of building and getting the center operational, revealed the site's capabilities. They also had one in South Africa and one in Pine Gap. These three sites formed a triangle on the globe, and couldn't be located anywhere else, due to the naturally occurring lines of force of the planet.

CAN THE WORLD BE RUN BY COMPUTER?

Apparently these Beast Computer Centers consist of aisles and aisles of big state of the art computers, each having several dozen people to run them. Even in the '70's, an operator could speak into the computer and it would answer. If asked about anyone on the planet, it could usually pull up all kinds of information e.g. how could you get that person to kill someone? or how can I isolate this person?

All the people around that subject who could be manipulated would be revealed and a plan given. It has been said Clinton consulted this super computer. The controllers can actually control the world from a computer. They store vast amounts of personal information about people's thought processes and thinking and it's possible that electronic surveillance is being done to read the thoughts of people and computers store this information in some usable fashion.

People who invent and work at state of the art technology say this is old technology. Large Neural computers that have artificial intelligence using neural processing like the human brain are being used. A war could be created between any two nations by asking about a country and then how to start one. There is a network of Cray-type computers, perhaps similar to the EMASS system of Cray computers that E-Systems developed.

Such a system can store 5 trillion pages of text and work with that data base with lightening speed. The Engineer operator of the Beast Computer said that this system was obsolete in 1973, which is why he revealed the information.

ARE SUPERCOMPUTERS CONTROLLING OUR REALITY?

Al Bielek also said that the aliens gave the info to build Cray computers at Montauk, which were use to create time portals. It was a computer that sent Edward and Duncan Cameron back to 1943 to destroy the ship Eldridge. He says the radio frequency operating at Montauk was 435 MHz which is the frequency for the entire universe. This frequency was used to create time/space tunnels to Mars.

Extremely advanced technology was used by Dr John von Neumann and 3 scientists including 2 from the future to put earth on another timeline in 1963. Montauk has major timelines running through it. Power stations are built on gridlines deliberately. There is evidence that technology is being used to shift earth onto another timeline in 2003 which we'll cover later. Today's 9 Beast computers are much better at speech than the 3 Beast computers in 1973. They can hear human voices, determine what language and answer in it.

These computers link directly to thousands of mind-controlled slaves and via various methods almost instantly control the behavior them. Anchorage has a NSA listening post near the HAARP project, whose signals travel on a field line to Pine Gap. The Beast Computer is also linked there as well as satellite systems. HAARP uses 3 powerful transmitter sites in Alaska.

THE THOUGHT POLICE.

An anonymous former govt. source says the human brain, if it has a memex brain implant they control, can interface with the Beast computer which acts as a vast repository of human knowledge as well as answering questions to essentially all previously answered questions instantaneously. If the human brain has some type of virtual reality holodeck attachment, the computer can even walk the slave through a realistic setting indistinguishable from the real world.

He goes on to say that one victim has ELF & VLF waves of 435 and 1080 MHz signals targeted on her. (435 is in the 400-450 MHz band which is the window to the human consciousness, and 1080 is in the 1000 to 1200 MHz band.) 435 MHz is converted to 1080 by interaction with the high-atmosphere HAARP project.

HAARP can create time portals and time rifts also. Paul Baird wrote in his Nazis of the New World Order article in the Exposure Magazine (Aust) that every single phone call, fax, email, telex and computer data message can be intercepted and analyzed by Echelon worldwide.

The Echelon computers can scan ALL satellite, microwave, cellular and fiber-optic contacts for keywords and phrases. He said that the CIA use it to protect their own drug running operations and spy on their opponents together with their Mafia partners. Paul writes that the head of NATO's non-lethal weapons initiative wants all humans implanted at birth. .

SATELLITE MIND CONTROL

Paul Baird writes Govt. agencies can use infrasound laser weapons coming from remote satellites to cause illness and pain to targeted individuals. Visual holograms and blurred vision can be effected by satellite lasers aimed at tracked individuals. They can also use neurophones, which is a device to convert sound to electrical impulses. A directional satellite laser or microwave targets an individuals nervous system and it enters the brain as voice threats or noise.

These can come from any direction and can be perceived as ghosts, God's voice, aliens, Satan or laughing. Silent subliminal words can target people too, to make them think thoughts are their own. Brain wave scanners can mind read by training a satellite onto someone's head and scanning its magnetic field.

Patterns which show particular emotions can be read and more can be sent back to change the emotional/psychological state. EEG results of computerized brainwave scanning can be relayed to US govt. faculties, and the thoughts can be interpreted instantaneously, with a brain wave vocabulary, developed from the CIA's LSD experiments. Remote torture or interrogation can be carried out by staff at computers thousands of miles away.

Psychic phenomena and "coincidences" Paul writes can be arranged using brain-scanning technologies. Could every citizen be brainwave scanned by Echelon at Pine Gap and thoughts suppressed? Only those "in" with them would profit and only those who questioned nothing would escape scrutiny. No military or federal law enforcement would be necessary.
​

​SECURITY SURVEILLANCE STATE
​In 1991 I wrote a political satire entitled “In the Year 2252″ (P. Barber, pseudonym). Copies were circulated prematurely by a Chicago literary agent. As a result, many publishers, editors and writers accessed copies.
​
Before a second draft was prepared it was clear covert censorship would prevent any possibility of publication… I was already under 24 hour a day surveillance and was fielding feedback from corrupt sections of the entertainment industry; especially the media.

The reasons for their objections are many. Although the fictional novel was ultimately to be placed in a “virtual reality” setting the submitted draft drew too much attention because it was critical of many things which criminals in high places do to get what they want and control others. Corruption, drugs, war, media deception, and all manner of immorality were openly attacked in the novel. I also lobbied on privacy laws. The personal repercussions are outlined below. (What the media did is highlighted under “Feedback”)

Report to Assess the Threat to the United States from Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) Attack (FREE PDF)

While reading this account please keep in mind the wide reaching influence of covert agencies and organised crime throughout our community. A few “well placed” people in each area can create havoc for those being silenced. Others working with these criminals are too selfish, scared or apathetic to intervene.
​
Also, because wealthy criminals may make false accusations I state, as fact, that not only have I never committed any wrongdoing whatsoever but I have never even contemplated any wrongdoing. I’ve responded to the harassment defensively but verbally, with indignation, anger and even humour but that’s all. Accordingly, any misinterpreted or “altered” writings etc should be ignored.
​
NOTE: Examples of feedback that made me aware of the “set up” possibilities included:-
(a) Learning (from the security/P.I industries) that the word was out to “wash your hands of it” meaning not to talk to me and (b) being referred to media identities (esp. T.V presenter M.Willesee) by one P.I who did investigate. Apparently, having sold his horse racing interests, he was to be trusted.?

​Having little knowledge of corruption in that industry or any other (including the drug trade/media/agency connection) I was puzzled by this. In any event, being unable to see M.Willesee I tried meeting some of his colleagues (see “Meetings” Jan 97).
​
​Who Knows ?
​​The Following People Know Who Were Involved:
​
  • John Howard (Australian Liberal Prime Minister). Three people (incl. a senior Federal Police executive and an ex agency member) informed me that the Prime Minister “is aware of” the situation but that “his hands are tied”. Early in 1996 he did, in fact, ask the AFP to investigate the surveillance but they were unable to (efficiently) for “legal reasons”. Although I was told it was because the matter was “politically sensitive”.NB: If the media could “tune in” so could the AFP. They couldn’t help because of who is involved.
  • Ros Chilvers (Ex agency / private investigator) – She spoke with Paul Keating when he was Labor Prime Minister and told me he was actually part of the vendetta against me.This is part of what makes it “awkward” for others to help. This and the Foreign Agency, Entertainment Industry connection.
  • Warren College (Federal Cabinet Secretary’s Office) – He spoke with current PM, John Howard, who said the situation was “too awkward” (for him to intervene). It’s “awkward” because Federal Labor politicians, agency officials and the media ARE involved as are their counterparts in the US. It is, in fact, a criminal conspiracy of silence.
  • Steve Duffield (Ex Sen. Alston’s office) – He knew and tried to help. Within a week he was gone and cannot be found.
  • Ms J. Bonner (Ex J. Howard’s office) – Knew but now refuses to discuss it; even with liberal staffers.
  • Matt Francis (Sen. Newman’s office) – Said many working in politics knew I was monitored/harassed because of the book, adding it had ” opened his eyes” to realise the full extent of what actually goes on (i.e. political crimes).
  • Mick Roberts (Ex AFP) – On his retirement he told me that he’d always believed me totally but there was a wall of secrecy which he couldn’t break through. No one would talk and it all “smells of journalists and politicians” he said.
  • Nelson Chad (Investigator/Ex policeman) – Channel 9 journalists (in particular Ray Martin and others working on “A Current Affair”) were involved. This was even confirmed by one ACP director, Mr. G. Cubbin.

Note: Channel 9 owner, Kerry Packer is not the only media magnate who wants me silenced. No media player would want the general public becoming fully aware of the invasions of privacy and crimes which journalists and agency officials commit. Remember, I lobbied heavily on privacy laws for years with John Howard himself supporting my views, in writing.

Those Harassed for Helping Me

​
  • ROSS SAUNDERS, ex head of religious programming at Ch 2. He confirmed all my suspicions about the media’s involvement and advised me. He was forced to move because of the covert harassment he endured.
  • DAVID SANDERSON, B-Grade moviemaker. He called and volunteered to make a documentary on the covert, technological attacks on decent people who spoke/wrote about evil in high places. He said it sickened him…however, he and those he approached to help were frightened/blackmailed into dropping the plan completely.
  • HOMI BAHRAMALI – Neuroscience/psychiatry – Westmead Hospital. He was working on his own neurophone so his harassment was largely due to his own work. He now works at The Centre For The Mind (Sydney Uni) but is cautious about offering real help to victims, for obvious reasons.
  • SEAN EDWARDS, ex Special Branch (NSW Police) and AFP officers, Graham Cane, Mick Roberts, Jeff Sundin, Chris Woods and Mark Andrews also helped but weren’t harassed.
​
​Examples of Those ‘Moved On’ for Helping Me
​
  • Paul Beaumont
    Military aide to the Chief of the Australian Defence Force.
    He told me it was all “politically sensitive” and that foreign governments were involved. He said scanning targets with military grade oscillating scanners would be effective but embarrassing to the government which doesn’t want to know “officially”. He was transferred out to a Pacific Island for talking to me.
  • Mark Andrews
    Australian Federal Police.
    He was my original contact and support. He was promoted to head of the diplomatic liaison unit and instructed that it wasn ‘t appropriate for him to talk to me directly any more.
  • Jeff Sundin
    Another AFP officer moved on for supporting me and revealing that victims’ files were all marked ” politically sensitive”; meaning that politicians were involved but could not be investigated
  • Peter Lamont
    One of a few Catholic priests who admitted knowing of the situation. He said even the Church hierarchy was corrupt on matters like this, adding that he personally, would hate to have his brain waves monitored and interpreted. He was immediately transferred.
  • The Chairman and entire journalists’ judiciary committee of the Australian Media Alliance
    After conceding that my tapes and accusations against CH 9’s ACA current affairs program were valid (they harass me with nightly surveillance feedback through their program) the entire committee disbanded, my tapes “disappeared” and the Chairman apologised saying that the new committee was to be made up of a group led by employees of the very program I’d complained about … Chris Smith etc.
  • Brendan O’Connor
    Federal Privacy Minister
    Although we didn’t talk he defended the truth I presented when interviewed about complaints to the Gov’t’s media enquiry; confirming that though I may have been the sole complainant to go public that there were many other victims of media privacy invasion that had complained. He was not the Minister a week later.
  • Homi Bahramali
    Psychiatrist and inventor of his own Neurophone.
    He offered to scan 40 victims using hospital equipment warning that “they” may interfere with the results making victims look like victimisers. Despite declining his offer of help as too risky he was then made head of the Sydney Uni’ Brain Institute and suddenly saw “grey” not “Black and white” regarding the rights and wrongs of all of this.
​
​Various Means of Harassment & Persecution
Blacklisting
​Since mid 1991 I have been kept from full-time gainful employment. This is despite the fact I have degrees in Law and Economics and a solid working background that includes time with The Chamber of Commerce, a major bank and the Australian taxation office. “Instructions” were probably circulated by those involved in criminal activities. (One private investigator told me the word was out that everyone was to “wash their hands” of the matter. No-one would dare help.) Many obstacles stand between me and real work although I have been “allowed” simple work: telemarketing.
​
Overt Intimidation
​
  • ’ve been followed and harassed by corrupt P.I.’s and police, however they have not accosted me at any stage.
  • At crucial moments, crank phone calls come through to my home. Nothing is ever said. Silence… then they hang up.
  • My mail (esp. from the USA) is often intercepted. IF I get it then it’s either opened/annotated or a reply of little consequence. eg: one letter had a drawing of a surveillance satellite monitoring me and the words “Have a nice day”.
  • Helicopters and small planes deliberately “buzz” my home and follow (or even hover overhead) as I walk/drive. This can happen countless times on any given day or night in clear view of friends/relatives. This can be triggered by an event (eg. Going to the mailbox), a political statement I make in private (sometimes bringing in up to three “choppers” immediately) or a time of day (e.g. when a particular Channel 9 or Channel 7 current affairs program is running).
  • Siren “wailing” can also be triggered in a similar manner to the aircraft harassment. Embarrassingly, these often coincide with trips to the bathroom etc. If I’m on the street, ambulances will wait on corners or stop their sirens as they approach me; often turning around (clearly going nowhere in particular).
  • Occasionally public figures, who I’ve never met, would stare at me. e.g. At a function held at St George Leagues Club, Graham Richardson (Labor Party Numbers man and Ch 9 Employee) entered the auditorium from a side entrance and stared at me non-stop, as he walked through the room, all the way to the podium.There he delivered a jovial account of his own corruption. Now if I’d approached him for an explanation (or PM John Howard, who was also there), goons would of accosted me. This is not politics it’s oppression and it’s a crime. As is all similar intimidation, privacy invasion and harassment.
​
​NB: False alarms, corrupt dispatchers and bribes to pilots (for flight deviations) all help effect these forms of harassment. My enquiries revealed all of these are common practices.
Surveillance
​From 1991 until this day I have been under 24 hour a day satellite audio/visual surveillance. The results have been made available to politicians and journalists. Private investigators confirmed that ex PM, P. Keating and Channel 9 “A Current Affair” personnel were actively involved, but there were many others. (Notably some Labor politicians worked for Kerry Packer’s Channel 9 after retiring eg: Richardson, Hawke).
Without their knowledge, my relatives were also frequently monitored in the early ’90’s. Notably by late 1996 the direct media monitoring of the (agency) signals stopped as more advanced satellite systems were employed. It is suspected this may be due to the fact that the Liberal government (elected March ’96) were not actively involved in the harassment so other means of attacking me were found. However I am uncertain of the precise reason.
​
​Feedback
​
  • Countless speeches, news items, advertisements, scripts and “writings” have been peppered with my ideas/words/phrases. These came not only from the surveillance results but also the book which, though covertly “banned” by the criminals concerned, was also extensively “used” by many writers / editors; especially those working for Rupert Murdoch (eg: Harper Collins, the Telegraph etc). Not only did I find some TV executives that admitted such thefts and harassment techniques are used, but one even openly admitted his own people were partially to blame.
  • Much of the feedback involves subtle but constant death threats.
  • Many media personnel in Sydney were clearly informed of the relevant audio surveillance frequencies and were monitoring directly until late 1996. This was made most obvious by comments made by “live to air” broadcasters (TV / radio). Clearly the presenters were signalled and “fed”. With the advent of neurophone harassment and brain scanning (in my case) there was a less direct (delayed or relayed) feedback…as if the media could no longer directly monitor the signals. However, the speed of feedback picked up again in later years. In any event, the feedback of thoughts can be even more oppressive than the feedback of words…Both continue to this day.

​In my case, the switch (to more advanced monitoring systems) also coincided with the PM’s office instructing that I would no longer receive replies to my correspondence; though the significance may be minor. For all I know I may merely have been taking the place of another politically selected experimental target; for an illegal human research programme.
​
​Examples of Feedback (by Channel 9)
​
  1. PROMOS – eg: Kerry Packer’s ACP Director, Mr Graeme Cubbin, admitted that the “I AM CHANNEL 9″ promo was in fact aimed AT me. Many of the on air presenters working at 9 featured in that ad; I believe most knew what they were doing.
  2. PHRASES – eg: Just before “A Current Affair” ended on Channel 9 for 1992, then presenter Jana Wendt was quoted in a magazine as saying: “I guess I’ll go to my grave not being able to think past the end of my nose”, a comment I made (knowing it would be overheard) just prior to that interview (not exactly a common saying). And it was not the only reference in the article. Coincidences? Imagine such coincidences happening a dozen times a day – for years – and you’ll appreciate why this “parroting” is so useful to them. It’s extremely oppressive.
  3. DIRECT FEEDBACK – eg: On at least two memorable occasions I responded to “live” taunts by Channel 9 employees only to have the entire transmission cut completely and immediately.
  4. OTHER “COINCIDENCES” – eg: ACA, Ch.9 presenter, Ray Martin, ran an item on politicians who don’t answer correspondence. They suggested viewers use a company called Voterlobby.

The link is that I’d just contacted the Prime Minister’s chief of staff about my many (and various) unanswered letters to Mr Howard and his Cabinet AND had used Voterlobby to question MPs on the need for enforceable privacy laws. (Prior to being elected in March 1996 Mr Howard had been supportive of my views)
​
Also, on the day my mum received her cancer test results (Aug 04) Dr John Holts “cancer” treatments featured on Ch9’s A.C.A. Subsequent items on Dr Holt coincided with treatment milestones for my mum. Cynical attacks like this test your patience and prove that those behind the harassment will stop at nothing.
Meetings (Jan 97)
Remember, PI’s AFP officers and even one Channel 9 director had admitted to me that a Ch 9 ACA personnel were involved. Then presenter J. Wendt delivered constant feedback / coincidences for years; fed by agency/syndicate writers, researchers etc. She was not the only one… whichever programs I viewed would join in but the current affairs shows were the worst.

Eg. 1 Mike Minehan (Ex Ch.9, ACA, UTS)

A security guard tried to prevent our appointment taking place; under instructions from an “unknown” outside caller. Similarly, Minehan was interrupted constantly by phone calls. On the last call he slammed the phone down exclaiming: “They’re telling me to get out. Now!” However he had already told me that my situation was “not uncommon”. He suggested I see Jana Wendt. He seemed genuinely worried.

Although it seems naïve now, at the time I thought journalists (et al) may help re the brainwave/neurophone torture. I even contacted one or two who had personally harassed me with surveillance feedback.
Eg. 2 Jana Wendt (Ex Ch.9, ACA, Ch.7 etc)

“Wendt was approached firstly because, although she’d harassed me, she was fighting with Ch7 execs at the time and I thought she may be disgruntled enough to help me; esp. as the level of harassment had recently escalated considerably. Secondly, one of her predecessors, Mike Minehan, who seemed genuine, suggested that I should contact her.

As I neared her Eastwood office I saw her in the street and introduced myself. She said to meet her in her office in one hour. However, during that hour she was called to the station and dismissed. I was also harassed. Seeing this as a clear attempt to stop her talking to me I located her home through her partner’s details and arrived to find her having a music lesson. She warned me that TV execs control everything, including her, but, rather than refusing to talk, suggested I call her secretary for an appointment. It would have been more honest to say “Go away. I won’t help you” I’d been lured into a mincer and what followed was probably set up by Messrs David Leckie, Ch 7 GM, and Rice who both went from Ch 9 to Ch7 with Wendt).

Eastwood police later harassed me, at the request of their “friends” at Ch.7. They refused to speak to Wendt personally. I was told not to make any appointment and was taken to a psychiatric hospital as a “warning”. Before I was assessed and released (by a bemused psychiatrist who saw no reason for my being there at all) “knowledgeable” staff told me that at least six others who sought assistance from Wendt had also been sent there. “This is what you get for crossing them “said one senior nurse.

(They knew yet co-operated). An FOI request indicated that Detectives Pollock and Spurr were warning me on behalf of Ch7 execs but Police Internal Affairs did nothing (esp. as TV identities were involved). I also discovered that the Police “psych” (a Dr. R. Burek) had claimed that our 3 minute discussion took 45 mins and had later tried to erase his annotation claiming I suffered from “auditory hallucinations”. He had to try to remove it before I got it because I hadn’t mentioned that to anyone during the incident, including him. The honest psychiatrist at the hospital who had let me go also observed this but left it to me to pursue the corrupt parties.

Since this worrying episode I have learnt much about the role of mainstream media identities from agency officials, on-air targets etc. Little wonder suppression and oppression are rife in this country (and many other western “democracies”). The media mafia has far too much power.

Eg. 3 Kerry Packer (media magnate, ACP etc)

While I waited at reception Mr Packer and his son exited the car park and took the lift; James Packer looking back at me before disappearing into the elevator. Six goons then surrounded me, the leader claiming I’d been up to Packer’s 3rd floor office six times. (I wasn’t even sure Packer would be there. Also, this was my only visit and I was on the ground floor). When I scoffed, asking for proof of this lie, he said “Oh just get out anyway”. I did. I wasn’t going to give them an excuse to set something up.

N.B. Because of these experiences no further attempts have been made to resolve this situation face to face. Employees of media magnates, Singleton, Packer and Murdoch are all involved in my situation. Some, I’m told, are also involved heavily in the drug trade (hence the mafia / C.I.A links, and the technology access). It’s also worth noting that in 1990-91, when this all started, all three media bosses were staunchly behind the Australian Labor Party; the central source of the problem.
​
However, employees of others, like Ch 7 owner Kerry Stokes, were also clearly involved.
Comment
My own situation is known to many and some of the more bizarre/significant “coincidences” have been deliberately omitted. However, the brief illustration has hopefully served its purpose.

Like the covert agencies themselves (especially the CIA, Office of Homeland Security), those using surveillance results to torment innocent people are little more than modern day (electronic) Nazis. Many are prominent public figures with no fear of the law and little or no respect for others. Controlling public perception / opinion through such people is a priority for both the agencies and those whose interests they protect. Obviously only those who are “co-operative” gain prominent positions within the relevant media circles. In fact some sections of the media are responsible for gross human rights abuses including (ironically) the suppression of free speech.

Once again, freedom of the press should not grant a freedom to oppress.

NB: If a target is relatively unaffected by the media feedback or “tunes out” to all media / entertainment output (to avoid the feedback / harassment) then other, more advanced forms of harassment (like the neurophone and brain wave analysers) can take their place. This switch may also occur if the agency / criminals responsible wish to prevent direct monitoring of their frequencies by the media, Federal Police etc (for whatever reason).
​
In fact remote neural monitoring (RNM) uses the brain as a transmitter (and receiver). In Mengele-like experiments, targets are used and sometimes killed. Those surviving, like ex-members of secret societies, agencies etc, are discredited to negate the truth of their claims.
Religious Persecution
Although I am of the Catholic faith, and was subtly ridiculed for that, the Catholic Church (which is closely aligned with the Australian Labor Party, which fostered the situation) has also harassed me using the results of the surveillance.
​
While some priests were sympathetic (one even admitting he’d heard about the “banned” book), others did as the church hierarchy instructed. The links between the church, the Labor party and overseas crime figures are well known. There may have been some “pressure” applied.

Like other hypocrites and users corrupt members of the wealthy Catholic hierarchy will use and abuse the word of God (and his children) to get their way. Even sainted persons like Mary McKillop, today used for sainty ‘cover” were once persecuted for daring to speak their mind. Like other deluded megalomaniacs, many in the church live far from ‘Christ-like’ lives. To victimise people criminally for their views, is inexcusable and evil. If Christ were here today he would also be persecuted by these vipers.

Note:
​
It is interesting that one of the guilty priests, an ex bikie named Kevin Lee, was chosen as a contestant on the Pentridge Jail Challenge run by A. Denton, Radio 2mmm, Nov 2001. Apparently he won. Odd coincidences like this were common in the early 90s. (I wonder who else he harassed).
​
Neurophone/Aural Harassment

​Since September 1996, I’ve been receiving constant/clear threats and propaganda from an unknown agency/criminal source; probably the CIA, Office of Homeland Security.
​
This method of “torture” (which seems to be known to many political/media entities) is usually delivered courtesy of a satellite which tracks you, personally. A laser directs live talk, noise and computer-generated music at the body. It travels the nervous system as electrical impulses and registers in the brain; bypassing normal hearing mechanisms. Only the target hears it.

Prominent journalists and senior federal police say it’s “not uncommon” and I know there are thousands of political victims in the USA and hundreds here.

The motives for this form of oppression seem to go beyond providing an “annoyance”. The hope “seems” to be that the victim will be discredited if they react badly to the verbal taunts OR approach the wrong people for assistance. For example, media “mafia” personnel, politically naïve medicos or ignorant police could make matters worse. In the US, where the authorities refuse to concede their own government encourages such activities, the complainants are often committed.

Meanwhile, senior federal police, some political aides and human rights activists are the most supportive here. Many are honest enough to admit they know which technologies big brother agencies and criminals can access. However practical help cannot be offered.
​
​Experimentation – Brain wave Monitoring

Also since September 1996, I’ve been humiliated as a target of an experimental technology (again, satellite based) which allows the magnetic field around your head to be monitored. This powerful scanning and tracking system delivers the results to an unknown (probably US) facility with an advanced computer system capable of interpreting the brain wave patterns it receives; instantaneously.

The aural feedback then makes for a means of remote interrogation and/or psychological torture.

​Combined with audio/visual surveillance the overall situation is like being in an electronic POW camp. One senior AFP executive said this may continue for many years and they are powerless to stop it.
​
The human rights abuses I’m experiencing are considerable. However, what concerns me most is that ostensibly democratic governments can allow the development and “use” of such evil technologies to stifle free speech.
Murdered Whistleblowers
Although I never met either man Neurosurgeon/psychiatrist, Alistair Stuart and Black Mountain Tower (Canberra) chief technician, Bill Roy were both threatened, harassed then killed for trying to disclose information on high tech surveillance/harassment (Bill’s area) and political psychiatry (Alistair’s concern).

The extreme measures taken to stop good men who would have spoken with knowledge AND authority serves as a warning to others. It, of course, doesn’t excuse the active participation of so many criminals in public life who help repress and destroy decent people merely for speaking the truth. Instead of helping, the media are the worst protagonists. They’re antagonists, not allies, of the truth and those that seek it.​​
Conclusion
Many public figures betray us by their silence on these matters. Many politicians/journalists are actively oppressing others themselves; by stealth. And you won’t read about it because the media are themselves part of the problem.

I have over 4,000 victims on my help files. Correspondence with other campaigners indicates 1/2 million are targeted worldwide. Despite the campaigning / efforts of nearly 1,000 advocates for privacy and human rights (who try to spread information via the net etc) the perpetrators use countermeasures to mislead both victims and potential future investigators. Firstly, acts like The Inventions Secrecy Act, 1951 (US) conceal over 5,000 secret technologies. The general public is therefore only aware of a small fraction of what’s possible in this world. National Security legislation and more helps to keep the truth from the people.

One harsh truth, for example, is that there are currently over 20,000 satellites aimed back at the earth many facilitating high tech’ harassment of innocent civilians in order to silence them. Weather forecasts/communications and so on are used as the covers but much of what is out there is misused.
​
As well as this those responsible also commission agency personnel to set up misinformation sites and filter lies through the controlled media. For example, if you search under “hearing voices” you’ll be bombarded with nonsense about schizophrenia. If you search under “mind reading” you’ll get rubbish about psychics. To find sites like my/this one (which detail information on hidden technologies) is thus made extra difficult. Added to this is the treachery and lying of the politicians and journalists who know full well what the truth is yet remain silent and complicit because it suits their own evil purposes.

Coincidences are also arranged not only to make the victims appear paranoid but also to discredit whatever they’ve said or done to draw attention in the first place. Eg. The catalyst for my own harassment was my unpublished book “In the year 2252″, written in 1990-91 and circulated to agents and publishers in 1991. The book was thoroughly “used” piece by piece by different writers. In this way if I ever published it it would appear that I had stolen ideas from them. A good example of how this is subtlely arranged can be seen if you search under the title of the book..”In the year 2252″ …(Something many people would do if it was published).

References come up to the same year (2252) for events in popular sci fi pieces written AFTER my book; eg modern movies/episodes of Star Trek, Dr Who etc written post 1991.(I don’t watch any of these by the way but discovered this by scanning the web). What are the odds against that being a coincidence? Yet since I’m not a public figure and those involved either are public figures or work with them their celebrity would win out and the truth would be lost.

Finally, it may be worth noting the comments of a senior investigator from NASA’s Inspector General’s office. Having conceded the existence of the technologies mentioned in these pages AND commenting on the evil uses made of such anti-personnel weaponry he advised: “I suggest you pray”.

Please contact the UN, the International Red Cross or Amnesty International to express your concerns.
​
Victims or concerned citizens can also contact the ACLU, ACHES, FFCHS, CAMS, ICESH, Mind Justice, CAHRA, The European Parliament and UNIDIR.
Letters of Interest

​Things I've learned
​The following reflect some of the discussions that I've had with professionals that are aware of covert surveillance and harassment technologies. All acknowledged the problem and most were good, honest people in difficult jobs but it's their added political comments that are the main focus here....Many names have to be withheld for obvious reasons and quotations, from memory, are paraphrased and approximate. The circumstances surrounding meetings will sometimes be relayed to give a context. Also, the people who held the positions of PM, Police Commissioner etc clearly changed over time so where one may be hostile another may actually be helpful. The overall message is that this is politics first and foremost; political psychiatry, political oppression, political crime. Science is employed but politics is the reason for choosing the targets.
Law Enforcement
  • * AFP (Australian FBI)..(NH) - Head of surveillance unit - "Even if a head of state or a Prime Minister was to wade in on these matters they would be out of office that same day. That is what you're up against here". When I asked who was primarily responsible for these crimes, spy agencies, the military, politicians or journalists, he answered ..."Well, they all have ready access", meaning all of the above. With this he confirmed my earliest observations that this was elitist / class crime directed by criminals in high places at those who challenged them in some way.

  • * AFP - Diplomatic Liaison unit - Various (G. Cane, J. Sundin, M. Andrews, C. Woods) - "The files of genuine complainants are marked "POLITICALLY SENSITIVE" as foreign governments and local politicians are involved"....All of these men were transferred after talking to me. One was promoted on the proviso he never talk to me again.

  • * AFP - Mick Roberts (retired) - "It all smells of politicians and journalists. They're above the law and we can't get them to co-operate with investigations. We work for the government of the day and my hands are tied. That's why I quit". He added that my own case was clearly a genuine conspiracy of silence.

  • * NSW Police Commissioner Bev Lawson (dec'd) - "If I make so much as a move in the direction of that large filing cabinet over there, the one with all the information on serious criminals, then people in high places will know...not because I can't trust my staff or even due to computer monitoring but because their connections see and tell them (looking skyward and gesturing to indicate eye in the sky technology). I don't have to say or communicate anything, they know". She died suddenly of a heart attack while acting Commissioner. A good woman in a bad position.

  • * Sean Edwards - NSW Special Branch - "Don't ever trust a politician or a journalist. Our files are filled with their crimes but they are untouchable. Especially don't ever try to speak with the Premier". The Premier later disbanded the Special Branch unit, claiming it was corrupt (which it was but only at the top) and he destroyed ALL the files.

  • * Newcastle area Commander - "Yes, they kill people, shoot down planes and such as warnings to targets or heads of state and such; people they cannot safely threaten openly", he said. In context, two men had just been burnt in a cherrypicker right near my home as I was preparing a sensitive piece. I thought it suspicious but I would only speak with the top man. As I approached the Commander's office to keep our appointment countless cherrypickers lined both sides of the street and they rose exactly as I passed; dozens of them...one each side of the road would rise then, as I got to the next poles another two and so forth...until I had passed and all were up... A highway patrol cop pulled me over in a blind spot and threatened me as he unclipped and caressed his holster. All this discouragement aside, I pushed on and eventually spoke to the Commander; we exchanged information. Mid discussion the Police Commissioner called (not Bev Lawson, a predecessor) and told him to shut up and get me out of his office (a familiar response). An interesting and revealing day.

  • * Australian Crime Commission - Chief officer admitted they knew then changed his mind after being told by a superior to shut up.

  • * FBI officer - Said he wouldn't be surprised what the CIA got up to and added that he did not trust anyone working for them.​

​Spies / PIs / Military / Security
​
  • * US Embassy in Canberra - Chief US spy in Australia - Standing on the lawn outside (they would not have me in the building) and looking skyward then panning his hand across the city skyline below he bragged: "I know everything that happens in every office in this city. Everything. Understand?" I wrote to every Federal MP and told them what he had said. None responded. All are clearly compromised by the surveillance.
  • * British naval intelligence officer - "All ex military employees are monitored 24/7 for a minimum of 2 years to ensure they settle back into civilian life and do not blow the whistle or write a book or anything else".
  • * Paul Beaumont - Chief Aide to head of the Aus' armed forces - "The army has oscillating scanners and such that can detect if anyone's being interfered with, as do major universities / hospitals etc. However, we cannot use them to help you or anyone else as it's "POLITICALLY SENSITIVE"; foreign government agencies are involved and it would be embarrassing to catch them out". He was immediately transferred to the South Pacific for even talking to me.

  • * SNP security - "The word is out to "Wash your hands" of Paul Baird. In context, indicating that targeted people could be blacklisted, forsaken and victimised by many on the orders of a few. The point being that none in a prominent position will stand against such an order.
  • * Ros Chilvers - Ex defence special ops - "The PM is personally involved in your case". In context, indicating that senior politicians will destroy targets.
Political
  • * Retired politician (Mr C) - "Back in my day there were still some good men in the parliament but not now. The surveillance compromises all of them and keeps the good ones out".
  • * Retired independent politician (J H) - One of the rare breed of quasi honest politicians. "I fought my battles; this one's yours", he said so I asked if he knew of any other honest politicians he could recommend and there was stoney silence. "You're kidding", I said. "What about you". He replied quietly, with regret: "I did my best".
  • * Aide (MF) -Sen. Newman's office - "Most in the corridors of power here seem to know who you are and what's happening. This one's opened my eyes to just how corrupt politics can be". Needless to say he was gone soon after.
  • * Federal Cabinet Secretary (Warren College) - "The PM knows but it is too awkward for him to intervene"...a sentiment echoed by others, including those on the PM's personal staff. Again, in context, indicating the scale of these conspiracies and the fact that they are not rare but commonplace.
  • * NASA Inspector General's Office - After admitting that they knew all about NASA's role in delivering payloads into space and the capabilities of the satellite technology in question and being asked what could be done to stop them I was told: "Nothing. I suggest you pray". This was repeated as I was clearly incredulous. It was said with resignation and certainty as the only solution. This more than any other comment from any other source summed up the difficulty of the situation faced by all targeted persons.
Journalists
  • * Newsroom Supervisor, Channel 10 (JH) - "They send surveillance results in here, phrases, ideas, etc, with an instruction like "Find a place for this on tonights news or current affairs show"...Money and favours are exchanged...maybe a celebrity interview is set up or whatever. I'm telling you because I personally disapprove and will not do this but most others in TV / radio journalism will do it". He then escorted me out of the station before anyone else knew he had spoken to me.
  • * Mike Minehan (Ex ACA current affairs TV presenter) - "It's not uncommon" he said, referring to the surveillance feedback and harassment. Before our appointment security tried to throw me out and every minute or so he received calls telling him to get me out of there until the final threat worked and he stopped talking to me. He wished me good luck but was clearly frightened by the final threat. The appointment took place not at a TV station but a University, during the holidays. Security later told me they had received similar calls from unknown callers outside.
  • * Chairman of the Aus'n Journalists Association Judiciary Committee - After the committee viewed the tapes I had (proving surveillance feedback from the ACA program) the entire committee resigned. He called to apologise, saying my tapes had been "lost" and that the new committee would be chaired by one of the very ACA people I had complained about.
  • * ACA presenter (JW) - "Execs control everything... editorial content etc".
  • * Many other radio and TV personnel, from technicians to on air presenters, indicated that feeding back surveillance results was common and predated the more sophisticated surveillance and harassment methods now experienced by many.
Scientists
  • * Homi Bahramali - Neuroscience - Westmead Hospital - He invented his own neurophone, for which he was harassed, and said he could scan for interference but only if he could call it research, with over 40 in a group, as the equipment was very expensive and access was restricted. The catch was that while scanning took place the monitors could use the technology at their disposal to either temporarily stop the scanning or alter the brain wave patterns of the ones being scanned to reflect the bws of criminals on the files and then the scanner would automatically be forced to report the target as a potential criminal; a tidy set up.

  • * Neurologist (JH) - "Illegal researchers used to plant scanners in their computer screens or wall cavities to scan patients' brain waves without their knowledge. Nowadays the bulk of the research is done by the US military scanning brain waves with powerful satellite technology. (Some Universities, hospitals and jails work in with them). If you tell anyone I told you this I will deny it. I have a young family and a career to think of".

  • * Psychiatrist running an institution and his assistants - "Do not trust any journalist. We know for a fact that one in particular has lied and sent half a dozen good, sane people to us to silence and discredit them. This is what they do to those that dare to cross them".
Lawyers
  • * Legal Aid - "It's common for corporate criminals to covertly harass and blacklist people and many of them wind up on the street. They enjoy seeing that as they present as hopeless / mad. I'm only using this job as a stepping stone and have a family. If I try to help any of those I know they did this to or spill the beans my career will stall".
  • ​
  • * Lawyer / Partner - "We've discussed it and would dearly like to help but if we do "They" will come at us from the side; we'll lose all clients from any connected source and that means we'd be out of business".
Miscellaneous
  • * Filmmaker - Hollywood (DS) - "Hollywood is in on this and I'm sick to death of it. I'm going to make a film that exposes this". (No, he didn't and all involved in the failed project suffered heavily).

  • * Filmmaker - Aust' - "Even if a TV presenter or someone else running a live TV / Radio program were to do a "Network" (referring to the Peter Finch movie) and start telling the public the truth about surveillance etc. they'd be yanked off air, as the plug is pulled, and the headlines the next day would read: "TV presenter has on air breakdown"".

  • * World famous pianist (RW) - "The only way out of this sort of harassment is to have money or influence. I myself was harassed but escaped through my playing and the notoriety it brought. I suggest others with any sort of talent should do the same".

  • * Catholic priest (PL) - "The churches are like any other hierarchy, be it political, military, business etc, they too are corrupt and will do terrible things or co-operate. I certainly would not like to have my thoughts monitored either so...".

  • * Ambulance service internal affairs - "Don't think that because they save lives that our people are beyond committing acts of harassment. I come across it all the time. The trouble is they usually get their instructions through corrupt union reps who are connected to the ones doing the surveillance and when I try to catch them out they know I'm there and stop, temporarily."

  • * Chief - Helicopter service - "The thing is choppers don't lodge flight paths here and they can buzz anyone and get away with it".

  • Overall problem...CIA stats say 60% of all people will now do anything they're asked without question so long as there's a benefit in it for them; job, money, influence etc. Whatever corrupt organisation is involved all they have to do is recruit from that 60% and ignore the rest. When one slips through (a whistleblower etc) they are dealt with. Also, the agreements that people sign when entering the armed forces, spy agencies, police etc force people to surrender their right to make a conscientious objection to an order.

  • "There has been more damage done, more evil committed, by people following orders than by those that refuse to do so".​​

​Brendan O'Connor, The Federal Privacy Minister, defended me against a journalist who wrote that since I was the only one to make a public submission that privacy invasions of this sort were rare. Mr. O'Connor said many had lodged complaints, mostly naming the media, but all others were too scared to make them public. He was not in the cabinet / ministry the next week".
Using Surveillance Results – The Media
What Happens?
​Money is paid to (or by) corrupt agency officials or criminals in exchange for the surveillance material. Sometimes favours / goods are exchanged instead The recipients are usually media (mafia) executives, corporate criminals or political players. Also, direct monitoring of surveillance frequencies is arranged whereby corrupt media personnel monitor the audio (sometimes visual) frequencies of surveillance operations set up by the CIA, Office of Homeland Security etc.

The results are used to arrange “coincidences” for the target to see or hear; ie to oppress them.

Alternatively, theft of intellectual property can be the motive.

With reference to innocent surveillance targets (and with full knowledge of the truth) the media can also be responsible for spreading false rumours and/or lodging false complaints with corrupt police. This helps them to avoid enquiries by honest law enforcers who are often monitored themselves. In any event, investigating “protected” public figures is almost impossible.

Remember, large sections of the media / entertainment industry are controlled by organised crime (esp. in the US). All they have to do is deny it or make themselves “unavailable” to any would be investigator (with lawyers at the ready).
​
Two thirds of what is gathered by the media is never presented, much being used only to blackmail / oppress political targets. In this manner the political process is warped beyond the mere agency vetting of those entering politics in the first place; taking it towards a situation where transient political figures are tightly “controlled” by the media which can destroy them just as quickly as it builds them up. In turn, large sections of the mainstream media are controlled by criminals with vested interests (eg the drug syndicates).

​NB: The links between organised crime, the covert government agencies and the media (mainly at the executive level). Little wonder they say “control the media and you control the world”.
Who ?
​Notably, anyone from researchers to writers, from story editors to floor managers, from producers (and other executives) to presenters can be involved in what is broadcast or printed. It is only necessary for a few in each media outlet to be corruptible for damage to be done through MANY articles, items, etc. Most would not know the origins of the “inserted” material but many are aware they are party to a corrupt, oppressive practice.
How?
​The feedback procedures include the “spiking” of articles, program promos, advertisements, news and current affairs items with comments, phrases and events which make it clear to the target that they have no privacy. Specifically, what you say or write (or do) is “used” on a timely basis again and again and again in print or on air (with no reference to the source, of course). Public figures are also monitored closely (in private) but the results are not often fed back. Only the disempowered get surveillance feedback.
When and Where ?
​Also the media mafia can arrange for the harassment of non public figures to come from different sources. By asking leading questions of interviewees, timing when certain stories or shows run, carefully editing and taking matters out of proper context they can paint a deceptive picture, and a very familiar/annoying one for their targets. And they do something similar with photos/video. For example if a target mentions a public figure (in private) that celebrity’s picture (etc) will soon appear somewhere the victim is likely to see it. It will “appear” that the celebrity has been told what the target said (a positive comment drawing a happy response and so on). Constant repetition of this transparent means of harassment is very annoying.

Other media tricks involve presenting half truths, misquotes and deliberate mistakes (using names, dates, statistics, no’s etc). Even song/music selections for background can be “familiar” or coincidental to monitored targets. On top of this they can prioritise stories on news & current affairs programs, often using stories filed for another occasion or over emphasizing the importance of relatively insignificant news.
​
A simple example of prioritizing: A target could spend their day as follows:- *Visiting a heart specialist, *paying utilities bills, *talking golf and, perhaps *mentioning obscure or long since retired celebrities at some stage. When viewing a current affairs program that night there may well be items touching on each of these topics (to varying degrees). Bizarre coincidences? Not when you throw in actual phrases used by the target, and this happens night after night. It’s clear that such people are targeted by the media mafia. Allowing them to “agenda set” is just one of the lures/traps.

Aside from the “timing” and “presentation” of items, which covertly assault the monitored targets without giving any real influence to them…there is also the covering of stolen ideas / phrases etc by starting “waves of coincidence”. For example, in the early part of the writer’s own surveillance, (early ’90’s), I complained privately about the “Doof Doof” music I’d hear coming from hoons cars. I don’t know if someone else had the same notion or not but as a monitored person these remarks were picked up and the term was then used widely…This feedback can happen with things you say whether they are original or not.

EG The phrase “The Elephant in the Room”, which dates back at least to Mark Twain’s time, has become more popular again because I use it often. Sometimes the references are just to hurt you and make you look ridiculous if you tell anyone but othertimes it’s to use you; still laughing off any claim that this was the case. In the case of “Doof Doof”.. Waves and waves of references followed by so many others that the origin of the term would be completely lost and now, (probably courtesy of those that took the term in the first place), even Wikipaedia has been used as a cover by stating that a Sydney housewife, a neighbour of the contributor, was first overheard using the term in 1993. Hmm. At least that’s an admission that it was taken from the private conversation of a private citizen. Also, occasionally a phrase or idea can actually be subliminally or even knowingly “planted” in the mind of the unwary target just before another person said it to create added confusion.

​This method can also be used to transfer ideas to corrupt celebrities who then deceive themselves that the notion was theirs; ie not all stolen material is handed over overtly, many are happy to have it subliminally planted and don’t want to hear where it came from in either instance.Celebrities realise that all of this goes on but take direction from execs and read what “writers” present them with without question. They have no conscience when it comes to harassing ordinary citizens on behalf of their agency / syndicate handlers.
Why?
​The purpose is not to lure the target for an interview (or research a story) but to harass you, covertly. The media do have a political agenda and break many laws. Like most politicians they are directed by vested interests.

Also stories / rumours are often released on a timely basis to pressure honest (or semi honest) public figures and law enforcers on certain issues. These people are often monitored around the clock, keeping those who will “stop at nothing” at least “one step ahead”. Often the media watchdog role is merely a public facade presented to win public favour / confidence.

Usually only those who are corruptible gain prominent positions within a corrupt media empire. No one who questions corrupt practices survives for long; their careers being halted.
​
In other words, instead of asking why a highly paid journalist / entertainer etc would be compromised just to damage (even) a non public figure the skeptic should ask himself whether that person would have such highly paid opportunities in the first place if they weren”t corruptible. Remember, as with any job / career, ability is not the only criterion for selection in public life.
Alternative Method of Arranging ‘Coincidences’ (Experimental)
​Using subliminal messages, relayed via technologies mentioned in this web site, news, commentary, songs etc which are to be broadcast (whether prerecorded or live) can be planted. The effect would be as annoying as conventional audio-visual media feedback but less involvement would be needed on the part of on-air presenters. An agency operative need only have access to whats yet to be aired or insert material of his/her own by arrangement.

More bizarre is the possibility that a targeted persons thoughts/words could be subliminally fed to on-air presenters (without their knowledge). They would then occasionally repeat the targets thoughts/words during ad-lib periods, without even realising it. Naturally this would work better during live broadcasts. Proof that such things have been tried is, of course, unavailable.

Equally perverse is the potential to scan on-air presenters/writers for their thoughts and subliminally feed those to the victim and/or feed a monitors words etc to both victim and presenters so correlations occur in speech and thought.

Like conventional (common) methods these possibilites could lead to deceptions and setups eg some targets may believe that they are psychic or directly accuse presenters of spying.
​
The supportive Minister, Brendan O’Connor, was immediately removed as Minister for Privacy in a cabinet reshuffle. He is now, amongst other things, Minister for Homelessness and will have no further involvement in the enquiry.
Truth and Opinion
​In the absence of absolute proof the truth can be dismissed as erroneous opinion by those who do not wish to accept it. This is why, on many crucial social and economic issues, people are not presented with all the facts before they form and express their opinions (eg misled voters). Yet others, who have the relevant information, often express false opinions based on corrupt vested interests (eg politicians).

​As a result there is an imbalance between truth and opinion which criminals foster. This allows for a minimal amount of real challenge / contradiction to their lucrative, criminal operations. By brainwashing the public into believing that everyone and everything presented publicly should be taken at face value and that those talking of conspiracies, lies and covert operations are paranoid powerful criminals escape detection and condemnation. The gullible are deceived and the few that know oppressed.
CONCEALING THE TRUTH
​Liars and hypocrites disguise their deeds by twisting the facts. Criminals are the worst of these but since less than 5% of jailable offenders are actually apprehended most crime, especially that committed by wealthy, protected operators, goes undetected and unpunished.

In the case of governments,” National Security” is often quoted as a defence to calls for more open and accountable government. In this way the most hidden conspiracies, scams, oppressive techniques and technologies are concealed from the public. Whistleblowers and detractors who draw suspicion to such secrecy can be discredited in many ways; the simplest being to say they have no proof and are therefore mad. With covert attacks on such people orchestrated by the agencies and organised crime figures they are easily discredited and silenced. A current example is the treatment given to Wikileaks founder Julian Assange. He’s been treated like public enemy no 1 for releasing US diplomatic documents online.

​He’s been framed, harassed and disparaged by the media and their agency connections but I believe that this is primarily to discredit whistleblowers and reenforce protections for the flow of classified information. If our military and political leaders were totally trustworthy there’d be no concern but they’re not to be believed so the public needs greater access to the truth not less. Not surprisingly there’s little of great importance in what was “allowed”to be leaked by Wikileaks, only embarrassing commentary. If it was serious we would never have heard about it.
RIGHT AND WRONG
​In my view anyone or anything that encourages one person to hurt another is wrong; immoral, criminal or both. In the case of used spies, entertainers, MPs and so on money is not the only reward / motivation. Anything that breaks down the character and integrity of the controllers puppets will work: drugs, celebrity, influence etc. Making these people believe that they are above the law and above the rest of us is step one.

In Western democracies, where freedom of expression, privacy, dignity and more appear to present affluent citizens ( all of us) with the opportunity to help others, our criminal controllers need to also control our thinking. If we’re not distracted by self interest we might put pressure on them to do something too difficult to really help our poorer neighbours. Jesus Christ, whether you recognise him as God or just a great philosopher, had to be right when he said we should love our neighbours as ourselves.

However, in this age of advanced transportation and communication, where it IS possible to feed, clothe, shelter and protect the whole world, we’re told that’s impossible by those who mock “The way, the truth and the life”because it’s not in their avaricious best interests to recognise Christ’s faultless call to care… Funny too how those guilty of the biggest crimes are the ones who see right and wrong as a “Grey area” whilst others just admit their mistakes.
HYPOCRISY
​Political leaders in Western democracies often criticise the human rights records of communist and third world countries, and rightly so. Today there’s a clear focus on Muslim countries and those run by hostile military regimes. However, while such countries imprison or kill those critical of their governments our supposed “free world” governments are really no better. The only difference is that with free speech and democracy operating as facades covert rumour spreading, blacklisting, surveillance and harassment are used to destroy such people without detection. Corrupt spies and organised crime figures organise this on behalf of power brokers who want to stifle discussion of the real reasons for wars, crime, poverty etc.

​They do this because they profit from these things one way or another and so want them to continue, at the expense of others. Their targets, those expressing views and truths that these people want suppressed, are treated like political prisoners in mobile concentration camps so the mistreatment cannot be proven; satellite surveillance and 24/7 harassment are the norm. So ,while criminals may freely offend, insult, mislead and corrupt others through their public puppets those disagreeing with them too openly can be robbed of their privacy, dignity, ideas, peace of mind and sometimes even their lives.
CELEBRITY WORSHIP
​People on the world stage front for organised crime figures and members of secret societies as well as cooperating with corrupt agency personnel. They sell their souls and for them the old saying, “who do I have to kill” rings true because they’ll do almost anything for money or advantage. Some even willingly submit to subliminal influence and humiliation rather than turning on their puppeteers. With public adulation guaranteeing their influence they’re ideally placed to deceive us.

Example 1.

Entertainers… Almost all take illegal drugs. That is not the major concern, though it’s less than good. The main worry is that drugs make them malleable and susceptible to criminal suggestions. Drugs are about control first and money second and it’s no surprise to learn that the agencies and organised crime figures are involved for both reasons. Entertainers are also exposed to underage groupies making them blackmailable as pedophiles. (There are many teachers jailed for this but few public figures are investigated. The reason is entertainers serve a far greater monetary and influential purpose). Add any financial wrongdoings, infidelities and so on and it’s easy to see how they are stopped from stepping out of line.

Example 2.

​Politicians and journalists…These present the world the way they want us to see it. As well as the problems mentioned above these mislead the public and betray them with their silence on many important matters. Add to this their criminal mistreatment of those who attempt to expose the truth.
DEMOCRACY AND CRIME
​Our democratic right to freedom of thought / expression has been warped for most and utterly destroyed for others. The silent majority may, for example, see more and more of a certain lifestyle portrayed publicly but rather than expressing their concerns they remain silent. For example, gay themes are constantly overrepresented , statistics inflated and experimentation promoted because acceptance is not enough for many homosexuals who control or work within the entertainment industry; they want lifestyle change from others. Those questioning this for religious or other reasons are covertly harassed; their rights removed by a criminal element.

The point is that in a democracy every citizen deserves the right to hold and express their own views without fear of repercussions from criminals hiding behind celebrity, authority, minority status or the political correctness that protects them from comment. The side that resorts to criminal conduct of any sort has, of course, lost the argument and is most likely wrong in opinion as well as action.

Also protecting criminals from accusations are today’s beefed up defamation laws. In truth, the only thing that should be censored is something actually inciting hatred and violence. For criminals to seek to stifle illustrative fictional texts and discussion of their criminal and anti-social conduct is ludicrous. Criminal conduct adversely affects the rest of the population that’s why there are laws and law enforcers. To try to bully critics of crime into silence with a “you’re not perfect, you dropped that gum wrapper” type defence is transparent nonsense.
​
In addition, bogus National Security laws are also an obvious attempt to hide military / agency crimes that the public should know about. Independent and untouchable investigative bodies should be able to ensure that the agencies, military, media and MPs speak the truth so that faith in authority can be restored. Most citizens have nothing at all to hide but it’s impossible to trust or respect anyone in authority that spies on you especially if they harass you with the results and insult you with their lies.
OPINIONS ALTERED
​Fifty years ago (even twenty) if you claimed to believe in aliens, embraced homosexuality or were a self confessed atheist you’d be ridiculed (but hopefully not criminally attacked). Today, with belief in aliens reaching 80% in the US (thanks largely to NASA and Hollywood), with large sections of the mass media now owned and run by homosexuals (who favour / promote their own) and the arrogant “it’s all about ME” generation turning from God the situation is reversed. Because the wealthy and influential have initiated these changes those not sharing these “modern” views are often criminally harassed.

Again, the point is that regardless of the time frame or the popular view of the day everyone should feel confident and safe enough to express their honest and sincere views without fear of repercussions from criminals who seek to enforce their own views. Expressing a view is not a crime but to harass someone for their view IS a crime, casting doubt on the validity of the criminal’s opinions as well.

Censorship of opinions can also prevent any modification of views. Take for example the jailing of Gerd Honsik for denying the holocaust. Are the relevant authorities afraid that he may successfully alter views or are they claiming that he’s inciting hatred / violence? I don’t think that either is likely. My view is that people ought to be able to put forward whatever, idea, opinion, theory or whatever that they genuinely believe to be true. If you don’t like it or disagree you can ignore it… even tell others they should ignore it. Nevertheless, remember that conspiracies and lies abound in public life. When you say “you can’t hear him speak ” or “you can’t read that book” you raise curiosity and suspicion.

It’s not only undemocratic to silence conspiracy theorists, it’s stupid. In fact, people should be able to stand in a public square and openly declare that the sky is down, it’s green and falling without criminal retribution or sanction.
​
By the way, given the growing skepticism about the official version of the 911 WTC disaster and the suggestion that the Mossad / CIA were involved is it any wonder that a few would also question the holocaust. Funny how mere mention of these organisations brings instant reprisal from the controlled mass media.
MODERN AND ANCIENT MAN
​Most opinions and lifestyles are cyclical; constantly changing. Today’s fashion is tomorrow’s folly. Today’s morality is tomorrow’s immorality etc. Modern man is not always right or nothing would ever change. And mockery of older or newer ways and opinions doesn’t alter that it only accentuates the insecurity behind it all, whether the abuse be harmless and open or criminal and invasive.

Example 1.

Today, 2010, tattoos and body piercing are extremely popular thanks largely to the mass media promotion of both. But what happens when fashions change and a significant no. of people (esp. women) want their body art totally removed… Hopefully by then effective technologies will exist to facilitate that.
​
Example 2.

Homosexuals. I use this example again because it’s one where significant change has taken place over a very short period of time. Today they’ve been lured out of the closet by the very same media that not so long ago was oppressing them. But what happens when public opinion sways back and those people are no longer comfortable in full view. There should be no alteration in how the rest of us treat them but, for many, there would be.

Yet again, the point is that it’s not a free society in the past, present or future unless you can say that there are no negative consequences for holding a view or adopting a lifestyle AND there is no criminally applied pressure to be or think or act in one way or another, within the law. That also applies to those running new concepts or conspiracy theories especially as many, in time, are proven to be correct.

Example 1.

Galileo was under house arrest until his death thanks to the ignorance and evil oppression of the church / government of his day. He was later vindicated but their small-minded fears had ruined his life. He certainly didn’t live in an enlightened, democratic environment but we’re supposed to and yet there’s little difference today in the cruelty meted out to those presenting new/old or counter cultural ideas. Even those looking at things from different perspectives can be hounded. If it offends powerful people who are prepared to react criminally then you will suffer.

Example 2.

​A more recent example is the mistreatment of those doubting the official version of the World Trade Centre disaster of 2001. Surveys show that even half the US population (the most brainwashed) don’t believe the gov’t/media on this one…Despite that we only get one version of events. Those saying too much can be harassed for it but anecdotal evidence from people who were actually there, including firemen, WTC staff and more, backs up what professional engineers and fire experts say: aviation fuel could not generate enough heat to melt the structures and cause the collapses. Instead explosives were placed (by someone) inside the buildings and detonated on cue. Witnesses confirm this and there’s even film of an explosion.

Many believe that the Mossad or the CIA were involved; churning up sympathy for Israel and hatred for other middle east countries. Oddly enough Mossad backed security companies allowed the planes to be taken from the airports in the first place and now all travellers bear the brunt of lost rights and airport security checks because of this.

Again, to ask people to believe everything they’re told by unscrupulous public figures is unreasonable. We may not have all the facts but that’s part of why we doubt. To have those asking questions covertly attacked by so many is unthinkably evil. Many brave men and women fought and died in various wars and other conflicts (many unknown) to establish and preserve our basic rights to dignity, privacy, free speech and freedom. Given the way today’s community “leaders” behave when they’re out of public view you’d have to wonder if democracy is just a cloak for dagger-wielding criminals to hide behind. It should be an achievable system wherein equality is the central principle. However, with secret police and organised crime dictating to the rest of us I suggest that true democracy is badly in need of a renewal.
OPINIONS FOR SALE
​Many professionals (journalists, MPs, psychiatrists, spies, commentators and researchers) are more than willing to misrepresent their opinions in exchange for money or advantage.

Spy agency investigators and medical researchers are prime examples. If a powerful criminal wants a detractor harassed because their views/information may cost him money or embarrass him he can use corrupt agency officials to have that person listed as a subversive or a threat and see him/her covertly harassed. Agency officials have no interest in the truth; they’ll produce reports or harass people as instructed by their political/media/business connections. Equally, (for example), cigarette companies have been known to pay doctors to report that smoking isn’t harmful, psychiatrists have helped killers get off on insanity pleas and committed whistle-blowers for speaking the truth.

​Also, celebrities may endorse products, lifestyles or systems that they don’t even approve of. It’s all arrant nonsense and very transparent if you care to think about it. Money becomes the truth and the real truth often never surfaces because others are afraid to question the corrupt “opinions” of powerful, “learned” people. I suggest that for many who prostitute their views it’s all about power and learning has nothing to do with it except as a barrier to contradiction. Again, how can you trust anyone unless they’re prepared to speak/write the absolute truth regardless of the consequences.
FEAR OF EXPRESSING OPINIONS
​All of this makes many afraid to express their opinions at all which is precisely what the criminals/bullies behind the scenes want. They freely exercise their rights but seek to stifle ours. It’s as if they believe they are above the rest of us and have an extra right; the right to evade scrutiny and criticism for their crimes The ones best protected are often the very ones who most deserve to be imprisoned. Instead they’re dictating trends, lifestyles, morality and more without fear of challenge.

For most citizens fear of ridicule from those around them, who are influenced by public figures, is enough. For those pushing past that, to the stage where they are known to these criminals,remote emotional and psychological torture and harassment can be organised by gang stalkers including celebrities. These people will do, read, say whatever they’re told regardless of the source or the intended target. All involved in such practices are criminals.

As well as hiding behind celebrity and all that goes with it these criminals try to mirror guilt back onto the few who are not afraid to criticise their crimes. For example, imply that politicians are sending innocents to their death in unnecessary wars and they’ll call you unpatriotic (the flag being the last resort for any scoundrel). Accuse them of betraying the public with deception on serious matters like who and what is behind the drug trade, who’s really responsible for terrorism, poverty etc etc and they’ll accuse you of being a conspiracy theorist (though the world is run by conspirators).

Try to blame them for any criminal or immoral influence and they’ll try to silence you with reference to any minor matter they think you may be guilty of. And I can say from experience that when they find nothing they’ll try to embarass you instead with constant, subtle surveillance feedback; oppressing you with surveillance and commentary.
​
None of this would survive public scrutiny but while it’s done covertly the culprits manage to tell themselves that they’re right and that their targets deserve to be attacked. It’s self deception that only the prince of lies could arrange.
EXAMPLES OF THINGS THAT ARE CENSORED
​The following are personal views, most of them stated in a banned book, for which I’ve been attacked covertly.
​
  • We are alone in the universe. This is unpopular with NASA etc because they use Hollywood and their own propaganda machine to boost funding. However, that funding is primarily (but secretly) devoted to satellite deployment which is aimed back at us from deep space; ie surveillance and harassment technologies use us… sometimes as guinea pigs.
  • There is no privacy. Because of the many satellites in geosynchronous orbit every word, action and thought can be monitored if they choose to do so. All public figures are monitored 24/7by the CIA/ NSA/ Military etc.
  • Those entering public life are corruptible and/or self -serving. Crimes like arms/drug/people trafficking aren’t properly dealt with because of this. Equally, they keep secret technologies from us as well as cures for diseases, inventions like frictionless engines etc.. and all to secure continued financial advantage for those who gain from the status quo. As a result people are mushroomed and progress stymied so that a few wealthy, megalomaniacal criminals can maintain control of everything as long as possible.
  • There are no coincidences, most events are stage managed. The air of vulnerability evident after events like 911 doesn’t really exist. Such events are orchestrated, provoked or allowed so as to justify war, resource grabs and security clampdowns which greatly diminish our rights and freedoms.
  • Those who “have” want even more, including that owned by the “have nots”. They have no genuine regard for those who have little, regarding them with disdain and suspicion… since they can’t be trusted themselves and cannot relate to honest people. They do not respect us or our rights and see us as inferior beings that they can mistreat as they wish. Accordingly they have no concern for how they offend others. If we return the favour they react criminally since they operate within a legal/moral vacuum.
MY STANCE
​The media and politicians have a moral and civic duty to tell the general public the full truth on matters like the middle east conflict(s), 911, satellite capabilities, political influence/pressure, the environment and crime. To do less is to serve corrupt, wealthy vested interests on the false assumption that might ($$) is always right. It is also a betrayal of trust and an abuse of position.

To silence critics and those searching for the truth through covert means is “master plan” mentality and a crime against humanity that even the worst dictator would baulk at.
​
I do not respect or trust the views of criminals on the topics in question (where full disclosure and accountability are absent). I object strenuously to such people telling us what to think and how to live.
PHILOSOPHY
​My belief is that Life is God’s test and to pass you have to put others before yourself. Nothing that you achieve for yourself has any value except to the extent it allows you to help others. No-one has the right to misrepresent the truth publicly, to hurt others to silence them or to feather their own nest at the expense of others…
CONCLUSION
​These days politicians, media personalities and other community leaders reference free speech, respect, dignity and so on by clearly exercising their own rights publicly and commanding attention in a sort of illustrative “you have this right too” manner. However, the sad fact is that (with the exception of staged tokenism to create a democratic veneer) only those sharing their views are allowed to be heard in public or tolerated in private. Those with opposing views are often silenced via covert criminal conduct which all in public life are aware of.

A lack of honesty and integrity permeates the ranks of our most visible citizens whilst insincere “world stage” acts cover this well. Many celebrities are actively involved in oppressing those speaking or writing the truth and they betray the general public in the process. Because of this covert and undemocratic oppression many truths are hidden,allowing for many false opinions to be foisted on an unsuspecting public. A series of diversionary discussions and distractions are paraded leading the public far from the truth. Mushroomed as they are most people have views that reflect the level of information, half truths and nonsense that they’re presented by the mass media. Those seeing through all of this are the ones criminally and covertly attacked.
​
This situation will only change if public figures have a change of heart and renounce their criminal ways. Failing that, the rest of us need to resume thinking for ourselves rather than lazily accepting the lies of the many criminals in public life.
​
PAUL BAIRD PRIVACY AND HUMAN RIGHTS ADVOCATE
Conspiracies of Silence
​2010, “Hard Evidence”,Vol 10, No 2, Mar/Apr ’10, pp 46- 51.
Despite the stigma that’s been deliberately attached to the word “conspiracy” our modern world is, in fact, run by conspiracies of one sort of another. Some conspiracies are more benign than others but all of them involve undue secrecy and the presumption that those involved have the right to influence the lives of others, without their knowledge or consent.
Read the rest of the article (PDF file download)
Computer State
​“Hard Evidence” Vol 6, No. 5, pp 44-51
There is no doubt that the global conquest which has been secretly carried out by the U.S based military/agency/corporate crime conglomerate would not have been possible without the vast capabilities of extremely advanced computer systems.
Read the rest of the article (PDF file download)
The Ultimate Blasphemy : Mind Reading Technologies
​This article is unashamedly scathing in its criticism of those behind the offences in question. To understand and accept the horrible truth to follow, the reader must first realise that corrupt beaurocracies, covert agencies and organised crime figures really do control the entire world.
Read the rest of the article (PDF file download)

Crimes of the Ruling Class
​The myth that we live in a free country and within a fair, semi-ideal system has already been debunked. The truth is that in our capitalistic, money-driven world there remains a clear hierarchy: the ruling class and the underclasses. Unfortunately, in their efforts to gain more information, power and wealth, the ruling class often resorts to illegal methods which create a class warfare (of sorts) between them and those that question those methods. Those forming part of the elite group in question may be there by virtue of birth, association, good fortune or talent. Accordingly not all are guilty, but those that are can achieve and maintain their positions via corrupt and covert means. In turn they push their ideas, systems, rules and wills onto the rest of us.

​Also, aside from actual crimes (like tax evasion, theft, rape, paedophilia, murder and so on) many betray society in other ways. These range from the co-operation of those compromised (through drugs, money, sex etc) through to assistance with the concealment of matters which are of concern to the general public as well as law enforcers. It is these offences, committed by that section of the community which sees itself as above the rest of us, which form the basis of this article.
CRIMINAL ALLIANCES AND COVERT CRIMES
​Wealth allows secrecy for some just as it robs others of their privacy. That secrecy allows crimes to be carried out undetected and unchallenged. Whether you’re talking about the Bildeburg club, The Club of Rome, The Mafia of any other group, conspiracies/crimes abound. One of the reasons the upper classes are above the law is that they can access methods/technologies, which the rest of the community cannot. Sure, some celebrities have been interrogated, even jailed for money related offences (tax evasion, fraud etc) but rarely for crimes where there is no money trail to follow unless there are known enemies to set it up.

Take for example the advanced satellite surveillance systems made available by the U.S Defence Department and other agencies. Corrupt “businessmen”, including media and political figures, can access audio-visual material as well as intercept telecommunications. The results can be used to rob, blackmail, harass or humiliate targets. Targets include competitors, researchers, writers, inventors, lobbyists, law enforcers etc. The Echelon, Iris satellite systems (et al) leave the victims totally defenseless. Often wealthy public figures actually pinpoint the targets themselves.

Many in high places are also as vulnerable, as if they lived in “glass houses”. For example, U.S agencies, like the CIA and NSA, monitor all government ministers from all governments worldwide. They also keep a close eye on many celebrities. Ironically some celebrities help to harass targets who are not public figures.

Notably, the police (State and Federal) cannot access these technologies to solve crime. If they could, powerful people in politics, journalism and big “business” would be incarcerated. Terrorism, the illegal arms and drug trades would be wiped out. Instead honest police are thwarted in their attempts to investigate big time criminals. Lawyers and executives working for organized criminals can make their lives hell. Some police, are even spied on and harassed themselves by various criminals, including the media mafia.

Celebrities and other wealthy individuals simply make themselves unavailable to assist with police enquiries. They’ll even go as far as to call in executives and lawyers to stop police harassing them and/or lodge false counter complaints against those who want them investigated. Diligent investigators can be transferred, sacked or worse if they’re too persistent. This is especially so since they’re not only dealing with the clout of “public figures” but are working for or with fellow law enforcers who have been (or can be) got at.
​
Ultimately the top of the list of suspects is nearly always the CIA/Mafia. They have access to technology, knowledge and huge sums of money. The CIA doesn’t deal effectively with terrorists but instead its employees vow to do whatever they’re told without question. They’ll harass innocent civilians even going as far as to set them up in one of their remote, illegal, human experimental programs. In truth they themselves are little more than terrorists and would think nothing of killing their own and pinning it on someone else (a possibility re Sept 11 01?).
THE HYPOCRISIES AND COVERS
​They say you catch more flies with honey than vinegar, so corruptible public figures have to be good actors: paying lip service to what’s right, luring public opinion in a certain direction and covering with publicised acts, like making charitable contributions. It is a willingness to comply with instructions from their criminal employers which forms the basis for career opportunities for all but the most talented amongst them. In fact the CIA, for instance, screens entrants to the most public ranks of the media, politics etc. Some of the better results achieved by so doing include the go-soft approach (in reality) on drugs and the suppression of information regarding U.S/Big Brother technologies.

Media identities (esp. journalists) hurl ridicule (as a smoke screen) at thieves, druggies and so on whilst indulging in worse themselves and/or working for corrupt “businessmen” who foster petty crimes by committing serious ones: like drug trafficking. Still others go a step further, making favourable references in music, film, interviews and so on to drug taking, violent crime etc. Equally, instead of helping campaigners against crimes like drug proliferation, arms trafficking, corruption, (even violence) these same public “icons” harass such people covertly, mainly by feeding back surveillance results. Interweaving these results into what’s written, editors and the like have presenters read the “coincidences” out, set agendas/topics for discussion etc. This is a primary and criminal media function of which most are totally ignorant. In fact two-thirds of what’s known to the media is never revealed publicly but it’s all used.

To elaborate, the media mafia co-operates fully with the covert agencies who spy on anti nuclear, anti-war, anti drugs, anti corruption lobbyists/campaigners using advanced audio-visual satellite surveillance equipment. The frequencies of the surveillance are fed to the mainstream media technicians, they tune in and the executives ensure writers feed “coincidental” phrases, ideas and topics to the on air presenters.

The victim is thereby harassed when they listen/view: picking up on the cryptic and not so cryptic references sewn into the on-air material. This is a very common practice, which is tantamount to criminal harassment. However, to openly question powerful public figures on this can lead to set-ups involving police, psychiatrists etc.

Even church and other community leaders approve, or at least acquiesce, regarding such practices. For instance, the Catholic Church co-operates with the Australian Labor Party and their many media connections, even participating in the harassment themselves. They do so for government funding (when Labor is in power) and to avoid smear campaigns over things like paedophilia. The less hypocritical ones will merely go into denial or fail to help, out of fear of those who arrange such conspiracies. In fact the church itself has its own spies.

In the same way most public figures glad hand and associate with known criminals. The organized crime syndicates, (like the Mafia) control the media and entertainment industries, especially in the U.S.A. There are not enough other opportunities to go after, so to oppose a powerful media magnate, for example, may be the end of a career. Yet the same people who can do this, who ‘destroy what they cannot control’ are just as likely to receive public praise and adulation from others around them. For instance, there are criminals in high places who have received humanitarian awards, knighthoods etc while secretly devoting their time and resources to destroying decent people both in and out of public life.
​
Occasionally some are set-up or scapegoated because they’ve lost their ‘protected’ status for some political or monetary reason. The fact is the media, through the agencies, have something on most public figures (and many not so public ones too) and allow it to “surface” if and when they deem it to be appropriate for their purposes. Those who are not complicit therefore acquiesce out of fear. The rest actually profit by participating in anything from political comedy to ” cash for comment” broadcasting to murder. Many of the more corrupt (especially politicians and journalists) are merely criminals with some acting ability. And the public swallows all of it.
​
DECEIT & PROPAGANDA
​Again public ignorance of these practices is understandable. The “bread and circuses” operate as a smoke screen leaving most happy to “consume and be silent”. In Western democracies life is free and easy for most: You work, play, even vote. But the freedoms on offer are illusionary. In the same way that advertisements (brainwashing tools in themselves) promote different brands/products which may actually be owned by the one conglomerate, there is little genuine difference between political parties in the two party system so when you vote you are responding to media hype surrounding a false plebiscite because “they” manipulate the voter preferences (on the whole) and both parties; through connections with the leaders.

The ruling classes, through big business, the agencies, the media and so on, justify their existence through their public role but privately/secretively they illegally plot and manipulate. Sport and other entertainment just like religion and “national conscience” type causes, are used as distractions from other important matters. In the end we finish up thinking and believing what we’re conditioned to think and believe.

There is no more extreme example of public brainwashing than the general perceptions regarding so-called alien life forms. What was considered insanity by most 100 years ago is today embraced as truth and because we live in a more informed, enlightened age this must be so. Right? Wrong! There are a number of very good reasons why the U.S Government want people believing and a number of devious ways that they have used to convince them. Firstly, regarding how they’ve done this well it’s mainly courtesy of the approach of the mass media (moviemakers, writers of all sorts etc) but also via falsified/staged sightings (using military aircraft etc) and tampering with recorded history. The military and NASA then play out a denial vs. confirmation scenario and so the fantasy builds.

The objects of these “sightings” are usually political targets or human guinea pigs (especially re: alien abductions) but you won’t read this in a newspaper. Instead you’re more likely to read how arrogant we would be to believe we are the only inhabitants of the universe. This coming from people too arrogant to accept the existence of a God who may just consider us more important than any human mind can acknowledge. So while they can’t even get along with their neighbours, can’t even deal with the conflicts that surround us here they approve of wasting time and money searching for aliens who would either destroy, or be destroyed by, us.

So what are the reasons for this charade? Well it draws public approval for the space program and Defence spending. The public doesn’t realise that surveillance satellites, star wars and other “nasty” technologies are the real focus of the spending. These are not mentioned (the cover is national security). Secondly, it also acts as a cover for illegal harassment and illegal human experimentation. A sort of “blame it on the aliens” or “he’s mad” cover.

​Finally, it focuses attention elsewhere than on the secretive ways of the New World Order. This is becomingly increasingly important as technology allows BIG BROTHER interference and monitoring on a level few readers would appreciate. Of course, none of this would be possible without the co-operation of the mass media and many public figures, many of whom have simply sold us out.
​
CENSORSHIP
​Covert agency personnel and crime figures are spread throughout the business, political, literary, media ranks. Editors, writers, presenters and so on are involved in seeing to it that vital information is suppressed, targets are harassed and propaganda reinforced. The only opinions aired publicly, (on important matters) are those of these people. Those trying, in vain, to expose corrupt practices, are silenced. The public only absorbs what it is fed, be it misinformation or worse.

The workings of publishing houses, movie studios, recording companies and the like are therefore, semi-controlled. Even history books are prepared by “chosen” writers; they’re then placed on school syllabuses and fed to our youth to regurgitate in exams and essays. How much of this history is fiction? Who knows, but in a world where skeptics and others are entrained from birth to accept whatever they read in black and white and question anecdotal evidence to the contrary, it is difficult for the truth to surface.

​This is especially true in relation to covert practices and technologies cloaked by government secrecy orders and legislation. There are no blueprints to present, no proof to supply. So these activities go on undetected. An example is the neurophone. This 40-year-old technology allows broadcasting directly into the brains of targeted individuals (via microwave or satellite). The CIA and ‘Mafia’ terrorise people with it but the general public is ignorant of this practice.
POLITICAL PSYCHIATRY
​Because wealthy criminals can access covert methods to not only commit crimes but to cover them up there exists an age-old defence to accusations of wrongdoing, it’s called political psychiatry. It effectively discredits and thereby silences whistleblowers who have not been discouraged by covert harassment techniques such as aircraft swoops, corrupt emergency services personnel, media feedback etc.

It’s especially effective when targeting people with neurophones or brain scanners. Simply explained it works like this: When a disempowered individual tries to expose practices or particular crimes being committed by ruling class members they are branded as paranoid because they are unable to provide evidence to back their claims (for those tuned in enough to appreciate it, the term “paranoid schizophrenia” was originally penned by a psychiatrist working for the CIA). The police cannot or will not investigate the allegations because they will meet resistance, harassment and embarrassment if they try. Others will not join in the conversations out of fear and so the accuser stands alone and totally vulnerable. If high-tech is used and they complain this only worsens the situation.

A good example involves the teachers in NSW state schools who name paedophiles in the system. They are threatened with a visit to “Healthquest” where government psychiatrists could cost you your job if not your freedom. In this way paedophilia (even paedophile networks) are allowed to thrive. “If you can’t prove it it’s not happening” is the assumption made by the so-called experts. They not only feign ignorance of practices and technologies outside of their experience but they will not bite the hand that feeds them. So the chances of a fair assessment from a government psychiatrist are about the same as getting a divorce lawyer to advise a client to talk things through with his or her spouse rather than pursuing costly legal proceedings. No chance at all.

Another example of the ways that the ruling class use corruptible psychiatrists is in deflecting any accusations of media surveillance feedback, using surveillance results. By its very nature such a practice is criminal conduct but because of the methods used it cannot be proven decisively in a court of law (and no lawyer has the courage to take on media magnates or governments on such a secretive practice anyway). So a complicit researcher, writer, editor or public figure can safely plead ignorance. One TV news presenter, for instance, has been approached many times by innocent victims of agency/media harassment.

​She not only fails to help but also sells each and every one of them out; using corrupt cops in attempts to have them committed, saying they harass her. This is class warfare at its worst. Such people are beneath contempt yet their public standing and the public relations/legal machine behind them ensures they are not questioned on such conduct. This is again proof of the different rights of different classes. Honest police are also kept in the dark about such practices (and technologies) and would in any event be dissuaded from investigating the criminal conduct of the public figures or fellow officers involved.
OTHER METHODS
​Blackmailing, (using covert surveillance results gathered by agency personnel, media, PI’S, cops etc) as well as set-ups, abductions, brainwashing, blacklisting, imprisonment/commitment even murder are all methods used to silence people or get them to do what “they” want. Aircraft swoops, siren wailing and general harassment are also common, as is the use of certain satellite-based and microwave weapons (i.e. non-lethal weapons).
RULING CLASS ATTITUDES
​Whether “born to rule” or attaining wealth and thereby adopting a superior attitude, many are prepared to commit crimes to advance. The combination of greed and opportunity helps to formulate opinions, which they then seek to spread. Comments like “put them down and keep them down” and “this is what happens when you educate the poor” reflect not only a readiness to embrace corruption but a desire to eliminate those who do not. This is the antithesis of fair play, democracy and everything our society is supposed to stand for.
​
One of the ways this is fostered is the agency/criminal vetting of those entering the more prominent positions in public life. All must be corruptible or at least self-absorbed and fearful or they are excluded. This is contrary to the widely held belief that there are good and bad people in all sections of the community. This is generally true but not where the system and those running it sift out the good. Unfortunately this is the case in modern politics and mainstream journalism. Those few who are ok are usually too afraid to intervene.
EXCEPTIONS
​Over the years a few have slipped the net and gone on to take courageous, dangerously moral stances. I’m not referring to charitable works by B. Geldof or Mother Theresa but rather those opposing criminality in the community from influential positions.

For example, smear campaigns were launched against singers M. Jackson and G. Michael because they embarrassed or questioned powerful industry figures etc. Actors R. Redford and V. Redgrave were harassed over their political stances and The Kennedy’s, M.L King and others were actually murdered for opposing racism, war, organised crime etc.

Notably this instills fear into others. Fear for their careers, fear for their lives. In extreme cases a dupe can be persuaded, brainwashed or harassed into killing (or taking the blame for killing) a public figure but the real culprits are the manipulators of the CIA, The Mafia etc who encourage (or carry out) the crime. These people can topple governments, set up assassinations or simply arrange accidents (e.g. the suspicious deaths of M.Monroe, Lady Di and G. Kelly).

​The media know, the law enforcers suspect but the agencies and their “business” connections run the world and operate unopposed and unquestioned.
PRIME EXAMPLE – DRUGS
​It’s no secret that the CIA/Mafia connection is largely drug funded. Many who see the folly in allowing their children to play in traffic, or who wouldn’t even consider entering a few rounds of Russian roulette will, nonetheless, happily embrace a lifestyle that supports this operation and the rewards are not only measured monetarily. If questioned about working for or with such people most entertainers would claim to be drug free or quote the usual lines about it being relatively harmless but the statistics speak for themselves.

​One drug can lead to something stronger and so on and many, from all walks of life, suffer and/or die as a result. They’re defending the indefensible for the personal satisfaction and rewards it brings them. But dare anyone express this simple truth too openly and they will be harassed for it. The wealthy can afford the habit with little or no risk of detection. However, the poor often steal or prostitute themselves to pay for it. Equally they can’t afford detox programs etc. It ruins their lives. The ruling classes “do drugs” but for the rest of the community, the drugs “do them”.
CONCLUSION
​The ruling classes are clearly made up of some of the community’s worst criminals leaving targets not only open to harassment but with no one to turn to for help. The logical approaches (to police, politicians, journalists, church leaders) reveal the truth about their role. Those who can be trusted are fearful; many monitored themselves by powerful criminals using high tech satellite equipment. Others still owe favours to, receive support from or glad hand the offenders in question (employers, media contacts, “businessmen”). It’s all about money and control.

The truth is, we in the Western democracies are no freer than our counterparts elsewhere in the world. In fact serfs in Feudal England or slaves in ancient Egypt served masters no more evil than some of those we deal with today. The only difference is that the ruling classes today hide their crimes and attitudes better. They can’t drag “do-gooders” out of bed at 2:00am and have them thrown into some hellhole to be tortured to death.

​Here, in a “democracy”, they have to use satellite spying and harassment technologies, media feedback, political maneuvering, conspiracy etc. As a result none will be questioned let alone caught and punished. Instead, while opponents are silenced and discredited, “their” attitudes permeate society, drawing others to accept that invasions of privacy, drugs, corruption and all manner of criminal conduct are to go unquestioned, as an acceptable part of life. Their delusions and our apathy must be challenged.
The Media Mafia
​Most people are aware that organised crime and covert Government agencies, especially in the USA, control large sections of the worldwide mass media. What they do not know is how they manage to do this so effectively.

Government agencies like the CIA and N.S.A have access to defence-developed technologies, which facilitate round-the-clock monitoring.

The victims of such attention include law enforcers, lobbyists, writers, justice campaigners, in fact anyone questioning the status quo by speaking out against corruption in high places. The electronic media participate as recipients of the agency information. They oppress the targets, helping to suppress information and views, ridiculing, discrediting and silencing those with opposing views.

I am describing links between organised “businessmen”, covert Government agencies and a complicit media Mafia. A simple and readily understood example is the drug trade. Drugs financially fuel the Mafia and the CIA, but that same scourge hides successfully behind “legitimate” business operations including the entertainment industry (music, television, film and radio). Their veiled acceptance is at odds with the lip service paid by celebrities to drug-related health and social problems. Therefore, why doesn’t anyone point the finger…?
​
Observant readers may see that one of the answers is fear; fear of recrimination or vilification or merely loss of job opportunities. Those that spoke out on behalf of Lady Diana (especially after her death) are another example. Some were “quiet” for some considerable time… Another case of media control.
How Do They Operate ?
​U.S. Government agencies have access to computer-driven satellites, which monitor all telecommunications worldwide. The system is called Echelon. If certain phrases or topics are mentioned, then you draw their interest and you are monitored around-the-clock by audio/visual satellite systems so advanced that you have no privacy at all.

These surveillance signals have frequencies which can be “given” or “leaked” to the media. They have equipment to tune in. Alternatively, results can be bought, exchanged or relayed. In fact, even private investigators can be used on a simpler level to supply information to media outlets.

The surveillance results are used to create coincidences for the target to see and hear. Skeptics need to know at the outset that this is one of the media’s roles; a very common practice with respect to media targets (especially people who are not public figures).
​
Remember that two thirds of what is newsworthy is never reported but through systems like Echelon, the media knows most of what goes on, good or bad. They then “use” that information to terrorise their victims.
​
Common Methods include:
​
  • Using corruptible aircraft pilots and emergency services personnel to arrange aircraft “buzzes”, siren wailing and more around homes, vehicles and individuals; on a timely basis. Letter writing, political discussion or criticism of media tactics is often the catalyst for this sort of harassment.
  • Surveillance based on harassment which can help fuel scams, bribes etc. The use of union/business/political connections to restrict work opportunities disempowers and discredits the victims.
  • Monitoring agency surveillance frequencies also facilitates blackmail etc through the co-ordination of media “coincidences”. These involve references to things said or done in private on a timely repetitive basis (out of context and obviously without referring to the source). Any member of the entertainment industry can be involved in this very common practice. Notably, theft of intellectual property (especially by writers) is also a motive (on occasions) for the monitoring.
Using Surveillance Results
​The methods chosen depend on the habits, availability and character of the target as well as what they are doing to justify drawing criminals attention. Silencing an objector or covert censorship of a writer, for example, cannot be achieved via responses on a program he/she does not watch, or a newspaper they do not read… another reason for constant monitoring.

Specifically, articles, news items, advertisements, in fact ANYTHING written or read can be tainted. Researchers, writers, editors, presenters, performers, executives and others can be involved. It only takes a few to create a web of harassment for innocent victims to endure, although some media players have more corruptible employees than others. When publicly presented material contains familiar phrases, ideas, topics and events in a unique, yet constant flow (a daily or even hourly occurrence). The target can then be annoyed, confused or deceived etc.

​The hope is that this will keep them occupied, stopping whatever it is they were doing (lobbying, writing etc.). The more foolish can be discredited through corrupt law enforcers or medicos; ie if they make a foolish move in response to references to private conversations etc.
How frequently does this happen ?
​Harassing the enemies of criminals through the media Mafia is extremely common. Ridicule and oppression of dis-empowered campaigners for justice and true democracy (and any other righteous cause) is now a principal function of the mainstream media, but it is done covertly, as mentioned earlier.

By owning/controlling the media, criminals avoid open challenge. The media “watchdog” role is only a façade to win public approval (and ratings). A perfect example is the extended vilification of media magnate Christopher Skase. Those who pursued him the most vigorously have done worse themselves, but the public will never hear the full truth of it. Instead, the self-regulated industry motors on carefully, influencing how people see and interpret everything… yet no one watches the watchdogs…

We are listening to criminals.

This means that you only actually have democratic freedom to express your views provided you do not oppose criminals in high places. In other words, without power or influence the under classes are silenced. Little wonder the only values and views which many espouse are those fed to them by public figures who have themselves been compromised by a system which would have rejected them had they questioned the corruption around them.
​
My Favourite News Station(?)
​Again, talent is only one prerequisite for any job. Without complicity or silence, no media identity could survive. Lies of fact and omission, vendettas, blatant bias and smear campaigns… “They” won’t ever let the truth get in the way of destroying their opponents. Remember that we are looking at an industry dominated by criminals. Yes your station… every station.
​
In balancing though, I have met some journalists who refused to harass innocent people nor would they stand by and see their colleagues do it. For this they were harassed themselves, losing jobs as well as opportunities. However, they are out of the industry for taking that stand and can now help no one.
Opinion
​I could write a book on the matter but the summation is Freedom of the press should not grant a freedom to oppress.

Media ownership laws allow criminals (organised or otherwise) to silence private citizens on important issues. The more likely it is the activity will make criminals rich, then the more likely it is opponents will be attacked. Drug trafficking, weapons sales, nuclear proliferation, political corruption, environmental degradation, U.S. government agency global control systems, paedophile/pornography networks, prostitution etc… these are practically “protected” from public scrutiny.

Naturally, the media run token stories which pay lip service to what’s right. Nobody would be fooled if they did not. Yet people suspect… They may not be able to follow the money trail to US agencies or crime bosses but they do see the media injustices; how it feeds off society while returning half truths, propaganda, and working a secret agenda.

Stories occasionally surface about scams, cash for comment scandals, manufactured reports and so on, but these are presented by another arm of the mainstream media and they amount only to in-fighting. People still believe far too much of what they are told by the media. The popular myths, supplied by the entertainment industry itself survive. Just as the media protects their co-conspirators from exposure, they, in turn, are protected by corrupt crime/agency figures. Only in organised publications like “Hard Evidence” magazine will differing views and absolute truths appear on a regular basis.

Examples of newsworthy items, which are suppressed include medical breakthroughs, laser weapon developments and various other scientific advances, which the U.S. government Defence/CIA etc want to keep secret (so they can use them for evil purposes rather than our benefit).
​
“Classified” tags, defence “notices” and government secrecy provisions in general are obstacles, but stories with lesser impact are constantly run. The real reason is that information empowers people so criminals insist on controlling the flow of information. The number one way to do that is by controlling the media directly through ownership, or indirectly through sympathetic, planted staff.
Conclusion
​Those speaking out on important issues should be protected from the practices outlined in this article. However, no law enforcement or industry body has the power to do so. In addition, both journalists AND politicians are prepared to betray us with their silence, some going as far as to join the criminals in harassing innocent citizens. No one can stop media tyrants.

Media identities may not always know who they are harassing, but when they read material edited to contain surveillance results, they know. (Ever wondered why some comments, ads, etc made no sense?) The fact is they care only for the privileges of their positions and scorn the associated responsibilities. It means nothing that they report what is to become public knowledge when that evades or ignores the vast majority of news. Then there is the media complicity in harassing victims. Some media heavyweights have even gone as far as to approve murders to silence those too forthright to give in to blackmail, bribes, threats etc.
​
So, if a public figure would endure a vendetta for addressing these matters and U.S.

satellite surveillance keeps tabs on everyone whos ever so much as written an angry letter to a newspaper editor on more than one or two occasions, what can be done to raise public awareness? Again, “very little” is the answer. The media are taken at face value by most. Those few who know the truth see through their act and despise their hypocrisy but the rest… most do not care because they do not know or do not see how it affects their rights and their lives.

It is worth adding that those not silenced or discredited by these methods may have to endure further high-tech harassment at the hands of those responsible. Corrupt U.S. military/agency personnel can access satellite or ground-based equipment designed to torment and run experiments in “remote control” of individuals situations. Through media/political connections, the targets are chosen for these programs.

​Some very nasty laser driven devices, designed to harm and not kill, have been deployed (esp. on satellites) to silence good men and women worldwide who will not be warned off… something else the media won’t tell you. It is not quite the world you think it is.

Its little wonder many harbour an inherent distrust of the media. Unfortunately, it is all too true… control the media and you control the world, and “They” do.
Categories of Surveillance/Harassment Technologies
Electronic Eavesdropping Technology
​– (Audio Surveillance)
​
  • Radiating devices & receivers (e.g. miniature radio & ultrasonic transmitters)
  • Non-radiating devices (eg wired surveillance systems including phone taps and concealed microphones)
  • Tape recorders
  • Laser-facilitated listening devices, rifle mikes and other “remote ” equipment (incl. satellites)

N.B. Even phones can be made “hot on the hook” i.e. turned into microphones when not in use.
Optical/Imaging Technology
​ (Visual Surveillance)
  • Photographic techniques (incl. zoom lens and infra red cameras)
  • Television (e.g. closed circuit)
  • Night vision devices (e.g. image intensifiers)
  • Satellite based viewing (up to and including the monitoring of writings as they are written; indoors)
  • Aircraft facilitated viewing
Computers & Related Technologies
– (Data Surveillance)
​
  • Microcomputers – decentralisation of machines and distributed processing
  • Computer networks
  • Software (eg. expert systems)
  • Pattern recognition systems
  • Voice Activated & thought activated computers (incl. “remote” equipment)

N.B. In many countries the military operates tracking stations; assisting the giant American National Security Agency. The NSA covertly monitors every call, fax, e-mail, telex and computer data message. The relevant computers search for key words/phrases. Anything/anyone of interest is drawn to the attention of agency operatives. This can lead to a large scale personal surveillance operation by the NSA or other agencies; like the CIA and their criminal connections. The current system is called ECHELON.
Sensor Technology
  • Magnetic sensors
  • Seismic sensors
  • Infra red sensors
  • Strain sensors
  • Electromagnetic sensors (incl. brain wave sensors)
​
Other Devices and Technologies
​​
  • CB radios
  • Vehicle location systems (incl. satellite tracking)
  • Machine readable magnetic strips
  • Polygraphs
  • Voice stress analysers
  • Laser interception devices
  • Cellular radio
  • Anti personnel weapons – sonic and phasar weapons as well as psychotronic weapons; which target the nervous system. (These have been trialed in riot control in France etc)
  • Scalar wave weapons – (scalar waves emanate naturally from living organisms and the earth itself).
  • Infrasound weapons – inducing various forms of illness from remote sources (Also used on dissidents in France)
  • Neurophones and similar (more advanced) technologies – Satellite or ground based. These can deliver aural harassment via microwaves or lasers aimed at the target. Visual harassment laser systems. These deliver blurred vision, holographs and so on to disorientate the target and/or experiment; victims’ reactions being monitored to study how best to “control” targets.
  • Brain wave monitors/analysers (remote sensing). These newer technologies actually allow the target’s thoughts to be interpreted.
  • “Over the horizon” technologies – These facilitate ground-based methods of harassment (eg The Alaskan HAARP project which bounces signals off the ionosphere).
  • The NSA’s Echelon and Prism systems, which are now in the public domain thanks to whistleblowers, monitor ALL telecommunications worldwide. Programmed phrases / words are highlighted and those drawing the attention of the computers monitoring are then targeted by operatives using other technologies. The principle targets are not terrorists or criminals but rather opponents of those powerful criminals who are protected by this very system. National Security claims are a bogus excuse for establishing such systems then misusing them in secret.

N.B. There are literally hundreds of ways of tracking the earth’s inhabitants which are available to corrupt agency officials and their criminal contacts (e.g. the mafia). The last seven are examples of devices used to covertly menace political targets who do not have a public profile. Most can be satellite based and anyone can be targeted provided they have neither influence nor contacts in public life. Government secrecy provisions help to prevent public disclosures regarding these technologies. However, there is more than an element of corruption / complicity evident amongst politicians, journalists and other public figures who are aware of what goes on. Others are afraid to interfere.
Further Information
​It is evident that countless people (world wide) have already lodged complaints about the following technologies. They are available to government agencies, defense contractors and “organised” crime figures.
​The Neurophone

Although the offered explanations for “Hearing Voices” can include everything from trickery to hidden transmitters to tinnitus to psychic/haunting experiences to possession or encounters with God/aliens (to so – called schizophrenic episodes) by far the most common REAL reason is covert Neurophone harassment as arranged by government agencies and/or other criminals. 

US Patent # 3,393,279. July 16th, 1968
US Patent # 3,647,970. March 7th, 1972

The Neurophone was developed by Dr Patrick Flanagan in 1958. It’s a device that converts sound to electrical impulses. In its original form electrodes were placed on the skin but with defence department developments, the signals can be delivered via satellite. They then travel the nervous system directly to the brain (bypassing normal hearing mechanisms). Dr Flanagan’s “3D holographic sound system” can place sounds in any location as perceived by the targeted / tortured listener. This allows for a variety of deceptions for gullible victims.

Today, the CIA, DIA (etc) use satellites and ground – based equipment to deliver verbal threats, deafening noise and propaganda; using neurophone technology. Anything from TV’s/radio’s appearing to operate when switched off through to “Voices from God” and encounters with “telepathic” aliens are all cons using neurophone technologies to torment, deceive and (most importantly) discredit agency/criminal targets. Naturally, the system can mimic anyone’s voice and automatic computer translations (into any language) are incorporated.

Anecdotal evidence indicates that people like David Koresh, Martin Bryant and others could have been programmed then remotely triggered (or tricked) using harassment technologies like the neurophone. (Although most of the targets are intelligent and law-abiding). For example, John Lennon’s killer, Mark Chapman, reportedly heard voices before and after silencing the agency-hounded peace advocate. “God” apparently told him to confess verbally.

To explain why others physically moving into the path of the laser (or whatever) do not pick up the signals, please note the following “possibilities”…

a) Kirlean photography may be an ancillary system so it’s attuned to the targets personal energy field (their unique EM waves).
b) The magnetite in our brains can act as a detectable fingerprint.
c)Equally each of us has a unique bioelectrical resonance frequency in our brains. EMF Brain stimulation may be encoded so that pulsating EM signals sent to the targets brain cause audio-visual effects which only the target experiences. This, to me, is the best explanation.
d) The individuals “vibrational pattern” could be used as a signal filter like a radio receiving only the sound modulating the frequency of the station it’s tuned to.
e) The monitors simply adjust the volume downwards when you’re in a position where the signal could hit someone else’s body. Even if they heard it (briefly) they’d attribute it to another voice in the crowd etc.
​
As with the final proof, the definitive answer lies in the actual blueprints; secreted in the bowels of the Pentagon or some similar facility. Nonetheless, there is no report of ANY intercepted neurophone signals. If it wasn’t so effective it would not have been used to facilitate silent communications between U.S. government agents/military personnel.
Psycho-Acoustic Projector
​U.S. patent #3,566,347, (23/2/71)
A device/weapon which can actually deafen the target.
Silent Subliminal Messages
​US Patent # 5,159,703. October 27th, 1992

Inventor – Dr Oliver M. Lowery

Non aural carriers in extreme audio frequency ranges are amplified or modulated with the desired material and propagated acoustically for direct inducement into the brain. This is an excellent method of influencing people without their knowledge. An alert reader would recognise how this could create coincidences and stir up conflict; especially if what’s fed to one person corresponds with what’s gathered (via surveillance) from another. It can also help to create coincidences of the sort the media creates (through surveillance feedback) only in reverse…

where the subjects are fed information prior to the event (eg. a news story) and coerced into believing they are psychic.Patented devices known to facilitate subliminal message delivery are too numerous to list. However, examples include: – Auditory subliminal message system and method. U.S. patent #4395600, Rene Lundy and David Tyler, 26/7/83. A system to mix messages into background music (ala the subliminal transmissions used in some U.S. department stores to prevent shoplifting or boost sales).

– Subliminal message generator. U.S. patent #5,270,800, Robert Sweet, 14/12/93. To be used with TV, cable TV and computers. (A visual medium).

– Superimposing method and apparatus useful for subliminal messages. U.S. patent #5,134,484, Joseph Wilson, 28/7/92. Relates to video signals. The subliminal data can be from a prerecorded or live signal.
​
And yes… the entertainment industry can use such technologies to boost sales of CD’s, movie tickets etc.

As intimated earlier, the criminals involved not only operate in media/political circles, they seek total control of everything. In time they may win due to suppression of information and their terrorist tactics.
​
N.B Sound can also be induced by radiating the head with microwaves. One unpublished application was the Gulf War but, more times than not, the targets are mostly innocent/oppressed civilians trying to exercise their basic rights to free speech in so-called western democracies.
Methods and Systems of Altering Consciousness
​US Patent # 5,123,844. June 23rd, 1992

US Patent # 5,289,438. February 22nd, 1994

These systems stimulate the brain with different frequencies and wave forms to alter the subject’s state of consciousness. Electro Magnetic Field (EMF) monitoring/interference is one of the most insidious and secretive of all methods used by the agencies.#

N.B. Similarly, EEG cloning feeds back the results of EMF monitoring in an attempt to induce emotional responses (e.g. fear, anger, even sleep etc.).

This could possibly work on certain members of a crowd or audience….again this could facilitate scams etc.
Dr Ross Adey concludes that all aspects of human behaviour can be affected, even controlled. He used 0.75 milliwatts per square centimetre of pulsed, modulated microwave at a frequency of 450 MHz.

Notably the Alaskan HAARP project (featuring the B.J.Eastland patented technology – U.S. patent #4,686,605, 11/4/87 – “Method and Apparatus for altering a region in the Earth’s atmosphere, ionosphere or magnetosphere”. AND others) also facilitates experiments in the disruption of human mental processes.

​It’s the largest, most versatile radio frequency radiation transmitter in the world also allowing experimentation in weather “modification”, wireless, electrical power beaming and communications “disruption”. Its systems like this which could one day see attempts made to brainwash/control entire populations. And that is just as feasible as a wholesale nuclear holocaust.
Microwave Weapons
​Twenty years ago a scientist, Allan Frey, found that if a microwave carrier were to be sliced and carried audio modulation, that modulation could be heard by someone in the signals path. The thin pulses of radio carrier wave cause currents to flow through the nervous system – the result is a remote transmission; no wires or contact is needed.“A hearing system” U.S. patent #4,877,027, 31/10/89. Wayne Brunker.
​
“A hearing device” U.S. patent #4,858,612, 22/8/89. Philip L.Stocklin.

Eg. The latter involves microwaves aimed at the auditory cortex. A mike turns the sounds to electrical signals which are treated so as to provide multi frequency microwaves which are applied to the brain area. Whatever sound the mike picks up (like a voice) is relayed to the target.

The first known experiment with microwaved voices was conducted by Sharp and Grove in the early 70’s. However, the Defence Intelligence Agency and ARPA (The Advanced Research Projects Agency) are principally to blame for the abuse of such technologies since. eg Project Pandora etc. The CIA’s Langley Research Centre as well as an army of “mad” scientists working in Energy/Defence department labs across the U.S. are also responsible.

As with the NASA Apollo program, many of those originally involved were ex Nazi or Russian Cold war scientists (even WWII Japanese) recruited, regardless of their earlier crimes, to commit more crimes, this time for the U.S.A.

It’s worth noting the reported experiments carried out in bygone days included The MKULTRA (mind control)/LSD experiments, germ and nuclear fallout testing (on military and civilian personnel), electro-shock treatment on institutional victims and so on. The U.S. Energy and Justice departments are now involved in such programs so the U.S. can escape violation of international defence/agency treaties. That’s also why the “D” for “defence” was dropped from DARPA.
​
In any event, once a technology is labelled “Top secret-classified” they can use it any way they like on anyone. God Bless America.
Brain Wave Monitors / Analysers
​Lawrence Pinneo, a neurophysiologist and electronic engineer working for Stanford Research Institute (a military contractor) is the first “known” pioneer in this field.In 1974 he developed a computer system which correlated brain waves on an electroencephalograph with specific commands.

In the early 1990s, Dr Edward Taub reported that words could be communicated onto a screen using the thought-activated movements of a computer cursor.

(Currently under secrecy provisions; “Classified”)

In 1994, the brain wave patterns of 40 subjects were officially correlated with both spoken words and silent thought. This was achieved by a neurophysiologist, Dr Donald York, and a speech pathologist, Dr Thomas Jensen, from the University of Missouri. They clearly identified 27 words / syllables in specific brain wave patterns and produced a computer program with a brain wave vocabulary.

It does not take much thinking to realise that the US agencies have access to a perfected version of this technology. In fact the relevant computers have a vocabulary in excess of 60,000 words and cover most languages.

In fact, the NSA’s signals intelligence monitor the brainwaves of their targets by satellite and decode the evoked potentials (3.50Hz 5 milliwatts) that the brain emits.
​
So, using lasers / satellites and high-powered computers the agencies have now gained the ability to decipher human thoughts – and from a considerable distance (instantaneously).
How is it Done ?
​The magnetic field around the head, the brain waves of an individual can be monitored by satellite. The transmitter is therefore the brain itself just as body heat is used for “Iris” satellite tracking (infrared) or mobile phones or bugs can be tracked as “transmitters”. In the case of brain wave monitoring the results are then fed back to the relevant computers. Monitors then use the information to conduct a “conversation” where audible neurophone input is “applied” to the victim. 
​
​Human thought operates at 5,000 bits/sec but satellites and various forms of biotelemetry can deliver those thoughts to supercomputers in Maryland, U.S.A, Israel, etc which have a speed of over 300 trillion bits/sec which means just one (Blue Gene) supercomputer can process more information than ten times the entire world’s population.

These, even today, monitor millions of people simultaneously. Eventually they will monitor almost everyone…worse than any Orwellian “Big Brother” nightmare you could possibly imagine, only it will be a reality. Yet our world leaders, who know this, do nothing.

NB Whilst the live/human comments are individualistic and unrelated to the victims own thought processes oftentimes the artificial intelligence involved will parrot standard phrases. These are triggered by your thoughts while the human monitors remain silent or absent.

To comprehend how terrible such a thorough invasion of privacy can be – imagine being quizzed on your past as you lie in bed. You eventually fall off to sleep, having personal or “induced” dreams, only to wake to the monitors commenting / ridiculing your subconscious thoughts (dreams).

If the ability to “brain scan” individuals expands from the million or so currently under scrutiny to include ALL inhabitants of the planet (as per the Echelon surveillance system which already monitors ALL private/commercial telecommunications) then no-one will ever be able to even think about expressing an opinion contrary to those forced on us by the New World Order. There will literally be no intellectual property that cannot be stolen, no writing that cannot be censored, no thought that cannot be suppressed (by the most oppressive/invasive means).
Conclusion
​The combined use of these technologies enables remote torture and interrogation. (Memories are triggered by neurophone questioning and the brain wave analysers deliver the answers). Any nebulous arguments about US national security and the need for classified research on human subjects speak for themselves. (The writer has a copy of a White House internal memo, signed by Bill Clinton on these matters).
​
Remember that in the past CIA mind control experiments have involved LSD as well as electro-shock treatment.

The MK Ultra (Mind Control) program itself is infamous as are the instances where implants have been detected by X-Ray etc. Also there are those experimented on under the the cover of ‘Alien visits’. Today, Neurophone and mind reading technologies are at the forefront of similar programs. In many ways these new technologies are an even more sinister means of conducting illegal human experiments.

Colonel John Alexander, advising head of NATO’S non-lethal weapon initiative, is the main proponent of these technologies. He favours all manner of devices which can, from a distance, induce illnesses, read minds and covertly harass innocent targets. If he could he would implant a microchip in each newborn child and initiate a mind control programme designed to brainwash the entire planet or at least those not fully in tune with their New World Order. Even to entertain such a thought is criminally insane yet he has said such things in public. In fact Scientific American magazine and the major Scandinavian newspaper, Helsingen Sanomat, have suggested all people will be implanted with a DNA microchip in the future. E.g Prince William has already been implanted (for “location” purposes?) while some U.S Military/Agency personnel, including NASA astronauts, have been implanted so as to study their thoughts/emotions etc. Think of the possibilities for robotics and cloning in the future.

Remember, these technologies (developed for times of war / terrorism) are (post cold war) being used today on lobbyists, intellectual dissenters and peaceful activists; to discredit and silence them. (So much for democracy.) Notably different methods are often used on different victims within a certain area (city) so as to avoid providing a pattern for investigators to observe. This also provides a cross section of political targets for their experimental programs.

It is also noteworthy that some of the victims are ex-agency / military personnel who have rebelled or tried to blow the whistle on corrupt practices within these organisations. Some of these report that not only have the thoughts and emotions of millions of targets been catalogued by military/intelligence agencies but all such agencies have political/mafia/media links due to both infiltration and association. Many of the actual monitors/harassers are also recruited from the worst possible sources.

These people also report that experiments in controlling voters by these remote methods were tried in Haiti, Bosnia etc AND that in 1994, the U.S D.O.D proposed using such technology on all individuals opposing their views(and competitors etc). The DIA would know.

N.B. These technologies are invariably used in conjuction with satellite (audio / visual) surveillance; creating the effect of an electronic POW concentration camp. Mental rape is only one of the many crimes committed in this mobile environment. E.g scientists, writers, political/military leaders etc can have their intellectual property stolen at the source. Without doubt the computers store and analyse the intelligence gathered by surveillance/harassment technologies. Their vast memories allow detailed studies of how the human mind works so as to learn how to influence and/or control people. Duplicating these processes for robotics and other artificial intelligence purposes is another sinister goal.
​
The US and other world governments are guilty of fostering gross human rights abuses by using these methods. Their covert operators can now do their worst without fear of detection. The cost is justified by the control gained and the experimental results achieved. Of course, (as with the space program and military expenditures in general) the funds used could be better spent solving real problems like hunger, disease, poverty and crime.
​
Recommendations
​
  • Agencies such as the CIA, ASIS and ASIO should be accountable to appropriately selected committees etc.
  • Military units, like Australia’s DSD and the U.S. DIA, should not have the right to access satellite (or other) technologies to spy on or harass law-abiding citizens; especially in their own country. Equally they should not assist foreign governments with ‘Big Brother’ systems like Echelon, except where assisting with law enforcement activities (which they do not).
  • Federal Police should be able to access oscillating scanners and EEG machines like SQUID (Superconductor Quantum Interface Detector) through the defence department or appropriate facilities. These can detect the relevant frequencies and this provides proof.
  • There needs to be a United Nations Satellite Committee to oversee developments in satellite technology from a humanitarian perspective.
  • UN weapons inspectors should include non-lethal weapons and satellite weaponry on their checklists.
  • The International Criminal Court should deny veto rights to the US government. The threat of class actions against US government departments may then lead to the end of these atrocities.
​
HEROES
​
​Some of the martyrs to the cause are listed below. These people, all of which spoke with authority and inside knowledge, were all murdered for blowing the whistle on covert satellite harassment….
​
  • Bill Roy, ANU lecturer and Chief Technician, Canberra Black Mountain Tower. He was planning to enter politics and tell the world the truth about satellite surveillance / harassment. He was run down while on his bike, alone in the Uni’ grounds after dark.
  • Dr Fred Bell, Physicist and ex DOD employee. He was speaking publicly about evil attacks on citizens using classified technologies. He was murdered in his hotel room just after speaking on Jesse Ventura’s Conspiracy show on TruTV. Ironically, he was the great grandson of Alexander Graham Bell who invented the “telephone” while he himself was killed for telling people about “neurophones”, amongst other things.
  • Ted Gunderson, Ex FBI agent. Ted was an effective activist that assisted many and worked tirelessly to resolve this situation. He died suddenly in suspicious circumstances.
  • Alistair Stuart, a Psychiatrist. He was discredited then murdered in his home for highlighting the number of political / agency targets who were falsely committed to mental institutions in order to silence them.
  • Michael Hastings – He was a journalist working on a story about the CIA chief when killed in a very suspicious accident in 2013. He had also previously ended the career of General McChrystal.
​
LIVING HEROES
​
  • Bradley Manning – Jailed in 2013 for 35 years (hopefully to be paroled much sooner if not pardoned altogether) for passing on military information to Wikileaks founder Julian Assange. His motivation was seeing atrocities in Iraq whilst serving there. His concern was for others. In the absence of adequate reporting channels, media coverage or government accountability for such human rights abuses only whistleblowers can bring such things to the attention of the public and then only through marginalised organisations. This of course conveniently allows the government to hide most crimes and demonise those reporting them. The most apt comment I read on this matter read something like this: “When exposing a crime is able to be called a crime by the criminals who commited it you can be sure that those same criminals rule”. The US miltary and agencies manipulate the truth and brainwash the public so that those not thinking straight support their views, giving them at least some leeway to get away with injustices such as imprisoning Mr Manning. Talk of fictional “psych’ ” problems is always a last resort and they also used that in his case.
  • Julian Assange – He published the Manning documents / revelations en masse through Wikileaks and has been hounded for it to the point where he’s sought political asylum from the gov’t of Ecuador. The big lie used on him concerns some obvious sexual frame up. Like other whistleblowers, he has been demonised for speaking the truth which has become a crime or revolutionary act according to the criminals committing the crimes. How the guilty turn the accusations back onto the innocent in today’s evil world would have been a valuable clue for the despots of the past who would be in awe of what technology and total control of the information flow have delivered to the masters of today’s evil world.
  • Edward Snowden – Attacked to the point where he sought asylum in China then Russia, for revealing to Guardian reporter Glenn Greenwald the extent of the NSA’s PRISM surveillance system; gathering all information from all communications from all citizens. Like William Binney before him, also an NSA whistleblower re’ ECHELON and other systems, he’s been victimised and set up to look like a traitor. Again, as with the quote for Mr Manning, I say: When exposing treachery is able to be called treachery by the traitors responsible you can be sure that those same powerful traitors rule.

​Jesus Christ, who IS the truth, said that “the world” hated him because he said that it was evil (the truth). When men like those mentioned above say the same they are treated the same; with lies and set ups, fuelled by merciless hatred and ending in ultimate injustice by the rulers of “the world”. “The whole world is under the rule of the evil one” said Jesus. It was true then and it’s true now. “In a time of universal deceit telling the truth is a revolutionary act”, George Orwell.
​​Artificial Intelligence and Mind Control
​​
The Artificial Intelligence Program can and will induce anything it wishes. It can be a disease, emotional distress, brain targeting, genital targeting.  Our moods and emotions are being manipulated and controlled through Artificial Intelligence and work in concert with these frequencies.

Ask yourself when you feel lower vibratory emotions of; disgust, fear, anger, violence, sexual thoughts, jealousy, etc., are these my own emotions, or implanted emotions through these frequencies and the AI Technology?
​
The frequency hit will induce a physiological, emotional, and physical response, attacking brain waves. Unless people know about Targeted Individuals and the Artificial Intelligence Program, they will not understand these invasions. The Artificial Intelligence is overriding us at a cellular level. This program can do virtually anything it wishes.

Mind control is a frequent report from targeted individuals. Torture is also a frequent report from TI’s. Many tactics and means are employed. There are a number of ways to target people, electronic telepathy, micro blasters, EMP Guns and electromagnetics, holography, lasers, radio frequency energy beams, satellites, and radar to name just a few. Targeting of people in this manner using directed energy weapons will prompt extreme distress and may lead to some of them being diagnosed as schizophrenics so they will be marginalized and maligned by friends, family and community.
​

Brainwave Frequency Listing CYCLES PER SECOND (HERTZ)

ElectroHerbalism Bio Frequencys

SCIENCE NO. 6-THE USE OF ELECTRONICS & ELECTRICITY


This chapter is designed to cover the complexities of hi-tech mind-control in simple-to-understand language. To accommodate those who are more technically literate and who want more, some clues to more technical sources are given, but time & space limitations mean that much has gone unsaid. My deep thanks to the many victims, who placed their trust in me to get their stories out to the world. I hope that I have vindicated their trust. There are a number of disinformation agents that appear to be putting out good information on implants, but are actually disinformation agents. We can error by undershooting or overshooting the truth. The principle topics that these pretend "whistle blowers" have been discussing are the tracking implants and remote viewing.

(For RV info, see Theta Programming material in Vol. 2.) Neither topic is any revelation, nor are they the most dangerous items in the elite’s electronic mind-control arsenal. If the reader has not skipped chapter 5 on disinformation, then he will be aware how factual information can be used in deception, such as in chicken feed & building bona fides. Why is it that the TV program "The Real X-Files" shown on channel 4 was created by a CIA operative, Jim Schnabel? And why are all the "private" Remote Viewing organizations run by what appear to be entirely all intelligence operatives (such as Ed Dames, et. al.)? And why do we see mind-control specialists, like "ex"-Intelligence officer C.B. Scott Jones who gets involved with several UFO research organizations & disseminating disinformation? One "researcher", who is publicly exposing" the NWO, tried to convince this author, "The government has no secrets."

(A word-for-word quote by the way.) He needs to read a supplement to the National Industry Security Pro grain manual (Mar. 92 release) where the Air Force teaches their DoD contractors how to construct cover stories to lie about the nature of their work for the government. I will not take cheap shots at the World Order, & I will not intentionally mislead the reader. You will get the whole truth and nothing but the truth, as well a single chapter can present it. Vol. 2’s chapter 6 which was on this same subject was not the final word and neither is this chapter. Before I start passing on lots of information, I should clarify one point. Human brain cells communicate by superconductivity, not electricity. Electricity travels near the speed of light, while superconductivity is in the range of the speed of sound.

​Government researchers have a device called a SQUID (Superconducting Quantum Interference Device) which actually monitors the light flowing from brain cell to brain cell. This is why over 5% of the brain’s dry matter weight is iridium and rhodium. However, this does not subtract from the fact that electromagnetic waves have the ability to change what the brain experiences and thinks. I must also provide a small glossary for electronic mind-control terms that most people are not familiar with.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTRONIC MIND CONTROL


Bio-medical telemetry--Transmitter-receivers that are often located at the base of the skull which record body functions & brain wave activity. Their data is sent to remote computers for monitoring. A bio-medical telemetry implant may also function as the primary control implant on body suits of implants. Early versions were used on astronauts.

EMF weapons--Electromagnetic Frequency weapons. These basically are machines that can modulate and beam electromagnetic waves in such a fashion that they control biological/mental functions within the victim. Portals to the central nervous system can be manipulated to create visual images, project voices into the mind, and create pain, moods and emotions.

Psychotronics--This word was originated from Soviet research. The American public have mistakingly thought that the word is equivalent to psychic activity. A more precise translation of the Russian term would have been "applied psychoenergetics". American psychotronics research was initially done at Stanford Research Institute. This is the Theta Programming that Vol. 2 described.
​
Remote Viewing (RV for short)--This means psychic viewing of something.
Syntel--This is short for synthetic telepathy, which is the remote sending of voices and thoughts into a victim of electronic mind-control. The military and intelligence agencies have successfully achieved this capability and have carried out countless meetings over their possible uses of syntel.

Where the NWO is headed


Since 1991, this author has been in contact with various victims of implants. The natural first reaction of many initial listeners would be skepticism to the subject. The psychological profession has had articles in their professional journals ridiculing these poor victims. If a fair-minded person will match the experiences of what one can witness happening to these implant victims (as well as their evidence) to the cutting edge of what science is researching and capable of doing, then there is no doubt that implants are being used on an ever increasing mass scale. The World Order is using amplifiers, generators, electronics, listening devices, non-ionizing electromagnetic radiation, a snapping type sound energy that hits and burns the body, closed-circuit videos to monitor implant victims, nanotechnology, and tracking devices that scanners (incl. mobile hand-held scanners) can pick up-- JUST to name a few.

This chapter will provide an indepth overview of many of these electronic mind-control gadgets. Unfortunately, the twilight zone of Big Brother is upon us. People (such as limousine drivers) that have been around the movers and shakers report that they brag about these technological controls. The technology described in this chapter, such as nanobots, and holographic implants are in the "R&D stage" of use. What is meant by "R&D stage" means that the World Order is using a large variety of experimental items, but the reader should be forewarned that this does not mean that these items are any indication of where the World Order’s actual secret R&D is at. This author has worked with enough mind-control victims to have established several facts:


· Society is getting only the crumbs of what is known by the World Order’s hierarchy.
· The World Order is releasing technology at a control rate, much of it through mind-controlled

slaves who are programmed to "discover" a particular "discovery".
They are in reality only disclosing what has been known in secret, and their discoveries are actually helping cover up where the World Order’s secret research is at. However, it’s not difficult to see the direction the World Order is headed. They are working at making virtual reality (aka cyperspace) the "in" thing. They are fusing the human mind to computers. Computers/robots are taking over human jobs, and humans are becoming more like computers/robots. Sci-fi gurus, cyberpunks, and establishment scientists are selling and advertising this technological direction as "freedom", and the crowds of sheep are accepting things like brain implants as "survival equipment" and "freedom".

The cool" technological pied pipers of our time are teaching our children that gadgets that remove their minds from reality are giving them new freedoms. But this chapter is written because there are still a few people with the neural-receptors and the computing capacity left in their craniums to comprehend the dangers that these mind-controlling devices have for humanity. Witnesses have told me that the creation of "robocop" type cybergs (the fusion of man & other equipment) has already been experimented on in secret. Indeed, the government gave out research contracts for cyberg research back in the 1960’s.

And the use of electro-magnetic waves (esp. Tesla waves), implants, and other electronic devices by the Illuminati for mind-control is on the increase. How much of a genuine threat do these things pose humanity? [I’ll spell it out for the reader, but we must remain calm, a fear-based response only makes things worse.] Yes, it is true that the NSA can remotely track people if they know the specific EMF waves (evoked potentials from EEGs in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt range) of a person’s bioelectric field. Each person’s emissions are unique, just like their fingerprint, palmprint, and their voiceprint. This means that the NSA can remotely track anyone in public. And yes, it is true that the NSA’s RNM system can remotely send EMF Brain stimulation signals which create visual images, subliminal audios, what appear to be audible sounds, and thoughts into people’s minds. Yes, it is true that body suits of implants are used to control people’s minds and bodies, as well as track them.

​Yes, it is true they have voice prints of hundreds of thousands of Americans and can identify & track via their computers all electronic communications in this nation. Most phone calls go through about 30 computers before they reach their destination. The phone companies computers, according to someone who worked for AT&T and witnessed it, record ALL phone calls using computers. However, to weed out the worthless from the worthwhile, the Illuminati’s fronts use a list of key words, such as names or phrases called THE WATCH LIST which the computer uses to identify conversations worthwhile to listen to.

Even though the NSA uses supercomputers, it is monitoring most communication on the entire planet so they have to squeeze the WATCH LIST as tight as possible. According to Bamford, James. The Puzzle Palace. NY: The Puzzle Palace, 1983, p. 459, "...according to Raven, programmers would simply reduce Malcolm X to the last two letters in his first name (lm) followed by a space and then the letter X. Then any time an intercepted data communications containing that particular combination of letters and spacing (lm X) streamed past the computer’s reading head, it would automatically be kicked Out for further analysis.

Part of the reason that the computers are swamped with Watch list submissions is that many items require numerous entries. When searching for derogatory references to President Richard M. Nixon, for example, technicians would have to program a variety of possible key words, such as "Tricky Dicky". This, according to the former G Group Chief would be converted to The new technology which is being implemented in stages includes computer imaging of a person which makes a "whole body map" of the person’s body which is stored in the computer. Something that has been only developed for a narrow use by the NWO is the downloading of the holographic image of a person’s thoughts so they can be transmitted to another.

(See Appendix 3 on cloning for more on this.) The majority of the few people who know this is going on wouldn’t waste time reporting it, because the public wouldn’t believe it anyway. However, some prominent scientists are predicting that it is just around the corner. The three top research institutes in this field, Stanford Research Institute, MIT, and the Carnegie-Mellon Univ. all have people saying that this capability is "almost here". Austrian born Hans Moravec, dir, of the Robotics Inst. at Carnegie Mellon Univ., is quoted in The Indianapolis Star, 6/14/1987, in an article entitled "Immortality", "In an astonishingly short amount of time, scientists will be able to transfer the contents of a person’s mind into a powerful computer, and in the process, make him--or at least his living essence--virtually immortal."

MIT artificial intelligence researcher Gerald J. Sussman states, "I’m afraid, unfortunately that I’m the last generation to die. Some of my students may manage to survive a little longer.’’ But as fantastic as all these powerful capabilities sound, there are gliches in their electronic control of humans.

As an outsider looking inside for a number of years, this author has been able to take note of some of the success and failures of the New World Order’s electronic mind-control. First, the NSA picks up so much intelligence information, they are drowning in their own information. Only so many people can make decisions, and they can only digest so much information. They may try to manipulate people and events, but Christians (who are free of the mind-control) can step through those manipulations by having the mind of Christ. Next, if a person understands who they are & believes in following Christ, outside visions & outside or strange voices or thoughts do not alter the course that a person will take. Most of the people this author has met who have been subjected to remote electronic control over their mind--HAVE REJECTED the instructions & harassment of their electronic handlers.

Not only is it clear that the voices are being transmitted from an external source to the victim, others can also detect that something is amiss. The element of secrecy is missing. One man spent an afternoon talking to this author about the World Order had tried to electronically control his mind, and turn him into a drug pusher. He had successfully foiled them for several years. Although he has had to flee & try to go into hiding to keep his own mind. The most powerful mind-control is still trauma-based mind control built on a foundation of multiple personalities (dissociated personalities and dissociated parts of the mind). It appears that electronic mind-control is being overlaid on top the mind-control based on dissociation. When this is done, the electronic mind-control is frightening, because the victim’s consciousness is not able to think passed the electronic mind-control which catches their undivided attention.

They are too distracted to deal with the deeper issues of trauma-based mind-control.
Imagine being a programmed multiple, and your handler doesn’t have to even be near you to relay complicated codes and instructions. He can use your implant. But again, how serious is electronic mind-control? Let me relate to you about a guided tour that a civilian friend of mine took through a NWO’s major beast computer center in Alaska back in the 1970’s. The engineer, who was in charge of building and getting the center operational, gave him a tour of the site’s capabilities. At that point, the NWO had built a massive computer center in Alaska, one in South Africa (believed to be located at the U.S. embassy in Johannesburg), and one in Pine Gap, Australia. These three sites were very specific, because they formed a triangle on the globe, and couldn’t be located anywhere else, due to the naturally occurring lines of force of the planet.

These Beast Computer Centers consist of aisles and aisles of big state of the art computers. They each have several dozen people to run them. Even in the ’70’s, an operator could speak into the computer and it would answer. For instance, if you asked the computer about anyone on the planet, it could usually pull up all kinds of information about that person. If you asked the computer how could you get that person to kill someone? or how can I isolate this person? The computer would spill out a plan almost instantly, telling you all the people around that subject who could be manipulated and in what fashion those people need to be manipulated to cause the end result. This is the end result of years of "BLACK PSYCHIATRY--which means applying psychiatric techniques to manipulate people and nations.

These computers electronically connect to some of those people who are electronically controlled, so that the controllers can actually control the world from a computer. These computers also store vast amounts of personal information about people’s thought processes and thinking. It is possible that electronic surveillance is being done to read the thoughts of people and that the computers are actually able to store this information in some usable fashion. Because this is so secret, they can’t give any hints of their vast ability to monitor thoughts, as well as organize and store those thoughts. This sounds like science fiction, but from people who invent & work at state of the art technology, this is actually said to be old technology. They are limited in how they use this technology because they want it to remain secret.

Meanwhile on the surface, the public system has automated fingerprint identification with the AFIS system, and has automated birth certificates electronically too. This all ties in with the intense desire of the World System to use the potential of their computers’ memories. Large Neural computers that have artificial intelligence using neural processing which is a type of learning similar to learning done by the human brain are being used. Recently, the world champion chess player was beat by a computer.

This author’s friend, who toured the Alaskan computer center, was shown how a war could be created between any two nations. The operator merely asked the computer what it knew about a certain country and then ask it how could a war be created with a neighboring country. This is the end result of countless studies such as the U.S. military reference book Basic Psychological Operations Study (BPS) which outlines country by country, specifying where each country is vulnerable for PSYOP operations (psychological warfare).

This kind of thing has a long history. For instance in W.W. II, the Office of War Information and the 0SS cooperated in psychological warfare projects. What this author’s friend saw was a network of Cray-type computers, perhaps similar to the EMASS system of Cray computers that E-Systems developed. Such a system can store 5 trillion pages of text and work with that data base with lightening speed.

The reason this author’s friend was allowed to see this technology, was that he happened to be at the right place at the right time, and the Engineer operator of the Beast Computer said that this system was obsolete. Which is true, today’s 9 Beast computers are much better at speech than the computers at these three control sites were in ’73. The Beast computers can (according to another eye witness who used it) hear human voices and determine what language is being spoken and then can listen and answer in that language. These computers link directly to thousands of mind-controlled slaves and can-- via various methods-- almost instantly control the behavior of numerous people. This, along with good old fashioned phone calls, allows the elite to manipulate events very fast.

Anchorage is the site of a National Security Agency NSA listening post(LP). The Beast computer was located northeast of Anchorage, and so is the HAARP project. The HAARP facility is near Gakona, a hamlet about 140 miles north of Prince William Sound and its signals travel on a field line to Australia. The Beast Computer is also linked to Australia as well as satellite systems. The HAARP site took a 4-wheeled truck to reach, and the Beast Computer site in 1973 was even more remote. The University of Alaska Fairbanks (which has its own super computer) and the Alaskan Poker Flat Rocket Range also were involved with the HAARP project. 30% of the U of A’s supercomputer’s use was for DoD projects.

HAARP uses 3 powerful transmitter sites in Alaska. Somewhat on the flip side, the human brain which they control can, IF it has a memex implant, interface with the Beast computer which acts as a vast repository of human knowledge as well as answering questions to essentially all previously answered questions instantaneously. If the human brain has some type of virtual reality holodeck attachment, the computer can even walk the slave through a realistic setting indistinguishable from the real world. Robocop or robo-soldier has an incredible advantage with such extended memex/remote viewing capabilities.

The World Order has experimented in memex/remote viewing along several divergent paths. One method has been psychic (demonic) method, where the "natural" mental facilities of the human are trained. The other route has been high-tech. According to eye-witnesses both methods have yielded positive results, although it sounds like they are still refining their capabilities. The word telematics has come into use to denote the interconnection between computers and telecommunications. France has a National Telecommunications Research Center, which works with groups such as CII-Honeywell Bull (Jean-Pierre Brule, Pres., & Emmanuel de Robien, Sec.-Gen.). CII-Honeywell Bull did telematics and implant research, and so has IBM France. IBM’s subsidiary SBS developed satellite-based communications.

In Britain, their National Physical Laboratory NPL has been active in telecommunications research. Professional computer groups have umbrella groups such as the British Computer Society, which help determine policies.

In the U.S. the National Center for Supercomputer applications works on virtual reality interface with humans. Meanwhile SCAN (Swinburne Centre for Applied Neurosciences, Hawthorn, Australia 3122) has been working on how to monitor human thoughts. These are just a few of a vast network of research groups applying their efforts to the types of things you will read about in this chapter.

Around 1973, TRW began designing a satellite that would allow the CIA to communicate with its assets/agents in "denied areas". This was code-named Pyramider, and used frequency hopping. The signals can be hidden among random urban radio transmissions. (See Robert Lindsey, The Falcon and the Snowman. NY: Simon & Schuster, 1979, p. 218)

Some people who are related (in some fashion) to the CIA have been receiving Syntel implants that are communicating to them using signals that frequency-hop. So the proof is in the pudding, the CIA used Pyramider to contact implant victims. The World Order does not use every technological gadget they have in every situation. Use of secret weaponry is restricted so that the weaponry remains secret. This is one reason why victims of mind-control display such a wide variety of symptoms and control mechanisms. But what is scary is that any bozo can already purchase on the public market a frightening array of electronic mind-control devices.

Information Unlimited puts Out a catalog that any bozo on the street can order from which advertises 200,000 volt stun guns, laser ray gun, compressed air guns (Air Tasers) that knock people down with probes that attach instantly to the human target and jam their nervous system with T-waves, laser listening devices to listen at long range via their windows, implants along with the tracking system to keep track of people, animals or objects. They also sell other novel devices. While this author has that catalog that advertises for sale computer chips to implant people with, the psychiatric profession is helping cover-up Big Brother’s implant technology.

For instance the Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, Sept. 1995, Vol. 183 (9), pp. 603-604, has a story about two males (aged 33 and 53 years old) who were labeled delusional because they complained of implants hidden in their fillings in their teeth. The article is entitled, "Delusional electronic dental inplants: Case reports and literature review." The shrinks concluded the two men were obviously mentally ill and needed treatment with drugs because they are claiming that they have electronic dental implants.

The psychiatrists wrote, "neither had any insight into the implausibility of the delusion." The doctors gave antipsychotic drugs, and physically intervened to "prevent an inappropriate dental extraction." According to the article, for some unknown reason, the two men "responded poorly" to anti-psychotic drugs. It never occurs to the psychiatrists that the reason the anti-psychotic drugs didn’t work is possibly because the men’s complaints were legitimate. The two shrinks were E. Sherwood Brown and Michael T. Lambert.

There are other cases too, where people complaining of implants have been labelled "delusional" by psychiatrists. The Amer. Psychiatric Assoc. is guilty of refusing to seriously review evidence that harassment & mind-control may be impacting people mentally.

​DSM-IV reflects this continuing refusal to accord victims of electronic mind-control any official recognition by the therapeutic community. Based on research by Drs. W. Fry & R. Meyers, the Network has learned how to make brain lesions of a minute controlled size with ultrasonics, rather than doing a lobotomy. In 1963, Dr. Peter Lindstrom at the Univ. of Pittsburgh was able to use a single unfocused sonic beam to destroy fiber tracts in the brain without damaging the nerve cells near them. Sonic beams (sound waves) can be used to control human thought. (We’ll discuss sonic beams some more later, now let’s delve into a key part of their electronic control--implants.)

AN INTRO TO IMPLANTS


​Let’s look at three victims who suffer from of mind-control implants & body-control implants, who are known by this author. We can refer to them as "Amy", Victim No. 1001..., "Betty", Victim No. 1002..., and "Cathy", Victim No. 1003... --"Amy" determined by using a spectrum analyzer that she had waves of 750 mhz targeted on her. "Betty" determined that she had the entire spectrum of radio-microwaves hitting her in a Morse code pattern. The transceiver (transmitter/receiver) for the signals was a fiber optic receiver made to look like a pubic hair that repeatedly burned holes in her underwear. Apparently, this side effect is a "bug" they haven’t gotten out of the technology.

"Cathy" has ELF & VLF waves of 435 & 1080 Mhz signals targeted on her. When she’s active both types of waves come, and when she remains still the 1080 signal fades. (435 is in the 400-450 Mhz band which is the window to the human consciousness, and 1080 is in the 1000 to 1200 Mhz band.) They are also using a Nitrogen particle beam, which produces "nitrogen narcosis" (like the bends) in targeted victims. Xenon lamps can affect the mind and body, too. 435 Mhz is converted to 1080 by interaction with the high-atmosphere HAARP project. The 1100 (1000-1200) Mhz frequency can affect genetics. Implant RF frequencies have been damaging the eyes of implant victims. Although this gives us a starting point in our discussion, these are not the only frequencies that threaten mind-control victims.

(See Section Dl for direct monitoring /manipulating frequencies.) Author W.H. Bowart in his Vol.1, No. 1, pg. 1 Freedom of Thought newsletter quotes Brian Bard of Glendale, CA who wrote, "I failed to discuss the utilization of power in modern mind control implants. Like Delgrado’s stimoceiver, no internal power source is necessary. The same electro-magnetic energy which is collected through induction by such relays produces an internal electrical charge of equal energy. Utilizing a capacitance circuitry design, the charge is stored as a mechanical distortion of the crystalline lattice and discharged as a focused pulse of electro-magnetic energy at a lower frequency. Higher frequency E-M has a higher energy state than lower frequency. Thus, the effective output of photons may be twice or thrice the potential of the relays.

"A more advanced design in use utilizes 50 or more distinct channels for various functions. Not only the encrypted primary input signal utilized for signal output, but several channels are reserved for supplementary energy induction. With integrated switching, both passive and active surveillance of brainwave activity may be enhanced. Contrawise, signal output may be boosted and focused on specific neural pathways. The devices remain active, programmable signal relays with multiple selectable channels so long as electro-magnetic induction continues to occur."
​
Modern microchip implants will have 250,000 components. Certain electrical freks will trigger certain neurochemicals. The frek 7.83, which is the elec. field resonating between the planet & its ionosphere, makes the subject feel in one with all creation. But it isn’t quite that simple, because a 7.83 frek can be sent in numerous different wave shapes, such as the rolling sinusoidal pattern, jagged sawtooth waves, rectangular (flat on top, flat on bottom) waves, and they all have a different effect on the brain. (Mega brain, pp. 108-109) One can imagine the potential power an implant that could create the proper frequencies could have over an individual.

Documentation of implants.


On the following pages, are the startling anechoic chamber results when two victims of syntel implants were examined. (Synthetic telepathy implants give thoughts & voices.) These two pages document that they were receiving signals, in fact, the anechoic chamber results helped to pin point what building those signals were coming from

The best way for people to understand electromagnetic waves is to think of the ocean’s waves. Some waves in the ocean are big, and some are small, size is amplitude. 

Some beaches have waves that come quickly and some have waves that come slowly, this is called the frequency that the waves comes. 

Researcher figured out how they could change the amplitude or the frequency of electromagnetic waves in a controlled way, and this is called amplitude modulation or frequency modulation. 

Because all electromagnetic energy beams travel the same speed 3 x 10¹º cm/sec, an energy beam with a short wave must have many more of those short waves pass in a given time such as a day than a long wave. The shorter the wave the greater the frequency that a wave will arrive. While our image of an ocean is that it moves up and down in relation to the surface. 

In other words, the ocean wave moves (vibrates) up and down in relation to the surface (a mathematical plane). Electromagnetic waves vibrate in 3 dimensions (relative to 3 planes), generally they are only drawn as one-dimensional waves. Our brains operate on waves that are very low frequency (from one cycle per second) to about 50 cycles per second. A cycle per second is called a Hertz (Hz). Due to the wide range of different amplitudes and frequencies it has been more practical to induce various measuring units. It would be nice if all the measuring units could be done in feet or meters or whatever, but the range in size from the very tiny to the very large means that they use different measuring units.

Just like you use different measuring units to get a quart of milk and 3 gallons of gas. The milk could be called a quarter-gallon but it isn’t. In measuring frequency they use the following measuring terms:

1,000,000 cycles per second = Megahertz (MHz)
1,000 cycles per second = Kilohertz (KHz)
1 cycle per second = Hertz (Hz)

In measuring amplitude they measure the length of the waves with kilometers, meters, and centimeters. The very small waves are measured in angstroms, microns, and nanometers. What is an angstrom. A nanometer is one billionth of a meter. That is a very tiny fraction written as 1/1,000,000,000 of a meter or for short an nanometer. A micron is one millionth (1/1,000,000) of a meter. Ten nanometers are said to make up an angstrom. (In other words an angstrom is 1 ten-billionth of a meter.)

After they measure radio frequencies, the waves of different lengths are given other names. They could just say ‘waves from 30,000 to 300,000 MHz", but instead they shorten things by having a special name for these waves EHF (Extremely High Frequency waves.)
This names are as follows:

  • Extremely High Frequency   EHF:    30,000 to 300,000 MHz
  • Superhigh Frequency           SHF:      3,000 to 30,000 MHz
  • Ultrahigh Frequency            UHF:         300 to 3,000 MHz
  • High Frequency                  VHF:            30 to 300 MHz
  • Medium Frequency               MF:          300 to 3,000 KI-Iz
  • Low Frequency                      LF:            30 to 300 KHz
  • Very Low Frequency          VLF:              3 to30KHz
  • Extremely Low Frequency    ELF:   Below 3 KHz to 1 Hz or less

BRAIN FREQUENCIES (FREKS) RELATE TO STATES OF ACTIVITY

The lower brain frequencies pertain to sleep and dream states. The middle brain frequencies pertain to normal wakeful activity. The higher brain frequencies pertain to aroused, or concerned or states of anxiety. No brain waves means a person is "brain dead", even though some body functions may continue. Naturally occurring phenomena, such as lightning in a thunderstorms, sunny days that soak a person with extra positive ions, can all affect the thinking of brain.

CHART GOING UP THE FREQUENCY SCALE

These frequency no's are in Hertz which is cycles per sec. (However the first part of the scale are non-linear, asymmetrical waves, which are mistakenly called Hertzian by many people.)

1 Approx. beginning of brain waves

  • 6.66         Theta brain waves
  • 7.85        Alpha brain waves
  • 15.7         Beta brain waves
  • 30-30.56 Government VLF stations
  • 32-33      Government VLF stations
  • 34-42     Government VLF stations
  • 50          Approx. Upper limit of brain wave frequencies
  • 60          Produces an audible sound

62-254.1 CTCSS (Continuous Tone Coded Squelch Systems).

These tones CTCSS tones are broadcast continually interspersed on a frequency, which allows several different users to broadcast separately on the same frequency and only pick up the message that has their CTCSS tone.
 
  • Post Office Tones are 82.5, 91.5, 97.4. & 100.9. U.S. 
  • Customs & border patrol is 100 Hz. U.S. 
  • Secret service is 103.5 Hz. EPA is 114.8. IRS & BATF is 123.0. 
  • Veterans Affairs, GSA, & Dept. of Energy is 127.3. 
  • Fed. Aviation Admin. & U.S. Marshall service is 136.5. 
  • Coast Guard Intell. is 141.3 Hz. 
  • Dept. of State & Border Patrol is 151.4 Hz. 
  • Drug Enforcement Agency, Fed. Aviation Admin., & Nat. Marine Fisheries is 156.7. 
  • Justice Dept., FBI is 167.9.
  • 10² (10 x 10) Ultrasonic
  • 10³ Lower range of true Hertzian waves, waves in cycles per sec lower than this such as the human heart beat or Brain alpha waves are not Hertzian.
  • 104 (10,000)
  • 16,000-32,000 Range of Frequencies used in European implants to signal the implant.
  • 54,900,000 Hz (54.9 MHz) Cellular phones (Also 435 MHz, 750 MHz, & 1080 MHz have been discovered being targeted on victims of implant mind-control.)
  • 10¹¹ to 10¹² Far infra-red
  • 10¹³ "Raman" I.R.
  • 10¹4 Near Infra-red
  • 10¹4 to 10¹5 Visible light spectrum
  • ​

GWEN TOWERS


The GWEN towers can be used for several purposes, including ELF waves used for direct mind control which will be covered toward the back of this chapter. Because they also are part of the implants system the are included before the chapter discusses implants. Unfortunately for us humans, ELF waves can penetrate almost anything. The U.S. Military has built a Ground-Wave Emergency Network (GWEN) all over the U.S. with several hundred 300-500' GWEN towers that broadcast a very-low-frequency wave (VLF) for mind-control of the American public.

A single GWEN tower can broadcast up to 300 miles in a 3600 circle. Plus 8 secret powerful ELF transmitters have been established and 3 of them operate on the west coast. It also needs to be pointed out that many items that are receivers can also function in the role of transmitters. Televisions, cellular phones, even air conditioners can be used to bounce signals to somewhere. Many strange towers and transmitting devices have been installed all over the U.S. in recent years.

Victims of mind-control who receive implants often are given a body suit of implants. The location of these implant sites used on the human body have been mapped 10.00 out on the following charts. The mapped sites on these charts are verified by a. an insider, who learned from the inside what is going on, EM (H) & b. this author's experience in working with a sizable number of implant victims. Implants can be placed anywhere, but there are certain key sites that tend to be used. The location used also depends upon the type of implant. Implants over the body create the ability to trigger moods, pain, and other phenomena. Implants for auditory sounds are in the ear. Nasal implants are used for mind-control. Tracking implants are also placed into people.
Section C. Specific Implants
  • Cl. Audio implants (a. public. b. secret)
  • C2. Body manipulation implants
  • C3. Visual holographic implants
  • C4. Memex/Brain Link implants
  • C5. Torture/Nerve & Muscle Stimulation Implants
  • C6. Tracking & I.D. Implants.

BACKGROUND INFORMATION
The concepts used in audio implants had been discovered in the first half of the 20th century, but the refinement of technology to take advantage of what had been discovered waited until the second half of the century. The development of audio implants ran on two tracks, one was the public medical research and the other was the secret Illuminati/Intelligence Agencies’ research. Audio implants began to be publicly placed into people in the 1960s. The Illuminati was experimenting on some victims at this stage, and the military in the Vietnam war used auditory implant devices to aid communicating to their men who were sent into tunnels and who were placed into forest situations where audible noise would compromise their locations to the enemy.

The Illuminati/Intelligence/& Military consortium was keeping the experimentation secret. It appears from looking at the worldwide research on audio implants that the Illuminati realized that the field was so ambiguous, and open to so many different approaches, that rather than straightjacket the research community by a specific strategy, they encouraged a wide variety of approaches in the research. Consequently, research by one group would overlap or duplicate research by another. Much to their credit, a few researchers rejected offers to get involved because they saw the sinister ramifications.

By the 1970s, the intelligence agencies were willing to start using hundreds of people to experiment operationally with the implants. People in every state of the U.S. were selected as victims. Many of these implant victims had programmed multiple personalities already. The controllers were very heavy handed with the people they implanted, and they used the full force of the Illuminati/Intelligence agencies power to keep these people under their control at all times. These innocent victims have had their lives totally destroyed.

Some tried to fight back, spending thousands of dollars to get out from underneath the incessant audio messages that the implants sent, but the system was too big and too powerful to fight. Police, congressmen, psychologists and many other people turned their backs on these victims. Some victims who initially fought back gave up resisting, some committed suicide, and some continued to fight. Meanwhile, on the public track during the 1970s & 1980s, medical researchers kept putting more and more audio implants into deaf and hard-to-hear persons. Hundreds of people in the U.S. and many hundreds in other nations such as the U.K., Germany, Austria, Israel, Australia, France and other countries began to receive the cochlear implants. Australia was so proud of their audio implant research/development they issued a postage stamp showing an implant device ("bionic ear") developed in Australia.

The question begs asking, if thousands of people have publicly received audio implants, isn’t obvious that the secret societies and secret intelligence agencies have done at least as much if not far more?

BRIEF CHRONOLOGY OF AUDIO IMPLANTS

  • 1790--first known attempt by Volta to electrically stimulate the ears. He shot approximately 50 volts of electricity into his auditory system, and experienced the sensation of a blow to the head followed by a sound like the boiling of viscous liquid.
  • 1850--Electro-otiatrics was begun by otologists who hoped electricity could help ear diseases in various ways.
  • 1925--Sounds were created in people by radio engineers by placing electrodes near the ear with a modulated alternating current.
  • 1930--Weaver & Bray discovered the principles used later in the cochlear microphonic implants.
  • 1937--By passing an alternating electrical current in the audible frequency range from an electrode to the skin, Steven, Jones, Lurie and Flottorp found they could have people hear sounds. For a number of years these men studied this phenomena.
  • 1957--Djourno and Eyries in France woke the world up concerning the ability to electrical stimulate the auditory nerves and produce sound with their reports. A patient from France reportedly gets William F. House, MD interested in developing an implant device.
  • 1961--William House implants two patients with short-term audio implants. One patient receives a multiple electrode implant.
  • 1960s--intense research for audio implants is conducted in California in places like Sanford, the Univ. of Calif., in L.A. etc. The military uses audio implants operationally to be able to talk to soldiers in situations where external noise would compromise the location of the American soldiers, such as exploring tunnel system.
  • 1970s--Various researchers around the world begin publicly implanting audio implants into people. The Illuminati and intelligence agencies begin to secretly implant people, this is known because many of the early victims can pin point at time in the 1970s when they got their audio implants.
  • 1980--The FDA establishes Federal regulations regarding cochlear audio implants.
  • 1984--By this year, 369 people have publicly received the House Cochlear Audio Implants, which have been implanted by 36 different clinics. The 3M Cochlear Implant System! House Design for use in adults, which is already in hundreds of adults, receives FDA approval in Nov.
  • 1990s--Audio implants along with other implants begin to be used more aggressively by the mind-control programmers. Successful intelligence operations are carried out with the aid of audio implants.

BASICS OF HOW THE IMPLANTS CAN FUNCTION

Thousands have publicly received audio implants, and thousands have received audio implants without their permission by the New World Order. The implants (whether secret or public) basically have to contain A. a receiver(s), B. a processor, C. a transmitter, D. electrodes or electrical stimulating device. When sound waves arrive to the human ear, the sound causes biological reactions all along the auditory pathway--from the cochlea, the auditory nerve, the brain stem nuclei and the primary cortical projection areas.

Each of these areas are fair game for machinations of the mind-control researchers. There are brain stem potentials which originate in the auditory brain stem nuclei--primarily in the inferior colliculi. The public auditory implants produce a small electrical stimulus that bypasses damaged hair cells and directly stimulates the remaining auditory neural elements.

​This means that for the secret implants, the electrical impulse that is generated to stimulate the person to hear a sound or sentence is totally unnoticed by everyone but the victim. As mentioned before, psychologists are being used to shut victims up, by declaring that they are crazy for claiming to hear voices. How do these psychologists know that the person isn’t hearing voices from an implant? Some psychologists are declaring the implant victims are "crazy", "delusional", & "insane", because audio implants supposedly don’t exist--therefore it is useless to give any credence to the complaints of victims. In other words, psychologists are being used as the establishment’s witch doctors to cover up the mind-control activities of the New World Order.

What’s new? Establishment shrinks helped cover up the programmed multiplicity for decades by labelling the programmed-multiple slaves "paranoid schizophrenics". During experiments, it was discovered that the skin of a person can pick up auditory vibrations, so tests were run to see if implants in other parts of the human body could be used for auditory implants. The vibrotacticle system of the skin has an upper limit of sensitivity to 400 to 500 Hz. In contrast the auditory system had a frequency range between 20 to 20,000 Hz and an optimum range of 300 to 3,000 Hz. The auditory system had a dynamic range of 130 dB (decibels) which the vibrotactile had only a 30-35 dB range. In other words, using the skin like on the chest to send auditory vibrations to the brain was a very limited way to create sound.

For most purposes it isn’t a viable approach, even though some experimental auditory implants were placed in places like the chest. The ones that were tested only reconfirmed the suspicions that the best results are by using the inner cochlea and the auditory canal area. Dr. Begich’s and later others showed that a nonlinear function will translate one frequency to another frequency, but although it does jump, this method is inadequate for the current mind control signals, and a linear function is used which operates simply on the energy that the implants have.

Originally single channel devises were used, but then multichannel devices were soon found superior. The processing units of a device, had to have an extraction method to determine the pitch of the signal and then would present a square wave at the rate of that frequency. Soon the miniature computers that made up part of the audio implant were made so that they were programmable. Some of the publicly implanted people (for instance some who got a 4 mm.

(cochlear auditory implant), who thought they were getting medical help, were later followed up a decade later by the intelligence agencies for their own agenda, and instead of just hearing the world, they got to hear mind-control drivel from some handler communicating via the implant. As sound waves come into the public implants, they are fast Fourier transformed into many channels lying between say 100 and 4000 Hz.

Each channel may be assigned to a specific electrode located on an array of electrodes. The electrodes are stimulated for instance at 300 pulses per minute. The transmissions go to receiver/stimulators that then stimulate the subject to hear something. (Fourier transforms have also been identified being used by human brains to encode memory.)

In order to keep their signals to their implanted victims secret, the Network employs a tactic called piggybacking where they piggyback their own audio transmission onto standard FM frequencies.

CANAL is the acronym for an system that is used simultaneously for transmission and reception via the use of a double-frequency shift keying (DFS). Radio transmitters that send quick signals are variously called BURST, SQUIRT, SQUASH, or high-speed transmitters.

USES OF THE IMPLANTS
a. by themselves
b. with other implants
c. in conjunction with other mind-control devices

​Part A. Publicly admitted audio implants. 
The entire world has gotten involved in audio implant research. The British Cochlear Implant Group has been setting up "implanting centres" for the UK. Not all the publicly known implants will be listed here, for instance, some of those I chose not to list include some developed in Spain by Bosch & Colomina, the ones created in Thailand by upgrading american made implants, and several made in East and West Germany before the wall went down, and the Swiss implant which was simply the Austrian audio implant used with their own processor.

3M COCHLEAR IMPLANT SYSTEM/HOUSE DESIGN--MODEL 7700 (AKA ALPHA)

BANFAI, EMG --Several models developed by Banfai in Cologne-Dueren, West Germany. It is digital, with a pulsatile signal and a programmable memory. The implant can be communicated with using an interface device hooked to a computer. The patient has a keyboard. It was first implanted in 1977 and has 8/14 and 16 channels. It has been implanted into hundreds of people.
BRITISH, for instance UCH-- Developed by Douek, Fourcin and Moore in London and implanted with a single electrode in 1978 and multiple electrodes in 1990.

The implant has bioglass, and promontory grooves for the electrode, and neural network programming in its computer memory.

CHEN AUDIO IMPLANT--developed in Guangzhoi, mainland China and first implanted in 1984. It was said by the chinese that 20 people received this implant.

CZECHOSLOVAKIAN--Implants were created by Volvoda and Tichy in Prague and implanted in the 1980s into a few people.

FRASER--Developed in London, and first implanted in 1983. It was notable because it had a round window in the implant. In the first few years it was implanted into 56 people. The encapsulated the implant in a high-grade Silastic rather than an epoxy, as some other European researchers had done

FRAYASE--Developed in Toulouse, France, this audio implant was implanted with its receiver in the chest. It was first implanted in 1981, and 22 people were said to have received it.
GOA--developed in Shanghai, China by Lee and Lin.

INERAID- (fka Symbion) produced by the Richards Company, USA. In the Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, Mar. 1994, vol. 95, pp. 1677-1678, they have an article about a woman who had an implant in one ear and not the other. She was asked to compare the pitch signals from natural sources versus the right ear audio implant.

The most apical implanted electrode was not as accurate as the more basal located electrodes using an Ineraid implant.

IMPLEX COM 12--Comes with an interfacing computer and a Syncom patient self-tester
LAURA--Developed at Antwerp, Belgium. These were first implanted in 1986, and had an internal canal antenna, a microphone entirely internal in the auditory canal, a pre-amp, an antenna, and a data control circuit. Only a few subjects got this implant.

It comes with a computer, and an interface unit. It does have a programmable memory.

MED-EL --Developed in Austria at Vienna and Innsbruck by Hochmair, and first implanted in 1977. Hundreds of people were implanted with this audio implant. Some were implanted externally with it and some internally inside the ear canal. It has one channel and a multitude of electrodes stimulating the audio channel. It is analogue, and sends an analogue signal. It does not have a programmable memory.

 MXM- -Developed by Chouard in Paris and first implanted in 1974. It had been implanted by 1990 into 179 people.

NUCLEUS 22, NUCLEUS MINISYSTEM 22, and other NUCLEUS AUDIO IMPLANTS (aka CLARK’s Implants)--At least two models developed in Australia at Melbourne. This audio implant was first implanted in 1978. The implant is programmable from the outside. It has been implanted into many hundreds of people. It has a multitude of electrodes that stimulate the audio system. It is digital, sends a pulsatile signal, and has a programmable memory.

The implant comes with a diagnostic and programming interface computer. The Australian government heavily subsidized with millions of dollars research into audio implants and got the Cochlear Corporation (Nucleus) going. Nucleus uses what is called MULTIPEAK which provides high-frequency information from 2000 to 7000 Hz.

With this 4 electrodes are stimulated in rapid succession, and special algorithms are used which change the relationship between the pulse amplitude and the pulse duration in order to allow 4 pulses to occur within a single frame. The Nucleus Minisystem 22 was approved by the FDA for implantation in both adults and children.

Storz Instrument Co.’s Implant--developed at Univ. of Calif, San Francisco.
Part. B. Secretly implanted audio implants. 

There were several profiles of people that were used in the World Order’s selection of secret victims to implant. The following were criteria that they liked in the selection process, a. vulnerable, such as single women, b. people who were already programmed with trauma-based mind-control, c. psychics, who had already told people they heard or saw things ordinary people don’t, d. people, not highly regarded by society such as minorities, criminals, street people, mentally insane, who would not be able to find a support system to help them fight the experimentation.

They also did the audio implants into some of their own intelligence agents, apparently to some who were getting somewhat difficult to their superiors. Because of this type of profile, and some other things this author learned, it appears that the initial two decades were used more for experimentation and development than they were for actual operations. However, with more than 2 decades of experience, they are now fully operational. From watching their interaction (messages) with victims of audio implants, it is clear that they are not in the testing stage, but are fully operational, and have a full cadre of trained operatives (men & women) to staff the secret bases from which the monitor and broadcast signals to their slaves. The staff their bases with 3 shifts and the graveyard shift leaves approx. 6 a.m. In other words, from what we can tell they are using standard shift times for the audio implant control staffs.

COCHLEAR IMPLANTS--There are Cochlear implants for auditory control secretly implanted without permission. A rubber molding skin color covers the outer lining of the ear canal. There are tiny slits in this lining, which when pushed to the side would show the presence of coils and a plastic rod/wire embedded in the area. Sometimes burn marks occur on sides of face due to intense heat generated by implants, which is painful.

DENTAL AUDITORY IMPLANTS--At least a dozen victims have complained that after their teeth were capped they began hearing voices. Other sources indicate that during the filing process implants are being put into people. This is the type of implant placed into J. Z. Knight and left dormant for many years until they decided to activate her as New Age guru.

RIDGE IMPLANTS-- These implants can produce Theta waves and even voices. They are designed to suppress a particular type of thinking. The body may be sent into paralysis or given various stimulus-response stimuli in order to suppress certain thought patterns. If the slave begins to have certain thought patterns that threaten the programming and programming structures, these implants kick in to divert the person’s mental activity to something else.

C2. BODY MANIPULATING IMPLANTS

The subject of body manipulating implants could have been placed in chapter 8, however the desire was to keep all the information on implants together. Mankind has placed objects into the human body for thousands of years in the hope that it would produce some type of change. So the history of this type of implants is volumous. Reader’s Digest had an article about how to give to paraplegics the use of their arms and legs with implants. Implants are being placed into the human body to effect growth changes, to change hormone levels (such as to stop estrogen), to change DNA growth, to carry out behavior modification, etc. Several papers have recommended that sex offenders get implants. The Rambo chips that have been put into many men have been linked to some big crimes. In recent times, the following body manipulating implants have been written about:

CRYSTALLINE CORTICOSTERONE IMPLANTS-- These implants affect the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) activity when there is stress or basal activity. It was placed into the medial prefrontal cortex (MpFC) to regulate the response to certain types of stress. Journal of Neuroscience, Sept. 1993, Vol. 13, pp. 3839-3847.

NORPLANT--a contraceptive implant placed into hispanic and black teenagers using the Mantel-Haenszel procedure. Written about in Journal of Adolescent Health, May 1995, Vol. 16(5), pp 389-395 by Nancy Campbell-Heider, John Glantz, Sandra Glantz, Eric Schaff, et al.

POLYMERIC BRAIN IMPLANT--These implants are ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer matrix disks and are used to release into the brain dopamine for a period of a number of weeks. The testing of this has been done at Yale Univ. School of Medicine. Written about in the Annals of Neurology, Apr. 1989, Vol. 25, pp. 35 1-356. Written by Matthew During, Andrew Freese, and Bernhard Sabel, and Mark Saltzman, et. al.

PROTO-32 IMPLANT--Designed by Dr. McDaniels and a Dr. Paul Hod. This implant with a 32-bit microchip memory affects DNA growth within a person. The two doctors who developed the device are claimed to have died after they created the chip. The FDA has approved the use of the implant in the brain. It’s believed that there is a patent on the chip.

SILASTICMELATONIN-FILLED IMPLANT- Used to alter the speed of resynchronization of the circadian rhythm in birds, and implanted by the Max-Plank Institute fur Verhaltensphysiologie, Andechs, Germany. Although this was for birds, mention of it is done here to point out the type of research done at the Max-Plank Institute. It was written about in the Physiology and Behavior magazine, July 1995, Vol. 58, p. 89-90 by Michaela Hau and Eberhard Gwinner.

TESTOSTERONE IMPLANT--used to release testosterone into the subject.

C3. VISUAL/HOLOGRAPHIC IMPLANTS

BACKGROUND.

Hollywood has given us movies where visual and holographic implants are shown, but what about the real world? Yes, it does happen in more than the movies. Publicly, the establishment has only experimentally placed visual implants into a few volunteers. On the real life side of the NWO, there have been a number of victims who have been subjected to visual implants without their consent. One victim in Massachusetts labels her visual implants "visual prosthetics’, but mentions "I use this term loosely because they are more so attachments than replacements of my own vision. 

Every now and then the public is made aware of where the World Order wants people to think research is at.   In the Jan. 13, 1997 issue of U.S. News & World Report (p. 52), the unveiling by researchers of the retinal chip that could potentially give sight to the blind was reported. It was interesting the article’s choice of words "retinal chip unveiled" (bold added). 

After it was realized that sounds could be artificially made via electromagnetic waves in deaf people, researchers naturally thought of giving sight to the blind. In the 1960’s and 1970’s researchers struggled to produce implants that could restore sight to the blind. This research was hijacked by the NWO types and has been developed into another component for their mind-control. 

In the 60’s Giles Brindley and others at Cambridge Univ. and in the 70’s William Dobelle and others at the Univ. of Utah, both were able to show that individual phosphenes could be evoked by electrical currents, thus showing the feasibility of visual implants. (See GS Brindley’s paper "The sensations produced by electrical stimulation of the visual cortex" in J. Physiology, Vol. 196, 1968, pp. 479-493. and W.H. Dobelle’s article in 1974 "Phosphenes produced by electrical stimulation of human occipital cortex, and their application to the development of a prosthesis for the blind." in J. Physiol, 243: 553-576.) The public development went forward with the blind. Since most blind people still have the neurons (which are like a natural computer) in the higher visual regions of the brain fully intact, the implants are designed to take advantage of this unused potential. 

The body has sensory pathways, that were discovered to be maps. In creating a visual image, the brain actually takes an image through several maps before getting the final image. There is a map for motion, along with at least 5 others maps such as one for form. The photoreceptors of the retina react to the three primary colors and have 3 primary color maps created by the electrical image made from the photoreceptors of the retina.

(One’s genetics contribute to how each person perceives a primary color, we don’t all see colors uniformly.) The retina’s output (called optic nerves or retinal output) map the electrical image again onto the retinal ganglion cells. Then the optic nerves project the electrical image to a relay image (the lateral geniculate nucleus) where the brain begins combining the maps of the two eyes. Another network of neurons (called the optic radiations) then transfers the image back to the rear of the brain to the primary visual cortex. Then the brain takes the image through several higher level maps to its final finished product--the viewer’s perceived picture.

The microelectrode array that creates a map for the blind person may be hooked up to the primary visual cortex, or other points in the process. The microelectrode arrays that were initially tested were much cruder than the human eye. They pixelized (turned into pixels, that is points) what the video camera saw.

The implant compared to the human eye’s natural abilities something like what the old dot matrix printers created in comparison to a computer laser printer. The blind person’s perception via the implants is somewhat cruder than actual sight. Experiments have found that the brain has a great deal of power in choosing how it interprets images, so that it is hoped that the plasticity of the visual system will allow blind people’s brain to adapt to what they are being shown over a period of time to get the maximum visual advantage. This also implies that victims of visual implants--which are of a more sophisticated technology will also have a natural tendency to rewire their brains to accommodate the new sensory inputs.

One of several groups of public researchers into Visual Neuroprosthetics (visual implants) is Richard A. Normann, with the Dept. of Bioengineering, John Moran Lab for Applied Vision and Neural Sciences, at the Univ. of Utah. In 1990, he spoke to people at the IEEE International Conference on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics about visual implants. At that conference on cybernetics, there were already well thought out methods for creating silicon based electrode arrays. The John Hopkins University in Massachusetts is another research center into visual implants. MIT and Harvard have also been researching in the subject of visual implants. Advances in material available and micro-fabrication techniques has permitted the semiconductor manufacturer to create electrode arrays with 3-D architectures, which can then be implanted into the visual parts of a person.

HOW THEY WORK

In a true visual prosthetic, a video encoder (camera) transforms the visual world in front of a blind individual into electrical signals that are used to excite neurons at some point of the visual pathway. The video camera encoder will be a silicon retina that replaces some of the functions that the human retina performs, and then it makes what it sees into signal compatible with the neurons the encoder must stimulate. The signals from the encoder excite neurons either via a hard-wired percutaneous connection, or a telemetry link.

"The stimulating electrodes must be implanted into visual pathway such that each electrode is able to excite only a small population of neurons in the vicinity of the electrode." (Normann, Richard. "Visual Neuroprosthetics Functional Vision for the Blind", in IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology, Jan-Feb. ’95, pg. 77) To improve the picture sent by the implants to the brain, electrodes the size of the neurons they intend to stimulate in the eye were developed. Kensall Wise at the University of Michigan created small high density electrode arrays out of silicon. In one model, the electrodes are .08 mm at their base, and taper to a sharpened tip.

An array of hundreds of such electrodes can be implanted into cortical tissue about 1.5-2.0 mm below the cortical surface. This is not all of the design considerations involved, but it gives an idea of the direction that public research has gone in. A special pneumatic inserter that can shoot the arrays at high velocities to insert them into the cortical tissue was created by Patrick Rousche. This method provided limited cortical-based-map images. To further improve the picture, implants are being created that create a retinal map, rather than a cortical map. This can take advantage of the image forming properties of the human eye, and may give satisfactory images.

At the current pace of public development, visual implants that restore sight are only a few years away from mass production. Meanwhile, the Network continues to create and use visual implants that are more sophisticated than what the public sector has been allowed to create. Bear in mind that these researchers use either foundation grant money or government grant money to operate. The Network is very careful about what technology is developed. Some excessively ambitious implant researchers (not visual, but other) have seen their work have a national security gag order thrown over them, and the research ends up muzzled from getting out to the public.

TYPES

FIBER OPTICS-- Fiber optics permits the Network to use a fiber optic that looks like a hair as a television camera. In a body suit, several fiber optic cameras that look like hairs will be installed in key places to provide the handlers remote viewing. Fiber optics can also be mounted in the victim, to provide a means to receive remote pictures. Fiber optic implants can be placed by needle into any site on the body. One victim of electronic mind-control, who has repeatedly pulled out Fiber Optic hairs, had a tiny fiber optic hair shot into her chest above her tank top while she was in a restaurant. Some other implants that carry out the same function look like warts, moles, or blisters.

ARTIFICIAL LENSES -- One victim describes his eye implants: "They are oblong objects with a square opening in the middle of them. They appear to be located on my corneas or rapped around them to be more accurate. They are connected to rods or wires that are spread out over my facial area and under the skin like a mask. The implants also appear to be connected to cochlear implants which are the cause of the repeated voice transmissions that I hear." Via a camera, she was able to pick up the presence of a reddish orange smear or stain covering my eye lens. The color blends with her own eye coloring so it is extremely difficult to see anything in her eyes. The lenses of the implants are not lined up evenly with her cornea. The victim with the visual implants states, "Whenever I close my eyes, I see the presence of constant red orange haze centered with a tint of whitish blue.

I also see a small area of fluorescent green color. When I sleep, I am subjected to virtual reality type pictures like programs being run through a computer with a 3-D effect. There is a constant whirring and clicking effect that comes from other implants such as the ears." In review. Visual implants are at time called visual prosthetus, but are actually attachments rather than replacements.

They are oblong with a square opening in the middle of them. They are located on the cornea (rapped around them) and are connected to rods/wires that are spread out over the facial area and under the skin like a mask. The coloring of the implant is blended with natural eye colors to camouflage it. When the victim closes his or her eyes there is a constant presence of a red-orange haze centered around a small screen.

There are also two orbs with a tint of whitish blue, and a small area of fluorescent green. Visual reality pictures are run like programs from a computer, that have a three-D effect. The left forehead scalp area has a whirring noise.

BIO-CHIPS that "talk" to nerve cells. Some of the readers will have already heard of the bio-chips that talk to nerve cells. Stanford Research Inst. has been working on such bio-chips. Bear in mind, public research is generally a cover for what has already been discovered.

HOLOGRAPHIC OR H-INSERT-- There is one type which has been called a Holographic Insert or H-Implant. A holographic memory is created by this implant. This may or may not be the Nanobots which are capable of creating holographic images in the mind. Let’s discuss the nanobots.

HOLOGRAPHIC IMPLANTS VIA NANOTECHNOLOGY & NANOBOTS

Nanotechnology is technology pertaining to very tiny robots and tiny computers that are in the range of nanometer-size (10 to 1,000 billionth of a meter). Nano means "one-billioneth". In other words, extremely microscopic, we are talking about robots & machines one-billionth of a meter large. The Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM) makes it possible to see something the size of a single atom. The STM will also pick up atoms and move them. People who are interested in nano-technology have regular meetings in the Silicon Valley.

A Johannesburg, South African company Nanoteq (recently taken over by the Amer. company Microchip Technology) was the company that created nanotechnology encoders (based on a non-linear logarithm that mixes transmission lines and changes codes frequently). Microchip Technology is putting these encoders into their series of microcontrollers which are EEPROM-based.

The encoders are called Keeloq hopping-code technology. They are good in protecting micro-wave, ELF, infrared and radio-wave transmissions. Microchip Corp. is creating a sub-company group called Secure Data Products to work with this type of technology. In other words, the ALEX system reported on in Vol. 2 is being miniaturized. Another Nanotechnology company is Nanosystems, which is working with the Jansen Pharmaceutica N.y. unit of Illuminati-controlled Johnson and Johnson. We know numerous companies like the two mentioned above, who are working on Nanotechnology. We also know that they are not going to tell us their trade secrets and what they have really developed. For instance, this author had a hearty laugh when he read The New York Times (11/19/96 pg. Cl) article

"Feat of the minuscule: scientists make abacus with carbon molecules: invention at Swiss research laboratory may be a step toward building faster computers", because the article is patently disinformation! According to the article a Dr. James M. Gimzewski and colleagues discovered how to make tiny balls of 60 carbon-atoms each. They call these balls "Buckyballs". They can move these balls via what they call a "scanning tunneling device". A picture of the teeny-tiny 60-atom balls was shown in the article. So what did they do with this ability? They built an abacus (yeah sure! Come on guys!). If the reader understands computers--a computer at the most basic level is simply a base 2 number system. Anything that can consistently move or switch can be the basis for a computer. A computer is simply an enormous amount of on-off switches, where 0 can stand for off and 1 for on, etc.

The article states, "Scientists at Switzerland have invented an ultraminiature abacus in which spherical carbon molecules sliding along the microscopic copper groves act as the counting beads for performing arithmetic calculations." (So they are using it for arithmetic, yeah sure!) IBM reported that its scientists used the STM to move individual atoms so that they spelled "I-B-M" in atoms. If you believe that the ability to arrange individual atoms and tailor-build molecules was so that IBM scientists could spell IBM, then this book isn’t for you. A more recent NY Times article (2/2/97, p. E6) discusses how Xerox Corporation has created sensors the thickness of peach fuzz. These are called MEMS (micro-electomechanical systems).

The article states, "MEMS are all about doing more with less, about being lean, mean, and next to invisible." The article is lean on facts. It does give a hint of the incredible power these little gadgets have when the writer launches into his propaganda tirade at the end of the article, "Paradoxically the fear that accompanies the fantasy of nanotechnology is not that the culture will be as stratified and fragmented as Victorian England, but that the new culture will be one that is unrecognizable to everyone alive today." That is true, this nano technology is taking us to the place that society will not be recognizable.

The age of the future is planned to be the age of robots--humans if they are to survive are to be robotic slaves for the illuminated elite. However, this is not paranoid fear as the NY Times writer implies, but it is the unfortunate reality humanity faces. Some people apparently are already experiencing it. One victim of mind-control, whose father is Military Intelligence and whose family is part of the Illuminati, claims that he has been subjected to tiny robots called nanobots. These nanobots have been featured on TV, where they have been billed as an asset for surgeons. Reportedly, these tiny robots can work off of 10-100 kilohertz of beamed power. They have coil-shaped antennas, 2 little six-pointed "wings" to attach and move themselves with. These tiny boron-carbon nanobots have all kinds of purposes.

One use is for multitudes of these Nanobots to be placed into a single victim’s head, where they are programmed to migrate to certain programmed positions where they can suppress the optical signals to the brain and replace these signals with their own holographic images that can be externally transmitted to the nanobots or preprogrammed in. They are trying or have succeeded, depending upon who is talking about nanobots, in making self-replicating assemblers. In other words, they have built miniature robots that build other robots. (Sounds like something the Japanese would do.)

Nanobot researchers talk about how great it will be to have tiny robots that are smaller than a red blood cell circulating in our blood removing fat, bacteria, and viruses.

SOME SOURCES.

Recent articles on nanotechnolgy include:
  • Electronic Times (12/7/95),
  • Electronics Weekly (11/29/95),
  • Electronic Engineering Times (11/27/95),
  • the L.A. Times (11/11/94, 12/21/94, 2/7/96, 2/20/96),
  • the NY Times (4/30/94, 11/19/96, 2/2/97),
  • the Wall St. Journal (5/12/94, 1/9/96, 2/26/96).

Eric Drexler wrote Engines of Creation (Anchor Press/Doubleday, 1986), a book about nanotechnology.

Books that will provide more information on nanotechnology:

  • Drexler, K. Eric and Peterson, Chris and Pergamit, Gayle. Unbounding the Future: The Nanotechnology Revolution. Morrow, 1991.
  • Hameroff, Stuart R. Ultimate Computing: Biomolecular Consciousness and Nanotechnology. Elsevier Science Pub., 1987.
  • Whitehouse, D.J. and Kawata, K., eds. Nanotechnology: Proceedings of the Joint Forum/ERATO Symposium held at Warwick Univ., 21-22 August 1990. Adam Hilger, 1991.

C4. MEMEX/BRAIN LINK IMPLANTS

The public doesn’t understand that programs showing research are typically rmation to hide what’s already in use. On "Cyberlife," 12/17/96, a TV story was done on Dr. Ted Berger, a biological engineer, at U.S.CA, who is working on a microchip that will be a substitute for the hippocampus’ memory. The story stated that in two years a brain chip can be made that mimics the pattern of brain neurons so that it can be plugged in.

The New World Order’s computer-satellite system allows a. communication devices to be embedded within a victim, as well as b. memex devices that are linked to the natural brain to boast the brain’s memory. In the Vol. 2 book, the ALEX (Amalgamated Logrythmic Encrypted Transmissions) system was described which allows the NWO to pulse codes on different frequencies in an erratic fashion that makes the transmissions hard to even spot. The ALEX system is one component of their ability to secretly transmit orders and information to their slaves. When a slave receives a body-suit of implants, one implant will be a central control implant that controls the body suit of implants and receives information from an external transmitting source.

Some of the slaves have had their central controlling implant at the base of their skull. The concepts that Hollywood portrayed in the sci-fi movie "Johnny Mnemonic" where an oligarchy (in league with big business and the crime syndicates) controls the world, and uses a human who has an implant that stores tremendous amounts of information is-- sad to say-- not so far removed from what is already happening in secret.

INTERFACE DEVICES

The biocybernetic researchers for the New World Order have working on a number of interface devices to interface (link) the human brain with computers. A number of devices have been created. There is even a biochip the size of a large organic molecule that works as a memex implant. The idea of implants is difficult for some people to accept. I am in the possession of x-rays showing implants, of anechoic chamber readings showing that victims were receiving constant synthetic telemetry signals from outside transmitting sites, and a variety of other items showing evidence that this activity is going on. For instance, Professor Ingmar Wickbom, M.D. of the University Hospital, University of Calif. Medical Ctr., San Diego on 10/6/’83 wrote a letter "To Whom It May Concern" that skull x-rays of Robert Naslund indicated implants at the base of the skull that are "possibly some form of brain transmitters". Some of the victims I personally know have managed to extract fiber optic fibers from their bodies.

ORGANIC BIOPROCESSORS LINKED TO VIRUSES-- One direction that the New World Order took was to develop biochips and bioprocessors, that is three-dimensional organic circuitry that functions as computers. The conductive velocities of these miniature organic computers (protein lattices) are at least one million times faster than nerve cells.

The circuit power of a given size of miniature organic computers is at least a million times greater than the same size of brain matter. Molecular computers made of living matter can be grown from DNA templates of genetically engineered bacteria. Synthetic proteins have been developed which match what they want to make into mini-computers. The end product is a bioprocessor (tiny computer) within a cell.

These mini-computers are specifically linked with viruses which migrate to specific parts of the body. Viruses are primarily nucleoproteins, some of the small ones are not even alive, and they don’t even have metabolism. They do not have a metabolism to kill with an antibiotic. The Neurotropic viruses migrate to the central nervous system (nerves), the Dermotropic viruses migrate to the skin, the Pneumotropic viruses go to the lungs, the Viscerotropic go to the abdomen, and other viruses go to other sites in the body.

Because many viruses will select what area of the body they will reside in, the New World Order can tailor (in tissue-culture) their bio-implants (which consist of a virus plus a bioprocessor) so they can target where they will end up in the mind-controlled slave. Such an virus implant is also called a symbiote, because it lives off of the host, the mind-controlled slave’s own body. These virus implants have life-expectancies that are a number of years long.

A number of these implants within the victim serve as spies-in-the-camp, reporting detailed records of what the host’s body is doing. Research into how to splice and dice genetic material and then recombine it has been going on for a number of decades, and is very sophisticated. There are a number of very technical books on how to do it, but only a reader familiar with the language of genetic research could decipher their techniques & abilities with miniature RNA and DNA pieces. Several genetic books/papers describe how viruses can get host genetic material or other genetic material, thus giving us a window on how they transfer the miniature computers made from DNA templates to the viruses.

In the book Mechanics of DNA Replication & Recombination, Proceedings of a UCLA Symposium held in Keystone, CO April 3-9, 1983,(edited by Nicholas R. Cozzarelli, of the Dept. of Molecular Biology Univ. of CA, Berkeley, published in NY by Alan K. Liss, Inc.) one of the leaders in this field said on page 12, "I remain faithful to the conviction that anything a cell can do, a biochemist should be able to do." And yes they have been replicating strands of RNA & DNA, creating whatever they want.

The Illuminati have been using these computers-in-viruses implants at least since the 1990s. The implants are easy to insert into the victim’s body, and the specific virus transport themselves and attach themselves where they are to go. The Illuminati then build body suits of these implants. The size of these tiny implants vary from tens of millicrons to hundreds of millimicrons. Just their tiny size makes them difficult to destroy. From research  on victims, it appears that a central computer is implanted to control or interact with the body suit of implants.

PSYCHICS-- One of the Illuminati’s research projects was to discover the psi gene--the genetic gene that would permit them to breed a master race with psychic abilities. One of the groups that the Illuminati has controlled which did research in this area was Nazi Germany. Mengele, in fact, was interested in the co-relation of blood types to psychic abilities. Blood type B apparently has more psychics than other blood types.

People who have true psychic abilities have a more complex molecular lattice structure than those who don’t. They also have energy fields of 500 cps or higher. This is in contrast with most brain activity which lies in the 0 cps to 100 cps range. The heart operates at up to about 250 cps, and the resonant frequency for a nerve is 360 cps. In other words, the high cps. energy field is a tip off that the person is psychic. A secret program has been carried out by the Illuminati to identify every person on the planet who is capable of being psychic. They are identified and then assigned to people (a male and female) to monitor the person.

Psychics are often recruited into intelligence agencies to bring them under the power of the Illuminati’s establishment. In other cases, they are simply watched and monitored, some who are threats to them are killed, and others receive mind-control. They have been identifying people with psychic abilities and then trying to track and/or control them. They also will try to recruit or place these people under mind-control or both.

C5. TORTURE/NERVE & MUSCLE STIMULATION IMPLANTS

When a body suit is placed into a slave, implants are strategically placed in their body so that if they do not comply or if the Network wants to make the person dissociative they can direct the control implant to trigger these implants to activate. For instance two implants will be place on opposite side near the uterus and one in the lower back in order to give the handlers the ability to cause lots of lower back pain. Prior to electronically putting someone into an altered & controlled dissociative state, they will wear a person down with pain to make them dissociative. For instance, if an implant in the middle (square in the heel) of the foot goes off, a ball of electricity like a sparkler is activated causing pain, anxiety and discomfort.

Some describe it as a hot pin prick in the foot. One victim and her mother both received these torture implants, and she was able to locate and remove some of them from her mother. I would like to paraphrase her description of finding these torture implants, "I discovered fiberoptic type implants on the lower back and also on the line where the leg and buttock join. The fiberoptic sites on the lower back was 1" to the left of the spine, and consisted of two holes where the implants had been inserted which were one above the other, and at a distance of 5/8’ from each other. I was able to partially remove both of these fiber implants, but knots remained under the holes where tiny parts of the implants tenaciously remained.

These two back implants seemed to connect signal-wise to the implant at the junction of the buttock and leg. This latter implant could create pain in the left leg and foot." Sometimes a crackling sound like crickets accompanies the signal to create pain. A vibrating electrical field is often used on victims of electronic control. (Unconfirmed but possible:) One victim described a device that could have a dial rotated to allow the sender to chose different types of signals to be sent. This would be pointed at a victim. As this sounds like a good possibility, it has been included here, although there is nothing to confirm such a piece of equipment which is probably if it exists.

BELLDAME TORTURE IMPLANT--Nothing available to report.

SUICIDE IMPLANT--Some claim that an implanted chip has been created that will release a poison upon a signal which will kill its host. This author has seen absolutely no evidence that such an implant exists. It’s use is likely disinformation.

C6. TRACKING & I.D. IMPLANTS

This type of implant has gotten most of the public’s attention. For several years now the public has been aware that animals, military personnel as well as civilians have been given tracking implants. Objects also have received tracking implants. DCI of the CIA Bob Gates is reported to have said, "If you can’t identify people, you can’t control them."

The Wall St. Journal, 3/30/1992 reported that the FDA proposed that tracking devices onto 35 classes of medical devices such as heart valves and breast implants. The excuse was that they needed to track life-sustaining medical devices better. The list of devices to be tracked includes cardiovascular filters, defibrillators, pacemaker electrodes, heart valves, tracheal protheses, breathing monitors, portable oxygen generators, ventilators, infusion oxygen generators, ventilators, infusion pumps and various silicone gel-filled devices such as testicular implants and breast implants, and spinal implants.

The Hughs Identification Device has been placed onto such objects as breast implants. These tracking implants are reported to have a life of 250 years. Their tracking I.D. number consists of #, letter, #, letter, # etc. The U.S. Navy has employed RF/ID "waterproof bracelets" for tracking individuals underwater. The U.S. military has required its personnel to take tracking implants under the pretense of being able to find them if they get lost, and millions of men and women in the military have already gotten these tracking implants. A book published by the U.S. Army War College in 1994 (entitled The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflict Short of War) shows the Army’s interest in tracking implants. Many tracking implants were placed into military personnel during Desert Shield/Desert Storm operations.

Some tracking implants are programmable and can record vital data about a person. They could also be used as a debit card for financial transactions, which is why they have gotten so much attention as the much feared Mark of the Beast. Texe Marr’s popular book Project L.U.C.I.D. exposed the L.U.C.I.D. System which will be a central clearing house for keeping track of everyone. He reproduced a diagram from an issue of Narc Officer magazine showing how the system would connect an individual’s universal biometrics card with the justice, data communications, and telecommunications systems of the World Order.

Texe Marrs and others are fascinated at the choice of words & acronyms that the establishment keeps picking. Dr. Creusat, a medical doctor with Interpol is the official designer of L.U.C.I.D. He and his co-designer initially refused to reveal what the acronym L.U.C.I.D. stands for. Some speculate that it stands for the obvious: "Lucifer’s I.D." system. It’s also strange that AT&T called their new company derived from Bell Labs (which has been involved in mind-control for the Illuminati) "Lucent Technologies". Again some people speculate that Lucent means Lucifer’s Enterprises. And what did Lucent come out with? They came out with a new computer network called "Inferno" (another name for Hell), written in a language called "Limbo" (a place in Hell) with computer protocols called "Styx" (a river in Hell).

And then on the other side of the Atlantic, a world-wide net called Demon Internet is being offered to people in Europe. (To have Demon Internet installed for you by Demon Internet, Ltd. at 322 Regents Park Rd., Finchley, London N3 2QQ costs initially £1,762.50 for the first month according to recent company literature.) Again the obvious ques tion, why are these companies using occult--even satanic terms for their products? Illuminati member and chairman of IBM Thomas Watson, Jr. set up a cryptology research group at IBM’s research lab in Yorktown Heights in NY. This group was led by Horst Feistel, and it developed a cipher code called "Lucifer". Lucifer was then sold to Lloyd’s of London.

Lucifer was created under the auspices of the NSA. Lucifer worked off of an algorithm. The NSA had set things up via IBM so that it has had a back door to anything encrypted with Lucifer. (By the way NSA’s partner in the U.K. is the brit’s GCHQ.) The paper trail indicates that L.U.C.I.D. intends to keep track of people by using biometrics (iris scan, fingerprint, voiceprint, photos, and other bio identification features) that will be encoded on cards (or implants.) DNA databanks are already giving computers an enormous ability to identify millions of americans via their DNA. Texe Marrs also calls our attention in his book about L.U.C.I.D. to the important mandatory ISO 9000 program, which makes it mandatory for all products to have an ISO 9000 I.D. number and their approval and certification. Over 100 countries have adopted the ISO 9000 standards.

In 1999, use of the system, which was voluntary, will become mandatory. The government is also setting up TPN (Trading Partner Numbers). While obtaining all these numbers to do business is not directly mind-control; if a person can’t buy or sell without the approved numbers, it does tend to place a person or company under the World Order’s control. The NACCB in England and the ASQC and the ANSI have been given power to accredit people with the ISO 9000 numbers. IOS is also in some type of overseeing role in the accreditation process. Here we go, more acronym monsters to control our lives!

But while attention has been focused on this, many other implants have been implanted for mind-control. It all works together. The tracking implants certainly are an external means of controlling people that will work along side of the mind-control to lock people into their Established System. The tracking implants have broader application than just to keep track of an individual’s location, or his financial records. Tracking implants can be used to send bio information on the heart beat, the BEG, EKG and other bio tracking methods. Researchers who are following the field of tracking implants will remember the article "An Eight Channel Micropowered PAM/FM Biomedical Telemetry System" in the NTC ’71 Record, p. 309. The Air Force Office of Scientific Research, NASA financed that study which involved an 8-channel micropowered telemetry system designed to sense and transmit physiological data.

The system was actually successfully used. They will also remember an earlier article in the IEEE Transactions on Bio-medical Engineering, Vol. BME-14, Oct. 1967 entitled, "The Design and Use of an FM/AM Radiotelemetry System for Multichannel Recording of Biological Data." And then they will remember an even earlier report from the Biophysics Lab, of the Aerospace Medical Labs of the Aerospace Medical Div. at Wright Patterson AFB, Ohio dated 1965 entitled, "Personal telemetry transmitter system." The point is that tracking implant research has been with us for several decades, and is being utilized to control slaves who have body suits of implants. They have been publicly monitoring animals with bio-telemetry for several decades, it doesn’t take any stretch of the imagination to comprehend that they are also doing it with their slaves.

While these articles were from the ’60s, soon afterwards a book appeared Mackay, R.S.
Biomedical Telemetry, Sensing and Transmitting Biological Information from Animals and Man. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: NY, 1970. Faceprints are a new method which uses a math algorithm that establishes distances between eye pupils, nasal base, lip center and other facial points. The algorithm produces a 50-bit number that is person-specific. The plans are to code this along with other unique I.D. features onto the magnetic strips of I.D. cards.

The American CIA developed in conjunction with the Thai police a smart identity card for use in Thailand. The Computerworld Smithsonian Award was given to the Thai Ministry of Interior for this "innovative technology" in 1990. In other words, one part of Big Brother patted another on the back. Was the CIA protecting us, Mr. & Mrs. Citizens by doing this so-called "intelligence" work, or was it working on another agenda by developing this high tech ID card? Later the military adopted the MARC ID card based on similar ideas.

Bell Communications (in NJ) developed voice activated credit cards. Reports are that colds can throw one’s voice off so that it’s rejected by the flat microchip in the voice card. When this author calls the World Order’s mind-control "total", he means just that--it is designed to control the body, mind and spirit of a person. By taking bio information via implants, DNA codes, blood types, retina scans, hand geometry and face prints, without our real consent the World Order has effectively stolen our Fifth Amendment rights. John Adams wrote, "Property must be secured or liberty cannot exist." (The Works of John Adams, Vol. 6:9, p. 280.)

The purpose of the American government was to protect property. But they have stolen our privacy. They have put into law (contrary to the Constitution & Bill of -Rights) several laws that will force us to provide information to computer data banks that will be used to determine if we can buy or sell, if we can get employment or not, & if we are deemed politically correct or not. And those on the wrong side of the NWO may be incarcerated and programmed. While tracking implants are not mind-control per se, they will work hand in glove with actual mind-control to make sure no one under mind-control can effectively get away.

Therefore all tracking devices must be seen in the broader context as being devices to assist in the implementation of total mind-control. One genius scientist who worked on the bio-chip and who still works as a civilian for the government personally told this author that he is excused for his help on the project because technology is neutral. Technology is neither good nor bad, so he claims. I disagree, and so did another scientist who did repent of helping with this infernal project, and apologized to this author.

These bio-chips are going to be used for the enslavement of mankind, and for total mind-control. There is no justification, no excuse great enough to allow people to side-step their responsibility in the creation of such technology intended for evil. We have a responsibility to know how our inventions will be used before we create them. It doesn’t take a rocket scientist to know what these inventions are going to be used for. Unfortunately, this man who assisted with the bio-chip is a rocket scientist.

Section D. Direct monitoring & manipulation of the brain/mind

D1. Direct monitoring of thought waves.

For many years, the basic waves have told us basic things about the mind. Rapid Beta waves come from normal mental activity like you are doing now, alpha waves indicate relaxation, theta waves mean meditation & memories, & ultraslow deltas mean deep sleep. Cognitive demands cause the gamma waves to synchronize. Alpha (as well as Theta) oscillations both encode and access cortical codes--what we describe as K-lines in this Deeper Insights book. The thalamus & the cortex are involved in memory.

People with good memories have higher alpha freks than persons with poor memories. EEGs are used to watch these waves & their oscillations. PET scans are even more revealing. Thoughts can be analyzed in terms of the various parts of the mind that they require to produce them. In word-reading the mind activates specific posterior visual areas, and when the mind must identify a noun specific frontal & temporo-parietal areas are active. (See Posner, "Seeing the Mind", Science magazine, 10/29/93, p. 673). PET scans & BEGs are interesting, but evoked potentials tell it all. The National Security Agency has a monopoly on monitoring the evoked potentials emitted by people’s brain’s electrical flux which are electromagnetic emissions in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt range.

When a person thinks, or moves their body, or sees something, the brain creates an evoked potential or set of evoked potentials. These emissions can be decoded to see what the person is thinking or doing. This is called RNM (Remote Neural Monitoring). It is reported that the Kinnecome group at the NSA is involved with this type of monitoring round-the-clock of victims of electronic mind-control using EMF equipment that is scattered across the nation.

A Signals Intelligence EMF scanning network allows the NSA’s computers to pinpoint and track any individual in the United States by watching for their specific bioelectrical field. In many ways, the tracking implants and the national I.D. cards are redundant, but the World Order wants to increase their control, while keeping their best technology secret. The NSA information is not randomly passed on to any individual, but they do have their ways to filter down information to mind-control handlers if they need to. They have exhibited an amazing ability to track the two co-authors, but that doesn’t mean that they are all powerful, just because their computers can remotely detect and keep track of people.

This article is evidence that there is still some elbow room for independent thought in this world. What’s more frightening is the apathy in the world to stand up to the control. But the question may arise, how can they get any good reading on the brain’s evoked potentials from a distance? The equipment is a combined use of ELF-modulated masers along with Doppler-shifted interrogative RMCT masers. This technique allows them to send syntel directly through walls. A Maser is a microwave equivalent to a laser.

TESLA WAVES USED TO READ MINDS & IMPLANT VOICES

According to reports, the Soviets were the first to discover in the 1960’s that the human brain had 23 BEG band wave lengths, of which 11 of these were totally independent. By knowing those 11 band wave lengths, and then sending signals based upon those wave lengths, the human mind could be manipulated. The person’s PRIME FREK, that is their biological frequency needs to be identified, and then it is possible to remotely implant thoughts and voices into their minds. 
In the early 1970’s, the U.S. Documentation Center as well as the White House’s spokesman had both reported that electromagnetic waves could be used to communicate with "a target biosystem."

(This was brought out in the U.S. District Court of the State of Utah where inmates who had been subjected to mind-control in prison tried unsuccessfully to fight back in court.) 

The University of Utah was just one of several dirty research facilities which researched on human guinea pigs how Tesla waves could be used to manipulate the mind into hearing voices. They discovered how simple it is to use these waves to override and implant thoughts into the mind, and to read the thoughts of the mind. Then they subjected hundreds of inmates at the Gunnison Facility of the Utah State Prison, the State Hospital and perhaps other Utah State Prison facilities to this brand of mind-control in order to test it. 

It certainly works. Numerous inmates tried to fight the system, and the obvious mind-control that so many of them were being subjected to. Hundreds of the inmates were subjected to heavy drugs and other severe punishment when they protested. Still they continued to protest. This was in the 1970’s, now the technology is being used over the entire United States. 
The Tesla waves are sent to a victim in the following sequence of events. 

Computers programmed with artificial intelligence handle most electronic controlled slaves. When the slave does something the computer can’t handle then human handlers step in to help. Men and women staff consoles attached to CRAY computers where they monitor the victims that need special attention. The full fledged electronic monitoring involves an entire body suit of various implant devices in the victim’s body. From the body suit, the controllers are able to track the victim, hear what the victim hears, and see via tiny fiberoptics some of what is going on around and with the victim. The staff have pre-recorded sound bites that they usually like to select, as well as occasion actual live messages.

They transmit these messages, which are picked up by satellite and relayed to whatever large TV broadcasting antenna or GWEN tower or other antenna is near the victim. The signal is then relayed to some object near the victim, which serves as a relay antenna to pass the signal on to the victim. It’s believed that some type of implant picks up the signal and broadcasts the correct Tesla wave pattern to create voices within the victim. Meanwhile, the tracking implant keeps the staff and the satellite system informed every few minutes as to exactly where to send the voice signals. The Master computer and central HQ for electronic mind control is reported to be Boulder, CO. Several places have been identified by this author as key points.

One report came in that transponders are being made in Boulder, CO. The central cellular computer is in the Boulder, CO National Bureau of Standards building. AT & T is cooperating with electronic mind-control also. NORAD tracks both space and earthbound objects. They have a Cheyenne Mtn. Air Station. Although it is clear from reports from mind-control victims that NORAD is actively involved in mind-control, exactly how the different tracking responsibilities are delegated is not known to this author at this time. It appears that there is duplication of efforts, and several NWO branches maintain the same capability.

D2. VOICES / OR THOUGHTS SENT ELECTRONICALLY DIRECTLY INTO THE MIND

Brain waves are connected to thought. When thought occurs there is a great deal of brain wave activity. The brain carries out what some people call "parallel processors"--that is it breaks a thinking process down into components and works on all simultaneously. When the World Order’s researchers have attempted to tamper with the mind they can place thoughts into the mind by tampering with the processes that create thoughts, without actually having to replicate the thought they want. In other words, they are deflecting the natural process into the synthetic process they want to get their desired result.

For group mind control, or isolated individuals, ELF waves can be sent that interact with the brain’s natural waves. The human brain synchronizes with the incoming waves and the end result can be panic, sleep, or a hypnotic trance. The wrong kinds of ELF waves can even damage the brain. In 1961, Allen Frey, a free-lance biophysicist and engineering psychologist reported that humans can hear microwaves. This had been known by the military since W.W.II. To form complex words and sentences, Frey realized he’d have to approach the level of 10 -mW/(cm)², but the bottom line is microwave-created movement of cochlear hair cells can be done.

In the late 1950’s, Dr. Patrick Flanagan developed an electronic telepathy machine which was called the Neurophone. He writes about the Neurophone and its capabilities to transmit acoustic (sounds, voices) directly into the brain of an individual using the electromagnetic fields in his forward to the book Angels Don’t Play This HAARP by Jeane Manning and Dr. Nick Begich.

The patent office held up his patent on the machine for 12 years. Dr. Flanagan writes, "Certain types of electromagnetic signals can induce visual and auditory effects when the field around the head or body is at the right frequency, intensity and modulation levels. We are not accusing the developers of HAARP of amoral intentions for the use of this technology but the potential for abuse is there." (Angels Don’t Play This HAARP, p. 6)

First, this author highly recommends the book Angels Don’t Play This HAARP; and second, this author is going to flat outright say that the developers of HAARP do not deserve the benefit of the doubt anymore--because some of them have a clear track record of developing and using mind-control techniques. HAARP is nothing less than a mind-control project. One of the persons that people trying to investigate HAARP kept running into was Col. John Alexander. Col. John Alexander was involved with the development of -HAARP.

(Angels Don’t Play This HAARP, p. 19) Trauma-based mind-control victims have identified Col. John Alexander as being one of the primary mind-control programmers. He has been a key player in a number of mind-control projects for the government. Wright-Patterson AFB, Dayton, OH also play-ed a role in research for HAARP. A number of trauma-based mind-control victims have identified Wright-Patterson as a mind-control programming center. Apparently, the Air Force used some of the brain-stem scarred whiz kids at the base to try and develop Tesla technology. ARCO (via their ARCO Power Technologies, Inc. subsidiary) was the Air Force’s prime contractor on the first phase of HAARP’s development. ARCO has company doctors who are helping program mind-control victims. One of ARCO’s board members was Dr. Simon Ramo, who is a big player with the military and the secret government.

The awarding of ARCO’s subsidiary APTI for the contract smelled like a rat, because other companies were obviously better suited than this tiny subsidiary with a staff of 25 in Washington, D.C. Besides the mind-control aspect of things, the World Order set things up so that APTI has the patent (#4,686,605, Method & Apparatus for Altering a Region in the -Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere, and/or Magnetosphere) for the HAARP project, so they are a natural shoe-in for the project.

There were other patents involved too, and about dozen of these patents assigned to APTI have now ended up with the large Raytheon Corp. (APTI was bought by B-Systems, and B-Systems was bought by Raytheon. All 3 are working fast and furiously developing technology for the NWO.) The NWO’s Stanford Research Institute developed many of HAARP’s high-fre-quency transmitting programs with money from the Defense Nuclear Agency. (This was from Angels Don’t Play This HAARP, p.47, which cites an NTIA memo, "NTIA Preliminary Assessment of Air Force Ionospheric Research Instrument", 10/1/1993.) Mitre Corp. was also involved with HAARP. This author has exposed the Mitre Corp. in the past as being both Illuminati-run, & a co-partner with the NSA.

When a HAARP researcher pestered the Air Force for info, he was referred to Kirk-land AFB, NM another site deeply involved in mind-control and black projects. (Angels Don’t Play This HAARP, p.63) Los Alamos Nat. Labs also is involved with both mind-control & I-IAARP. Their Blackbeard Team is connected to the Alexis Satellite, which may or may not be connected to the ALEX system which this author has been warning about. Supposedly this is a gamma ray re-search satellite, but this author doesn’t know if this is the truth or a cover story. The Air Command & Staff College’s Airpower Journal lets the "cat out of the bag" so to speak when they reveal that weapons like HAARP will be used against civilians.

The military wants to use weapons like HAARP to disorient people’s mental facilities. Newt Gingerich wrote the forward to an official US Air Force book entitled Low-Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology which described how electromagnetic weapons could be used to subjugate U.S. citizens who opposed their government. Cpt. Paul Tyler wrote the chapter on electromagnetic and psychotronic weapons.

A paper trail does exist of the intentions to use HAARP for mind-control by our government. For the sake of completeness, and to provide the readers with a paper trail, I’ll quote directly from this official Air Force book from the part written by Cpt. Tyler, ‘The potential applications of artificial electromagnetic fields are wide-ranging and can be used in many military or quasi-military situations... Some of these potential uses include dealing with terrorist groups...crowd control,...and anti-personnel techniques in tactical warfare. In all cases, the electro-magnetic systems would be used to produce mild to severe physiological disruption or perceptual distortion or disorientation. In addition, the ability of individuals to function could be degraded to such a point that they would be combat ineffective.

Another advantage of electromagnetic systems is that they provide coverage over large areas with a single system [this is an obvious reference to HAARP] . . . . Recently, pulsed electromagnetic fields have been reported to induce cellular transcription related to reproduction of DNA.... Knowledge of mechanisms of actions of Radio-Frequency Radiation (RFR) with living systems and the assessment of pulsed RFR effects, will demonstrate the vulnerability of humans to complex pulsed electromagnetic radiation fields... Experiments with elec-troshock, RFR experiments and the increasing understanding of the brain as an electrically-mediated-organ, suggest the serious probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive of purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing and/or interrogating such behavior."

THERE YOU HAVE IT, a PAPER TRAIL that the MILITARY WANTS HAARP’S MIND-CONTROL

capabilities. Dr. Abraham Liboff of Oakland Univ. has demonstrated how low-energy circularly polarized electromagnetic waves can change the brain’s ability to keep out certain ions, minerals, and chemicals. HAARP can also be used with genetic manipulating ionized radiation and chemicals to specifically control the mind. (See Chapter 8, section 2 for a complete discussion of this.)

SUMMARY OF ELF WAVE MIND CONTROL CAPABILITIES

Naval Intelligence and other groups have conducted research into ELF waves upon the human body and mind. Some of the many things that can be done to the human body and mind with ELF waves include:

  • a. put a person to sleep
  • b. make a person tired or depressed c. create a feeling of fear in a person d. create a zombie state
  • e. create a violent state
  • f. create a state of being sexually aggressive g. change cellular chemistry
  • h. change hormone levels
  • i. inhibit or enhance M(RNA) synthe-sis/processes
  • j. control the DNA transaction process
  • k. control biological spin and proton coupling constants in DNA, RNA & RNA transferases.

But electronic control of the brain comes in many forms. Perhaps the controllers only want to carry out mood shifts. ELF waves which will penetrate walls, and even go through the earth will create mood shifts according to how many cycles per minute they are sent at. Studies have proven that the time for ELF waves to cause a shift in mood is between 6 to 10 seconds (not a long time).

ELF waves below 6 cycles per second cause subjects to become emotionally upset and this rate may also disrupt bodily functions. At 8.2 cycles/sec. the person gets an elevated high such as would be accomplished by a master of meditation. 11 to 11.3 cycles per second cause the brain to become agitated and to begin riotous behavior.

ELF waves could be directed at a population to help incite riots. Research has been carried out to determine how the brain’s sensory inputs are coded. It has been determined that visual input is relayed and built into a series of changing maps. The olfactory sense has thousands of specific codes to determine smells, and combinations of these are triggered by an object. One clue that gave researchers initially the idea that different individual human brains have a common internal electronic type coding for specific thoughts is that drugs will have such common effects on the human race--even -though one obtains individuals from widely different genetic pools. The best research is of course kept secret.

We primarily have to report on what is released. E.R. John in Mecha-nisms of Memory (NY: Academic Press, 1967, pp. 348-349) announced his discovery that central neuro-electrical codes are indeed used by the human brain. Information transfers in the brain have been shown to be related to neuro-electrical frequency codes, and that a brain can be manipulated by beaming those codes from an external sources. For instance, Hippocampal neurons will have burst-firing frequencies between 100-200 Hz. Here are some of the resonance frequencies for manipulating these senses:

Visual centers of mind--25 Hz
Sense of touch center--9 Hz
Auditory (hearing) ctr-- 15 Hz
Motor control-- 10 Hz
Subconscious thoughts--20 Hz.

If the World Order wants to cause a person to make a gesture, they use ELF-modulated microwaves that are "KEYED" to distinctive brainwave patterns that are called "PREPARATION SETS." If the controllers want to create an emotion they use specific "EXCITATION POTENTIALS" by creating the correct resonance frek which in turn creates a specific emotional state. Victims of electronic mind-control often complain of electronic fields placed -around their bodies.

Recently, when an electrical storm blew a major metro power grid, one victim of electronic mind-control lost the force field that had been encircling her body. The brain is also attenuated to the earth magnetic field. By manipulating the magnetic field around a person, the magnitude of the beamed codes needed to elicit a change in the brain can be reduced. For example J.I. Jacobson changed melatonin levels in subjects by manipulating the magnetic field in conjunction with beamed "signals". See Jacobson, J.I. "Pineal-hypothalamic tract meditation of pico Tesla magnetic fields in the treatment of neurological disorders." FASEB Journal, 1994, 8, p. A656.

Sandyk also successfully used manipulation of the magnetic fields and reported this in Sandyk, R. Successful treatment of mul-tiple sclerosis with magnetic fields. International Journal of Neuroscience, 1992, pp. 237-250. It was discovered that if an alternating magnetic field at a distance (resonance) frequency is superimposed upon a steady-state magnetic field, calcium and other ions within the brain can be moved with little energy. When this was discovered, researchers began to watch to see if variations in the -earth’s magnetic field during geomagnetic storms and in other situations, would affect the thinking of masses of people.

They discovered that there were indeed changes to the human brain as a result of magnetic fluctuations. Cognitive thinking and conscious -thought occurs between the temperatures of 308º - 312º K (or 35º - 39º C) and the fundamental wave length associated with these thoughts are approximately 10 micrometers (which is an infrared wavelength.) Signals that blend with Background Radiation can be manipulated to control the brain. The temperature of the brain directly relates to how certain signals will affect it. It is believed that structures within the thalamus are involved with modulating the temperature sensitivity of biochemical oscillators. Heterodyne Principle Used.

This principle is that multiple frequencies when applied to a nonlinear device produce new frequencies which are the sums and differences of the applied frequencies and their harmonics. In other words a local oscillator (also called a strong sinusoidal carrier wave) can multiply a weak signal. A microwave signal at a frequency A is mixed with a microwave local oscillator at frequency B in a nonlinear mixer. The mixer output signal which is A minus B is a faithful amplitude and phase reproduction of the original microwave signal but at a low, fixed frequency so that it can be measured simply with low-frek measuring devices. Heterodyne signals cost more to produce but cost is no problem for the government.

Multiport network analysers, which use several simple power detectors and a computer analysis approach provide a less expensive way to measure both the relative voltage amplitude & the phase. Cell phone freks used. The controllers use the UHF cellular telephone frequencies, which are installed everywhere because the human cranium operates on the same frequencies that cellular phones operate on. This was not by accident.

PULSED AUDIOGRAMS--Pulsed audiograms use extremely low average power densities of electromagnetic energy acoustic amplifier driven by the rf transmitter’s modulator, the peak power density is a critical factor which is approx. 275 mw/rf for carrier frequencies 125 mc and 1,310 mc. Acoustic noise is approx. 80 decibels. Another source, the electrical sine wave analogs of each word is processed so that each time a sine wave crosses zero reference in the negative direction, & a brief pulse of microwave energy is triggered.

These voice modulated microwaves transmit words to the brain. Sounds are generated when pulsed microwaves are aimed at absorbers made of carbon-impregnated polyurethane. An Acoustical Energy Wavefront (AEW) is created by modified transducement of sound waves, which are in the ultrasound spec-trum (USS). In other words scalar energy is being employed. When people are asleep they are the most vulnerable.

TV antenna can serve both as transmitters and well as receivers. It can be made to oscillate a suitable resonant frequency. By transmitting signals in the TV/FM range and then modulating them in the ELF/ULF range, they can send signals. The Nexus magazine of Oct.-Nov. ’96 p. 16 reported on Dr. Ross Adley’s research. Dr. Adley did some work for the CIA on their Pandora project (an electronic mind-control project). He recently worked at the Loma Linda Univ. Med. School, CA. His research showed that the brain will react to EM radiation.

To get a reaction the frequency, amplitude, and dose of the microwave radiation has to meet certain criteria. In the 1980’s, his experiments showed that microwave carrier-waves modulated with ELF waves will modify brain tissue. Weak EM fields will affect the binding of calcium ions to neuronal sites. This type of information is the type of information that pertains to the genetic mind-control covered in Chapter 8. Dr. Adley was able to prove that a 147 MHz (megahertz) field, which at a tissue level had an intensity of 0.8 milliwatts per square centimeters, caused an efflux or release of calcium ions from the irradiated brain tissue.

"This response only occurred when the ELF modulation of the microwave carrier-wave had an amplitude modulated at 6-20 hertz (Hz). The maximum stimulation of the neurones took place at 16 Hz, but to either side of this frequency-range parameter there was no effect." (Nexus, 10-11/’96, p. 16 citing Adey, Ross W. "Neurophysiologic Effects of Radiofrequency and Microwave Radiation" Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine, vol. 55, no. 11, Dec., ’79)

Also microwaves as they enter the brain tissue, cause thermal expansion as -things heat up at the microscopic level, which produces strains in tissue. The strains produce acoustic stress waves that are conducted through the bone to the cochle-a, and the cochlea’s stimulation by the wave gives the brain its perception of hearing a sound just as the cochlea’s stimulation produces the normal sensation of hearing. For microwaves to do this they must be at 1310 MHz and 2982 MHz at the average power densities of .4 to 2 mW/cm².

The peak power densities can be 200 to 300 mW/cm2 and the pulse repetition frequency was from 200 to 400 Hz. This makes an RF auditory sound. The sound appears to the victim as coming from within or near the back of the head. 2 criteria needed to hear microwaves are the ability to hear above 5 kHz, and good bone conduction.

Section E. Auxiliary uses of electronics & electromagnetic waves.

E1. hypnotic induction
E2. polygraphs
E3. attacks against people & objects
LIQUID CRYSTALS
"ALIEN" implants
BED COILS STANDARDIZED FOR MIND-CONTROL POTENTIAL
E4. virtual reality
El. ELECTRONICS TO AID HYPNOSIS

​In a normal resting state the alpha waves of a person are between 6 -12 per second, and their breathing rate is about 20-40 breaths per mm. and their heart beat about 70 to 90 per minute. External stimuli will affect these rates. If a person fixes their attention on flashes and tones, such as what happens at some concerts, the body functions will tend to synchronize around the external tones and pulsing lights.

It takes about ten minutes for the human mind/body to reconfigure itself in line with the external stimuli, then that rate of the flashing lights and tones and be lowered with a resulting lowering of the body’s alpha wave rate, their breathing, and their heart beat. Electronics can be an aid to hypnotizing people. If vibrations that vibrate at the rate of six to seven cycles per second are created in a room of people, the vibrations will induce alpha waves in the minds of the people. The increased alpha wave activity makes the listening subjects more susceptible to suggestion. This is similar to the effect Vibrato has on the mind.

Vibrato is a tremulous pulsating effect produced by a minute and rapid variation in pitch either by a cappella or instrumental music. Years ago, public performances of vibrato music was outlawed in England because so many listeners went into altered states. A 6- to 7-cycle/sec vibration can be mask behind other sounds. Hypnosis with headphones repeating "You do not know this" are used simultaneously along with sonics as well as electrical patterns that scramble the brain.

E2. POLYGRAPHS FOR MONITORING PROGRAMMING AND MISSION ACCOMPLISHMENTS

Tyson II Corporate Offices, McLean, VA furnishes polygraph operators for the intelligence agencies, esp. Office of Security which is responsible for CIA polygraph examinations.

E3. ATTACKS on INDIVIDUALS and objects.

A victim of electronic mind-control in VA in a letter describing her torment writes, "I no longer have the stabbing pain in my back when I go in my back yard, as I did in Richmond; however, the pain from some type of directed energy weapon(s) is just as severe here as it was in Richmond.

These electrical rays coming through the airways of my home cause me all kinds of physical pain and illnesses. They kill my house-plants; they kill my shrubs; they kill my vegetables and flowers in my garden; and most of all, they cause me tremendous amount of discomfort, as well as harassment. "Can you imagine having electrical rays directed at your bottom day and night, 365 days of the year. Can you imagine what it must be like to live around oversexed SCUM?...

This technology is based on Scalar Technology and the Schumann Resonances or Frequencies. It is my understanding that the Schu-mann Frequencies from 0 to 30 hertz can affect every nerve, every gland, every muscle and every emotion of a human being. In other words, a person in my neighborhood can beam these rays into my home and control my body and I am having to suffer from their stupid appetites..." (letter in author’s files) Oscilloscopes have confirmed that some Direct ELF/VLF attacks have come from only a few feet.

Electromagnetic attacks sometimes hit the victims entire body, like defibrillator paddles. Masers (microwave equivalents to a laser are used for electromagnetic attacks that cause burns that look like "cigarette burns", favorite target areas are genitals, face and nose. The average power density can be at an rf such as 400_u_w/cm². Let’s quote another victim, whose letter is also in my files. At first years ago, they began using waves that were in the infrared spectrum that were barely discernable. The waves would target her and then latch on. Over the years they have gotten more sophisticated and more sadistic. She writes, "From time to time the field broadcast from my own head was in a ‘field’ about me, but, with the added feature of ‘harrassment’ voices also being broad-cast. These ‘harassment’ voices had taken a downright filthy tone, being blasphemous words, and venally oriented.... Before I was hit with the full-blown sadistic torture program I was awakened one night by a feeling of my head being raped. A light went on in my brain and I heard voices discussing me and cruelly laughing saying, "There, got her.".. .The first added torture (accompanied by filty langauge, the language is all filth, obscenities, threats and intimidation) was a genital-urinary prod, pulsing about twice per second, and causing nearly incessant urination..., new added features ... are body bangs and head bangs.. .The arrogance with which they announce what torture will be next is unbelievable... .Other sleep deprivation techniques are loud noises, and the interposing of visual phenomena.

They seem to have devised a computer imaging which taps the visual nerves--these are like bad dreams. I have had almost no normal dreaming since this system was locked onto me. Over the years she got to understand her harassers better. They have called themselves "social workers" and referred to her as "the package." They have enjoyed talking about her in front of her, and harassing her by talking to each other in public about the things she thought about the previous night. Finally, one more account of a victim who is constantly harassed. "I am being tortured with synthetic telepathy of emotive and voice bytes played over and over again in my brain to positively or negatively reinforce and ultimately con-trol my behavior.

I get the sound on my left temporal lobe and in the right and left ear canals. I also get microwaved when I sleep and have vibratory pulsating fields on my lower spine, genitals, stomach, brain, feet or wherever. It is always in combination with the lower spine and something else. This seems to create an amnesiacal deep sleep with no feeling of pain. If I wake up suddenly (and this is the only chance I have of finding out what they are doing to me) I sometimes feel pain when the vibrations stop."

Other attacks/problems:

• Infra-sound attack
• magnets repelled from the cranium
• They use a "Gun" which sends an electromagnetic field which stops a car.

The Russians have been noted to have created a "wood-pecker" signal, the American version of this is the American Buzzsaw. These signals are designed to interface with the mind. And systems are designed to be carried in helicopters, or to be placed on the ground. These signals are broadcast by multiple carriers which hop from frequency to frequency anywhere from 4 MHz to 30 MHz. With the switching of these frequencies, they are creating what is know as a Levinson Transform, named after Norman Levinson. VLF (Very low frequency waves) will cause bizarre behavior in people. (They use 0 to 400 Khz for mind-control operations.

The signals are apparently broken up into pieces and triangulated upon a target. Morse codes are used on some slaves to trigger them, which is sent via a number of methods. Victims often have the myelin sheathing of the brain disappearing, which is diagnosed as Multiple Sclerosis. MS has increased 100 fold over the past few years. Pre-conditioning is done by chemicals to the neuro-receptors in the brain and spine. When moving in a car or inside a store it is harder for a victim to be targeted. Also, as readers can imagine, signals being beamed from some tower or satellite will be blocked by large thicknesses of concrete, lead and -steel. In other words, there are some situations that provide limited shelter to the victims of implant body suits and syntel.

UNWANTED CHANGES

There is a complex symbiosis between mankind and the attributes of this planet. We are a life-form whose life is attuned to our environment. The human body at the cellular level has its physiological rhythms which are very attuned to the earth’s electric and magnetic fields. When cosmic radiation cycles undergo unusual modifications, including cycle inversions, the metabolism in crabs and the oxygen consumption cycles in carrots, potatoes -shellfish and rats changes. The geomagnetic field helps protect us from cosmic rays.

It has been shown that solar flares influence human behavior, and psych wards have an increase in problem behavior during solar flares. The human body is a complex set of rhythms. Permit me to recall some of these rhythms for the reader: Alpha rhythms, Blood Hormone rhythms, Body temperature rhythms (which fluctuate 3º on 24 hour cycle), Cell mitosis rhythms, Cellular DNA & RNA synthesizing rhythms, Cerebral-spinal fluid rhythms, Circadian rhythms, Enzyme rhythms, Food utilization rhythms, Menstrual & Sexual -rhythms, Pulse rates, Seasonal rhythms, and Urine Electrolyte Disposal rhythms.

The 60-pulse-per-second power grids (of AC) that are spread over the earth, as well as numerous other man-made activities are disrupting the 7-8 hertz frequency of the earth. There are some side-effects to our tampering with the magnetic and electrical fields of this planet, and some of these side effects may be the disruption or change of the circadian -rhythms (as well as some of the other rhythms of the human body and mind.) In fact, two researchers have research that shows how human nerve cells are affected by ELF fields. (See Becker, Dr. Robert O. Cross-Currents: The Perils of Electropollution, The Promise of Electromedicene. LA: Jeremy Tarcher, 1990, p. 233.)

It was discovered by CIT researchers that the human brain has magnetite. Salmon, homing pigeons, whales, and honeybees also have magnetite, a type crystalline iron, which allows them to sense the earth’s magnetic field for finding their way around. The CIT researchers published their finding about mag-netite in human brains in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

LIQUID CRYSTALS

For about 6 years this author has heard about liquid crystal implants. One military magazine should its use, and one person who was in military intelligence claims liquid crystals are used. Others claim that liquid crystals were tried and failed. It has also been reported that radio transmitting crystals, that fasten themselves to the brain have been the object of research.
Some ODDS & ENDS

• SERPENTINE SKIN

Another topic that for sure was tried by the NWO was serpentine skin. This is a type of specialized fungus that coats the skin and is used for some of its specialized features. Whether this concept actually flies outside of the lab, this author doesn’t know.

• "ALIEN" implants

This author’s take on the alien phenomena is that it is the Illuminati’s Grand Deception for introducing the AntiChrist. The aliens are materialized demons, and manufactured "soul less" bodies. It’s not the purpose here to put forth evidence concerning this Grand Deception, that would take another book, if not several books. (In fact, this author started to write it in 1993, but never got finished.) But no book discussing implants & mind-control could be complete without -touching on alien implants. There is a great overlap between "alien abductions" and mind-control. Whitley Strieber (UFO abductee and famous author) gave two workshops at the UFO Expo West LA. He was very interested in finding out about the implants that Dr. Lear and Derrell Sims had extracted and turned over to traditional medical institutions for study.

While Whitley was talking about implants and our government’s connection to them, his own implant in his ear turned on and the side of his face turned red like a bad sunburn. Other UFO buffs in attendance also had their implants burn them at this point, causing great excitement at the Wyndham Hotel that day.

(This information came from the internet madsongroup@earthlink.net )

There are an increasing number of "alien abductees" who are remembering seeing U.S. military personnel during their so-called alien abductions. The abductees are being taken to U.S. Military bases. (An unusual place for aliens to work, but within the realm of possibility.) The reason that the number of people who are connecting the government with the aliens is increasing is a. more people are receiving mind-control programming, therefore there are more people for which the cover stories and electroshock fail to totally hide what has happened, b. better therapeutic methods are helping mind-control victims recover their memories better, c. there have been a rising number of people like this author exposing it.

Karla Turner, who was a victim of mind-control and abductions, began catching on that the abductions were being done by our government. Vol. 2 quoted her on page 184. When she began to publicly expose what the government was doing, the government murdered her. (She joins a growing num-ber of people this author has seen die pre-maturely because they were publicly exposing the truth.) Alien abduction victims have been reporting human black-or dark helicopter activity and black-or dark helicopter harassment since the 1970’s.

(Perhaps as the Vietnam War wound down & ended, the U.S. government had a surplus of helicopters and delegated some to task forces that picked up mind-control victims in remote sites.) An example from this time period of an alien abduction also involving helicopters is the Betty Andreasson/Luca abduction. A number of victims have remembered the helicopters coming -around the time of their abduction. When bright lights are shined into their houses or into their cars these victims of trauma-based mind-control are programmed to see the helicopter’s spotlight as a UFO. (Helicopters also carry spoofer transmitters.) Beth Collins of Oregon reports in her book Connections - Solving our Alien Abduction Mystery. Newberg, OR: Wild Flower Press, 1966, about how helicopters were involved with her abduction experiences. She lives in an area that is a hot-bed for covert CIA activities. In her book, she provides a transcript of memories of military personnel being the guilty party in an abduction. Some victims of these abduction experiences are implanted during their abduction.

Researcher Helmut Lammer reports that "alien" abductees Debby Jordan and Leah Haley had implants removed from their ears. What is significant about this, is that the bio-chip implant designed for humans which is credited to Dr. Man, best works behind the ears. (Sources: The Kansas City Star, 7/19/87 carried an article about how Dr. Man’s implants work best behind the ear. On Oct., ’87, an article by Kathy Hart was run in several papers promoting Dr. Man’s implants for protecting children.

H. Lammer reported on implants & military involvement in abductions in his article "Preliminary Findings of Project MILAB: Evidence for military kidnappings of alleged UFO abductees." The Unopened Files, No. 2, ’97, pp 64-67.) From this author’s interviews with "alien abductees" it was clear that 100% of them were victims of U.S. government trauma-based mind-control and that many of them had been taken to underground pro-gramming facilities and made to believe they were at another planet. This is happening in foreign countries too. However, this doesn’t mean that flying saucers craft do not exist, they do. And according to eye-witnesses some of the underground facilities in NM, AZ, and CO have personnel from all over the -world, Germans, Russians, British & Americans as well as aliens working side by side.

(The American government denies this. Supposedly NORAD only has Canadians.) Some of these witnesses come across as credible. If their reports are true, then some implants may also have a true alien connection. Alien abductees are actually extracting implants from their noses and their feet. It is strange that -"alien" implants have gotten more technologically sophisticated over the years.

BED COILS STANDARDIZED FOR MIND-CONTROL POTENTIAL

Metal coil springs were standardized in size, are made of steel and are placed in a grid pattern in a common mattress. Standards were introduced that specify how many coils, and what tension were to be used in their manufacture. Their shape is an open ended hyperbolic which is the best suited to create a similar induced magnetic field. When one lays down the springs are compressed and have between 5 to 7 coils compressed. This makes a field of influence around the human body which is enfolded within the field of coils, which are natural antennas to incoming electromagnetic waves. Evidence suggests that the standardizing of bed springs was a carefully planned event designed to assist electronic mind-control.